LIBRARY OF
-.ESLEY COLLEGE
V/0/.2.
PRESENTED BY
The Association of
American Colleges,
AL(j>~lR2^
<^o a^-/
TEXTS
of the
CHORAL WORKS
of
JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH
in
ENGLISH TRANSLATION
by
HENRY S. DRINKER
Volume 2
Cantatas 101 to 199
Printed privately and distributed by
The Association of American Colleges
Arts Program
19 West 44th Street, New York City
Not copyrighted
^r^^
Cantata 101
, (About 1740)
I Libretto by Uollar
X Trinity
KpiBtle, I Corinthians XII, 1-11. Concerning
spiritual gifts.
Gospsl, St. Luke XIX, 41-48. Christ weeps
orer Jerusalem.
(Cornetto, 3 Trombones, 2 Oboes, Flauto traverse,
Tallle, Oboe da caccia, and Strings.)
1. Chorale Fantasia /) (d)
(Cor. with Sop.i Tromb. I with A.lto; Tromb.
with Ten, I Tromb. Til with Bass; Fl. tr. ,
Ob. I 4 II, Taille, sjid Strings.)
Ninnn von una, Herr, (du treu- er Gott,)
Have mer- cy. Lord, and hear our pray'r,
(die Bchwe- re Straff) ( und gro-sse Not,)
for-give our faults, Thine an-ger spare;
die *ir, (mit Sun-don (oh- ne Zahl)
from sin, from en-vy, and from pride
(▼er-die-net ha-ben) (all-2u- mal.)
de-li- yer us and be our Guide;
do-li- ver Thou us
Be- hut fvor Krieg) und teu-rer Zeit,)
From strife and war, from want and care,
from war
Tor Seu- Chen, Feur (und gro-ssem Leid. )
from plague and fire and dark de- spair.
II
2. Aria Tenor (Violin Solo) 3/4 (g)
(Han* die nicht) nach del- nen Rech- ten
Judge us not as base de-faul-ters,
mit uns bo- sen Sun-den-knech- ten,
whose of-fenee no mer-cy al- ters;
lass das Schwert (der Fein- de ruhn. )
bid our foes their swords to stay.
Hoch-ster, ho- re un-ser Fie- hen,
Fath- er, har-ken to our cal-lir^
dass wir (nicht (durch siind-lich Tun)
lest, as in Je- ru- sa- lem
wle Je- ri»- sa-lem ver- ge- hen.
er- il deeds be our down-fal-ling.
Cantata 101
3. Soprano Recitative ft Chorale 3/4 4/4 (d)
Chorale
Act), Hsrr Gott, durch dia Treu- e d«lL>
Ahf Qoif our Mas- ter good and trua.
Recitative
wird un-ser Land in Fried und Ru-he sein.
'tis by Thy will our coun-try is at peace;
Wenn uns ein Un- glucks-wet-ter droht,
and when the storms of war im- pend,
so ru-fen wir, barm-herz- ger Gott,
then do we call, our Gra-cious God,
zu dir in sol- cher Hoti
on Thee, Thy help to send.
Chorale
Hit Trost und Rst- tung uas •r»aohsln!
With hop* and peao* our hasirts im- buaj
Recitative
Du kannst dem feind- li- chen Zer-sto-ren
Our ev- er fierce and ev- il fee
durch dei- ne Macht und Hil-fe weh-ren.
Thy might and help can ev-er-throw.
Chorale
Be- wels* an uns del- ne gro-sss Gnad*
Our faults vith Thy gra*oious mer-ey Tiow,
imd (straf * ims nioht) auf fri-scher. Tat,
nor pun* ish-nsnt in-flict a- nsv*
Recitativo
wenn un- are Fu-sse wan- ken woll-ten
and when our wea-ry foot-steps wa- ver,
und wir aus Schwaoh-heit strau-cheln sell-tea.
re- pair our weak- ness thru Thy fa- ver.
Chorale
Wohn* uns mit dsi- ner oii-te bei
Thy boun-ty rich on us be-stow,
Recitativo
und gib, dass wir nur nach dem Gu-ten stre-ben,
and hold us fast and firm in high en- dea-vor*
da- mit all- hier und auch in js-
both here on earth and There be-yond
-nem Le-ben
for-ev- er.
Chorale
dsin Zom und Orlsm (fern Ton uns sei. }
Thy scorn and fis* ry wrath for«-go.
Thy wrath fore-go.
£01.
Cantata 101
Cantata 101
4, Base Aria and Chorale
(Oboe I 4 II, Taille.)
f^ (a)
Chorale
«&- ruB vlllst du (so lor-nig) s«in,
For litaX art Thou ao an-gry, Lord?
Aria
Eb Bchla- gen del- nee Ei- fers Flam-cen
Thy thund'-rous wrath, like light-ning flash-ing,
(achon u- ber un- senc Haupt ) xu- Bam- men.
a- bove our frigh-ted heade is crash-ing.
Ach 8tel-le doch (die Stra-fen) ein
Ahi nd- ti-gate Thy pun-iah-ment,
ah, spare us
und trag
the weak
au8 va- ter- li- cher Huld
in fa-ther'e arms en- fold.
mit un- sere achwa-chen Fleiech (Ge- duld.)
Thy blame from fee- ble folk with-hold.
Recitativo
Wir tref- fen hier auf die- ser echma-len Bahn
A- long this nar-row path of mor- tal life
sehr Tie-le Hin-der- nis iic Gu- ten an.
so ma-ny ob-sta-cles to Good are rife,
St. Uatthew VII, 14.
Chorale
Soleh E- lend kennst du, Herr» al-leint
Thou knov-est* Lord, our ml? se- ryt .
Recitativo
hilf, Hel- fer, hilf una Schwa-chen,
with hope and help in-spire ue,
du kannat una star- ker ma- chen.
with strength and cou-rage fire us.
Chorale
Aoh, lasa una dir be-fota- len soin.
Ah, auf-fer ua to come to Tbaa!
5. Tenor Chorale ft Recitativo V* (d)
Chorale
Dia Sund' hat una var»d*r-bet aatar*
Our gria-roua aina be-aat ua aora.
Recitativo
So mua-Ben auch die From-msten aa- gen
So ev'-ry Right-eous One con- feas-ee
und mit be- tran-ten Au- gen kla- genj
the bur-den that hie grief ex-pres-aes.
Chorale
Dar Tau-ral plagt una noeh vial nabr.
Tti* D*-vil plaguaa ua aora loid mora.
Recitativo
Ja, die- ser bo- ae Geist,
Taa, for thJ.8 Heli-iah Fiend,
der achon von An-be- ginn eln Uor- der
with mur- der in hia foul, blood-thir-aty
heiaat,
heart,
St. John VIII, 44.
aucht une urn un- aer ?lell zu brin-gen
ie ev-er eeek-ing to be-tray ua
und ala «in Lo-we lu ver-achlin-gen.
aM, aa an ev-ll beaet, to alay ua.
Chorale
Die Walt aaah un- aar riaiach und Blut
The wlak- ad world, atrlva aa wa aay,
una al-la-aait var- fuh- ran tut.
for-«v-ar laada our flaah a- atrar*
6. Duet Soprano-Alto \2/ P (d)
(Oboe da caccia, Flauto traverao*
Ce-denk an Je- au bit-torn Tod,
Re-mem-ber Je-sua' bit-ter death,
Nimm, Va- ter, dei- nes Soh- nes Schmer- zen,
take Thou to heart Thy Son's af- flic- tion,
(und (aei- ner 7,'un-den Fein) zu Her-ien,
and think Thou on His cru- ci-fix-ion,
on His Cross
die Bind ja fur die gan- ze Telt,
For all the world He suf-fered thus,
die Zah-lung (und daa Lo- se- galdj)
the reui-aom gold He paid for ua,
paid the gold for ua
er- zeig (auch mir) zu al- ler Zeit,
re-deem'd us for e-ter- ni- tyj
A bar 36j re-deem'd
A bars 29-30i
(barm-herz-ger Gott,) (Barm-her-zig-kait, )
Oh, God of Uer- cy, pi- ty ma,
0 pi- ty me
bare 39-40, Sopranot ,
barm-herz-ger Gott, barm-herz-ger Gott
0 God of Mer- cy pi- \
of Mer- cy pi- ty ma
bars 4I742, Sopranot
Barm-herz-ger Gott,(zu al-ler Zeit)
0 God of Mer- cy, pl-ty me
Alto 42-3io pi-ty me
(loh eeuf- zo steta) In mel- ner Noti
I aigh for Him Who com-fort-eth,
Oe-denk (an Je- au bit-tern Todl)
Ra-mam- ber Je-aua' bit-ter daathj
Thy
838.
Cantata 101
Cantata 102
7, Chorale SATB V* (d)
(Fl. tr. in evn, Ob. I, Cor., Vn. I with
Sop.; Ob. II, Tronib. I, Vn. II with Altoj
Taille, Tromb. II, Va. with Ten.j Tromb.III
with Bues.)
Leit una mit dei-ner rech- ten Hand
Lord, lead ub by Thy gui-ding Hand,
und eeg- ne un- ere Stadt und Land{
and bless our town and na- tive land}
gib una all-xeit dein heil-ges Wort,
pre-a'-nre to us Thy Ho- ly 7/ord,
b#- hut Tors Teu- fels List und Word;
a- guinet the wiles of Sa-tan's Herd.
▼•r- leih ein sel-goa Stun- de- lein,
Orant, Lord, a gen-tlo death for me,
auf dass wir e- wig bei dir sein.
and Life e-ter- nal There with Thee.
Va- ter un- eer in Him-mel-reich
Our Fa-ther thron'd in Hea-ven High,
der du una al- le hei-ssest gleieh
In need to Thee Thy peo- pie cry;
Brii- der sein und dich ru- fen an.
Thou who as bro-thers count us all,
und willat das Be- ten von una ha'n,
we pray Thee har-ken to our cull;
gib, dass nicht bet al- lein der Uund,
teach us the pray'r that Oraco im-parta,
hllf, dasa ea geh' aue Her- lens- grund.
not from our lij^a, but from our hearta.
Cantttta 102
(1731)
X Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthiana XIT, 1-11. Concerning
spiritual gifts.
Gospel, 3t. Luke XIX, 41-48. Christ weeps
over Jeruaalen.
(Oboe I 4 II, Flauto trarerso (or violino
piccolo), and Strings.)
1. Chorus (Ob. I * IT, Strings.) 4/* (g)
Jeremiah V, 3, 6i
"0 Lord are not thine eyes upon the truth?
thou haat stricken them, but they have not
grieved; thou hast consumed them, but they have
refused to receive correction; they have made
their faces harder than a rock; they have re-
fused to return."
"... their transgreasions are uAny and
their backslidings are increased."
(ae- hen (nach
eyes on un-
not
Harr, dei- ne Au- gen
Lord, are not then Thine
3op. bara 43 & 108:
dem Glau- beni )
-be-lie- vera?
bars 64-65, * 113-115j
dei- ne Au- gen se- hen nach dem Glau- ben
are Thine eyea not, not on un- be- lie- vers?
Alto bara 67-68, 4 Sop. bar 117j
ae- hen, ae- hen
eyea, Thine eyes on
du pla-gest aie,
con- au-meat them.
Du schla-gest aie,
Thou ami- teat them,
du Bchla-geat eie
Thou ami- teat them
(a- ber faie fuh- len es nicht),
but yet they grieve at it not,
Bass, bara 38-39:
how they have har-dened their hearts,
bars 50-61, AS. A. 4 T. , bar llOt 4 A. 49:
fuh- lens nicht
feel it not
du pla-gest aie (a- ber aie bes-sern
con-Bun-est them yet they will ne-ver
aich nicht),
re- pent,
Basa, bara 39-40:
a- ber aie bea-aem aich nicht,
how they will ne-ver re- pent.
Sop. 4 Baas bars 112-113, Alto, Ten. bar 63t
sie bea-eern aich nicht,
they ne-ver re- pent,
ale ha-ben ein har-ter An- ge- sicht
their fa-cea are har-der turned a- gainst
denn ein Fela
Thee than rock
und wol- len (eich (nicht) be-keh- ren)).
and etill they are not re-len-ting.
kOS.
Cantata 102
2. RecltatJTo Basa
Wo i8t das E- ben- bild, das Gott uns ein-
How can we stub-born mor- tals so per-vert
-ge- pra- get,
the i- mage
wenn der ver-kehr- te TTill sich ihm
of God Hini-self, which in our hearts
zu- wi- der le- get?
He has im- plan-ted?
Wo ist die Kraft von sei-nem V7ort,
Where lies the po- wer of His word,
wenn al- le Bee- se- rung weicht auo
to move the sul-len heart by no
don Her- len fort?
re-pen-tence stirred?
Der Hoch-ste su- chet una duroh Sanft-mut
The High-est seeks by gen- tie- neas to
zwar 2u 2ah- men,
breed con-tri-tion,
Ob der ver-irr- te Geist sich woll- te
that thus the er-ring soul be wa-kened
Docb be- que- menj
to aub-mis-sion;
doch, fahrt er fort in dem ver-atock-ten
but, if we will not heed, or do our
Sinn,
part,
eo gibt er ihn ins Her- zens Dun- kel hin.
He leaves ua atew-ing with our atub-born heart,
Cantata 102
aich trennt,
dis- claim.
4. Aria Baas (Strings.) 3/8 (A^,)
Romans II, 4-5j
"Or despisest thou the riches of his good-
ness and forbearance and long suffering; not
knowing that the goodness of God leadeth thee
to repentance?
"But, after thy hardness and impenitent
heart, treasurest up unto thyself wrath againstt
the day of wrath and revelation of the right-
eous judgment of Godj"
(Ver- ach- test du) den Reich-tum) sei-ner
Dost thou des-piee the rich-ea of His
Gna- de,
good-ness,
Ge- duld und Lang-mu-tig- keit?
pa-tience and tol-er-ant grace?
tei
of
(V.'eia-8est du nicht), dass dich Cot-
Know- est thou not that the Grace
Gu- te (zur Bu- sae lo- cket)?
God doth in-spire re-pen-tance?
Du a- ber nach dei- nem ver-atock-ten und
But af-ter thy hard and im- pen- i- tent
un- bus3-fer- ti- gen Her-ien hau-fest t^l
heart thou trea-sur-est ev- er up to
selbst den Zorn auf den Tag dea Zorns,
-self His wrath for the Day of Wrath,
und der Of-fen-ba-rung
and the re-vel- a-tion
dee ge- rech- ten
of the right-eoua
I
3. Aria Alto (oboe) V* (f)
(Weh:) der See- le), die den Scha- den
Woe to api-rits which, un- bluah-ing,
nicht mehr kennt,
know no shame,
und Mle Straf auf aich zu la- den),
heed-leaa all to doom are rush-lnir,
they
Btor- rig rennt,
blind to bloioe,
Ja, von Ih- rea Got-tes Gna- den aelbet
yea, the Grace of God It-aelf do they
Oe-ricbts
de- cree
Got-tes.
of God?
5. Aria Tenor 3/4 (g)
(Flauto traverso Solo (Or Violin piccolo))
(Sr-schre- eke
Be- ware thou
See- Is:
spl-rit:
doch)
now.
(du all-zu aich- reH
thou aelf-auf-fic-ient
(Denk), wea ((dloh wur- dig) iSh- le)
Know that thou rloh-ly me-rlt
(der Sun- den Joch).
the sin-ner's yoke.
ij04.
Cantata 102
Cantata 102
Die Got- tea-Lang- mut geht auf ei- nem
Tho ' God's for-bear-ance makes Him slow to
FuBS von Dlei,
wrath at Thee,
da- mit (der Zorn her- nach (dir (de- sto
yet in the end His wrath will much the"
bar 91 I at last
achwe-rer) eei),
fierc-er be.
6. Recitatiyo Alto (Oboe I ft Tl)
Heut lebst du, heut be- keh- re dich,
To- day a- live and in your price,
eh mor-gen kommt, kanns an- dern slchf
get you to God, while still there's time.
wer heut ist frisch, ge- aund und rot,
To- day a- lert and sound and brave,
ist mor-gen krank, ja wohl gar tot.
to- mor-row sick or in your grave.
So du nun stir- best oh- ne Eusa,
By pe- ni-tence God's wrath dis- pel
dein Leib und Seel dort bren- nen muss,
or face the fiend-ish fires of Hell.
Beim VJar-ten ist Ge- fahr; willst du die
In pe-ril thou dost wait I "Thy put off
Zeit ver-lie- ren?
thy re-pen-tance?
Der Gott, der eh- male gna- dig war.
Thy God, 'til no» so kind to Thee,
kann leicht-lich dich vor aei-nen Richt-stuhl
at a- ny mo- ment may pro-nounce thy
fuh- ren.
sen-tence.
Wo bleibt so dann die Buss?
How then of pen- i-tence?
Au-gen-blick
se- pa-ratea
der Zeit und E- wig- keit,
e- ter- ni-ty from time.
See- le schei-det;
soul to- geth- er.
Ea ist ein
An in-stant
der Leib und
holds frame and
Ter- blend-ter Sinn,
Thou blin- ded one,
lu-ruck,
a- gain,
daas dich die- sel-be Stund
that when thine ho-ur cone
-de un- be-rei-tet.
thee not un-rea- dy.
ach, keh- re doch
ah, turn thou back
nicht fin-
'twill find
2.
Hilf , 0 Herr Je- su, hilf du mir,
Help, Thou Lord Je-aus, help Thou me,
dase ich noch heu- te komm zu dir
that I to- day may come to Thee,
und Bu- sse tu den Au-gen-blick,
teach me, T pray Thee, pe-ni- tence,
eh mich der schnel- le Tod hin- ruck,
be-fore swift death shall bear me hence,
auf daas ich heut una je-der-zeit
that rea-dy I may ev-er be
zu mei- ner Heim-fahrt aei be-reit.
to taJce my jour- ney home to Thee.
Cantata 103
(1735)
Libretto by Von Ziegler and Bach
TU Faster
Fpistle, I Peter TT, 11-20. Abstain from
fleshly lusts; be obedient and patient in suf-
fering.
Gospel, St. John XVI, 16-23. Tn a little
while ye shall see raej ye shall weep and lenent,
but your sorro7/ will turn to joy,
(Flauto traverse, Flauto piccolo, 2 Ob. d'amore,
TroEba, and Strings.)
7. Chorale Tlo. 320) 4/4 fc)
(Fl. tr. in 8va, Ob. I i IT, Vn. I with
Sop.; Vn. II v.ith Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
1. Chorus 3/4 (b)
(Fl. pic, Ob. d'amore I * TT, end "itrings)
St John XVI, 20i
"Verily, verily T eay unto you. That ye shnll
weep and lament, but the world eV.all rejcice; and
ye shall be sorrovful, but your sorrow ahp.ll be
turned into joy."
k,Ob.
Cantata 103
Cantata 103
Ihr wer- det (wei-nen und heu-len, )
Ye shall be weep-ing and wail-ing,
(a- ber) (die Welt (wird eich freu- on.)
yet shall the Torld be re- joi-cirig|
Ihr ^a- ber) wer- det trau-rig sein.
and tho' ye shall be sor-row- ful,
ye shall be 3or-row- ful,
Chorus
Doch (eii- re Trau-rig-keit soil (in
Yet shall your aor-row turn in- to
Freu- de
glad-ness,
ver-keh-ret wer- den.)
to joy and gltd-ness.
'St- bar-ce dich, ach, ho- re doeh^
ah, pi-ty me, Thine an-ger spare.'
Du su-chest ja nicht mein Ver- der- ben,
Thou seek- est not for my de-struct-icn,
wohl- an, (so hofft (mein Her- le) noch,
80 help Thou me, and hear my pray'r.
me
bar 56:
wohl- an, so hofft
and hear my pray'r
4. Recitativo Alto
2. Recitativo Tenor
^er soil- te nicht in Kla- gen un- ter- ge>in',
TTho *'culd not sink in grief were our dear Lord,
wenn uns das Lieb-ste *ird ent-ris- sen?
our Sa-viour, to be ta- ken from us?
Der See-len !!eil,
If He, our Hope,
Her-^en
-heed-ing
die Zu- flucht kran-ker
should pass us by un-
acht nicht auf un- sre Schner-zen.
when hf-arts are sick and bleed-ing?
Du wirst mich nach der Angst
Thou wilt as-suage my woe,
auch *le- der-um er- qui-ckenj
and com-fort me in trou-blej
30 will ich mich zu dei-ner An-kunft schi-ckei
so I a- wait Thy con-ing here with yearn-ing
ich trau-e dem Ver-heis-sungs-wort,
Thy V.'ord T hold In firm be- lief
dass mei-ne Trau-rig-keit
that all my care and grief
in Freu- de soil ver- keh-ret wer-den.
to joy and glad-ness will be turn-ing.
See St. John XVI, 20.
3. Aria Alto 6/8 (ff)
(Violino concertante or Flauto traverse)
?;ein Arzt ist au-sser dir zu fin- den,
Phy- aic-ian none I find to cure rr.e,
ich su- che durch gunz Qi-le-ad;
tho' search I thru all Gi-le-ad;
JereiLiah VIII, 22i
"Is there no balm ir. Gilead; is there
no physician there?...,"
»er heilt die Tun-den mei- ner Sun-den,
no re- uie- dy to sooth my fe-ver,
«eil man hler kei-nen Bal-sar; hat?
no balm for sin ie to be had.
b-re 2R-29i
well cjin hler kei-nen, hier kei-nen Bal-sam hat
no bblffi to heal me fron sin is to be had
Ver- birget du dich, eo muas ich eter-ben.
■7ith Th»« a- way, I eure- ly per-lsh,
5. Aria Tenor V4 ''D)
(Tromba, and Strings.)
Er-ho- let euch be-trub- te Sin- nen,
Ee com-fort- ed, ye trou-bled spi-rits,
ihr tut euch sel-ber all- zu weh.
with-hold your sighs and calm your fears,
Lasst von dem trau-ri- gen Be- gin- nen,
nor let the sor-row you have suf-fered
eh ich in Tra-nen un-ter- geh,
dis-solve you now in fu-tile tears.
Uein Je- sus lasst sich wie- dar se- hen,
Our Lord will come a- gain to save us,
^0 Freu- de); der nicht s glei-chen kann;
0 Rap-ture, Joy be- yond all price,
wie wohl let rir dn-durch ge-sche-hen,
tf.i8 won-droue co- ve- nant He gave ua.
fcDC.
Cantata 103
Cantata 104
nimiE, ninan fmein Hon) turn Op-fer an.
my heart is His, my sa-cri-fice.
6. Chorale V* fb)
(Tr., Fl. tr., Ob. d'sun. T ft II, Vn. I with
Sop.t Vn. II with AltO| Va. with Tenor.)
Ich hab dich ei- nen ^u- gen-blick,
Tho' I be gone a lit-tle time
0 lie- bee Kind, ver-las- sen;
my child-ren, you may trea-sure
St. John XVI, 16.
eieh a- ber, eieh mit gros-sem Gluok
the hope of hap-pi- nese eub- lime
und Treat ohn^ al- le Lla- ssent
and bllee bey-ond all mea-surei
will ich dir echon, die Freu- den- kron^
I send re-lief from trou-bles brief
auf- set- »en und ver- eh- ren;
by which you are sur-round- ed,
dein kur-tes Leid soil sich in Freud
and on your head will rest in-stead
und e- wig Tohl ver- keh- ren.
the Crown of Joy un-bound- ed.
der du Jo- seph hu-test wie der Scha- fe.
Thou that lea-dest like a flock the Faith-ful,
fer-3chei- ne) der du ait-zest u- ber
ap- pear Thou, Thou that dwell-eet 'mid the
Che-ru-bim.
Che-ru-bim.
2. Recitativo Tenor
M_ir-te
Der hoch-ate Hii- ter sorgt fur mich,
lly heav'n-ly Shep-herd cares for me,
was nut- zen raei- ne Sor-gon?
what mat-ters then my aor-row?
Es wird ja al- le Uor-gen
To- day, a-gain to-mor-row,
dee Ilir- ten Gti- te neu.
He leads to paa-tures new.
Main Herz, so fas- se dich,
My heart, be com- for- ted I
Gott iat ^ge-treu.)
Thy God is true.
Cantata 104
(1725)
Libretto by Chr. Weiss Sr.
II Easter
Epistle, I Feter II, 21-25. Ye were as
sheep, gone astray.
Goepel, St. John X, 11-16. I am the good
hepherd.
(2 Oboes, Taille, 2 Oboe d'amore. Strings.)
1. Chorus
V4 (G)
(Ob. I 4 II, Taille, and Strings.)
PsaLai LXXX, Ij
"Gire ear, 0 Shepherd of Israel, thou
that le-tdest Joseph like a flock, that dwell-
est between cherubirca, and shine fort'n."
(Du Hir- te Is- ra- el,) (ho- rs)
Thou Shep-herd boun-tl-ful, hear us,
3. Aria Tenor (Ob. d'amore I * Tl) 4/4 (b)
Ver-birgt mein Hir- to sich ( zu Ian- ge),
With Thee a- way the wilds a- larm me,
macht mir die \Vu- ste all- zu ban- ge,
I fear the de-sert foes will harm me,
mein achwa-cher Schritt ( eilt den-noch fort),
with hal- ting steps yet haste I on.
(Uein Uund echreit ) nach dir.
My heart cries to Thee,
und du,
and Thou,
mein Hir- xe
my Shep-herd,
wirkst in mir
speak to me
(ein glau-big Ab- ba) durch dein Wort,
and give me com-fort by Thy '7ord,
4. Recitativo Bass
Ja,
Yea,
die-808 Wort ist raei- ner See- le Spei-se,
to my fee-ble soul Thy V7ord is lea-ven,
£37.
Cantata 104
Cantata 104
ein Lab- sal mei-ner Brust,
an oint-ment for my heart,
die Wei- de, die ich mei- ne Lust,
these pas-turea Hea-ven's coun-ter-part,
des Him-mels Vor-schmack, ja
a pre- mon- i- tion, yea,
mein al- lea bei-sse.
of fu-ture Hea-ven.
kchl
Ah:
samn-le nur, 0 gu- ter Hir- te,
ga-ther now, 0 gen-tle Shep-herd,
zur Weid er mich, soin Schaf-lein, filhrt.
Thru mea-dows deep He guides His sheep,
auf scho- ner gru- nen Au- e:
in ver-dant val-leys ly-ing.
zum fri-schen Was- ser leit er mich.
By wa-ters still He lea-deth me,
mein Seel zu la- ben kraf-tig- lich
in pas-tures green He fee-deth me,
durchs se-lig wort der Gna- den.
and 80 my soul re-sto-reth.
uns Ar- me
the fee-ble
und Ver-irr- te;
and the way- ward.
ach lass den ^eg
and let the way
nur bald ge- en-det sein
be short and ve-ry plain.
und fuh- re uns in dei- nen Schaf-stall ein.
that leads us back to find Thy fold a- gain.
5, Aria Base (Strings) 1^8 (D)
Be-gluck-te Her- de, Je- su Soha- fe.
Ye hap- py flocks whom Christ is kee-ping,
die V.'elt ist euch (ein Him-mel-reich),
this world for you is Hea-ven now,
Hler echmeckt ihr Je- su Gu- te schon
For here you taste the joy to come
und hof- fet noch des Glau-bens Lohn
and know the hope of Christ- en- dom,
nach ei- nem aemf-ten To- des-schla- fe.
'til you in gen-tle death are sleep-ing.
6. Chorale (No. 13) 4/* (A)
(Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.; Ob. II, Vn. II with
Alto; Taille, Va. with Tenor.)
Psalm XXIII, l-3i
"The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not want,
"He maketh me to lie do?m in green pas-
tures; he leadeth me beside the otill waters.
"He restoreth my soul; he leadeth me in
the paths of righteousness for his name's sake.'
Der Herr ist mein ge- treu- er Hirt,
The Lord my faith-ful 3hep-herd is,
d«B ich mich gans ver-trau- e,
my er*- ry want sup- ply-ing.
Cantata 105
(1725)
IX Trinity
Epistles, I Corinthians X, 6-13. Take heed
lest you fall; you will not be tempted beyond
your power to resist; shun worldly lusts.
Gospel, St. Luke XVI, 1-9. Parable of the
dishonest steward.
(Horn, 2 Oboes, and Strings,)
1, Chorus 4/4 (g)
(Instr. as above)
Psalm XCLIII, 2;
"And enter not into judgment with thy
servant: for in thy sight shall no man be
justified."
Herr, ge- he nicht (ins Ge-richt)
Lord, weigh Thou and judge us not
rait dei-nem Knecht;
by our de- fault;
Fugue
denn, (vor dir)
nay, for then
Alto bar 98j
ge-recht.)
ac- quit.
(wird (kein Le-ben- di- ger)
no man a-live may Thou
none
2, RecitatiTO Alto
Mein Gott,
My Cod,
ver-wirf mich nichl
con-demn me not;
208.
Cantata 105
Cantata 105
in-dem ich mich in De- aut vor dir beu-ge
in hum-ble pen-i-tence I come to bow me
▼on dei- nen An-ge-sicht,
be- fore Thy Ma-jea- ty.
leb weiss,
I know
wie gross dein Zorn
how great Thy wrath,
tdd mein Ver-bre-chen ist,
how deep my sor- ry guilt.
dass du zu- gleich ein schnel-ler Zeu- ge
Thy judg-ments, Lord, I know are right-eoua,
und oln ge-rech- ter Rich-ter biat.
as Thy de-crees are mer-ci- ful.
der al- le Schuld er-set- zet,
aa- eured of full ac-quit-teuice,
so wird die Hand-schrift aiis- ge-'tan,
for him the debt was paid in full
Colosalans II, I4i
"Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances
that was against us, which was contrary to us,
and took it out of the way, nedling it to His
cross."
wenn Je-sus sis mit 61u-te net- zet.
when Je-8U8 of- fer'd His a- tone-ment.
Er hef- tet sie ans Krou- ze sel-ber an|
He nedled it fast be-side Him on the Cross.
Ich le- ge dir ein frei Be- kennt-nis dar
I of-fer Thee con-fes-sion frank and free,
und
nor
stur-ze mich nicht in Ge-fahr
»ould I dare de- ny to Thee
die Feb- ler mei-ner See- le zu leug-nen
■y spi-rit's ma-ny fail-ings or ven-ture
su ver-heh- len.
to con-ceal them.
er wird von dei- nen Cu-tern,
For our sake with the Fa-ther
Leib und Le- ben,
in- ter-ced-ing,
wenn dei- ne Ster- be- stun- de schlagt,
He pleads for us when death's hour strikes,
dem Va- ter selbst
and Migh-ty God
-ge- ben.
plead-ing.
die Rech-nung u- ber-
will har-ken to His
3. SoK'Tano Aria V* (Efe)
Wie zit-tern und waji- ken
With qui-ver and qua-king
der Sun- der 3e- dan- ken
the sin-ners are sha-king
in- dem aie aich un- ter-ein-an-der
Each one is the fault of the oth-er
So mag man dei-nen Leib
So when thy mor-tal corpse
den man zu Gra- be tragt,
is car-ried to the grave
irdt Sand und
and earth is
Staub be-schvit-ten
heaped up- on it.
dein Hei-land off-net dir die ew-gen Hut-ten.
thy God will o- pen wide the Gate of Hea-ven.
ver-kla- gen
be-wai-ling
und wie- der-um sich zu ent-echul-di- gen
while stout-ly de- ny-ing his own grea-ter
wa- gen.
fai-ling.
So wird ein ge- ang- stigt Ge- wis-aen
They ne- ver may rest them con-ten-ted,
durch ei-ge-ne Fol- ter zer-ris-sen.
for- ev-er by con-science tor-men-ted.
5. Aria Tenor V* (^b)
Kann ich nur
If but Thou,
Je-sum mir zun. Freun-
Je-sus, be my dear
-de ma- chen,
com-pan- icn
BO gilt der f^am-mon
I val-ue Mam-mon
(nichts)
naught
bei mir
in-deed.
Ich fin- de (kein Ver-gnu- gen) hier
I find me no con-tent-ment here
4, Recitativo Baaa (Strings.)
^ohl a- ber dem.
How hap-py he.
der aei-nen Bur-gen weisa,
he who is firm as-sured.
bei die- ser eit-len "Jelt
in fu-tlle mor-tal joys,
und (W. )
in ir- di-6chen Sa- chen,
and world-ly at- trac-tiona.
£i09.
Cantata 105
und
(in ir- d'schen Sa- chen. }
this world's at- trac-tions.
6. Chorale V* (g)
Nun, ich weiss, du wirst mir stil-len,
Ko» I know that Thou wilt qui-et
mein Ge- wis- sen, das mich plagt,
all the fears that trou-ble me,
Es wird del- ne Treu er- fill- len,
in ful- fil-ment of the pro-mlse,
was du sel-ber hast ge-sagti
gi-ven to the Torld by Thee,
dass auf die-ser weit- en Er- den
that thro'-out the earth's do-icin-ions,
Kei-ner Boll ver- lo- ren wer-den,
not a sir.-gle soul will per-ish;
eon-dern e- wig le- ben soil,
if the faith we firm inain-tain
wenn er nur ist g la u-b ens-roll,
life e- ter-nal we will gain.
Cantata 106
(1707)
Libretto by Each
Funeral
(2 Flutes, 2 Viola da Gamba. )
1. Sonatina (Instr. as above) V* (E^)
2. Chorua (instr. as in No. 1) V* 3/4 V* (E^)
(Got-tes Zeit) ist (die al- ler-bee-te) Zeit.
Uigh-ty God, Hie own time is ev-er beat.
Hie tiine is ev-er
Begirning at bars designated, after V*«
Sop. 1, 8, Alt. 2. Ten. 6, 15. Buss 7|
In ihE le- ben.
In ilio: live we.
Cantata 106
Sop. 12, 21. Alt. 13, 21. Ten. 21. Bass 19:
in ihm le- ben
in Him move we
Sop. 3, 10. Alt. 4. Ten. 8. Bass 9t
we- ben und Bind wlr
live we and move we
Tenor, 17j
le- ben
move we
Sop, 14, 23. Alt. 15, 23. Ten. 13, 18,23.
and Bass 21t
we- ben und sind wir
have we our be- ing
Sop. 19, Alt. 11, 19t
und sind wir
our be- ing
Alto 9j
und sind wir und eind wir
and have we our be- ing
Bass 14t
und sind wir
and move we
The Acts XVII, 28t
"For in Him we live, and move and have
our being.. ."
All partsi
In ihm ster-ben wir zur rech-ten Zeit
And we die at His ap-poin-ted time,
wenn er will,
when Ho wills.
Beginning after V*» bars:
Sop. 2, 3. Alt., Ten., and Bass 3, 4t
in ihm ster-ben wir
His ap-poin-ted time
3. Aria Tenor (instr. as in No, 1) V* fc)
Psalm XC, 12:
"So teach us to number our days that we
may apply our hearts unto wisdom."
Ach, (Herr), leh- re uns be-den-ken.
Ah, Lord, teach us that we num-ber«
dass wlr ster-ben mus-sen,
that our days we num-ber
auf dass, auf dase, auf dass wir klug wer-den^
that we ap-ply our hearts un-to wie-doffl^
ILIO.
Cantata 106
4. Aria Baee (Instr. as in No. 1) 2/8 (c)
leaiah XXXVIII, li
"Thus saith the Lordj Set thine house in
order, for thou 8h£il+ die and not live."
Be- stel- le dein HausJ
Set in or- der thy house,
denn du wirst ster-ben ( und nicht le- ben-dig)
for thou Shalt per-ish nor may thy days be
blei- ben.
length- en«d.
Bars 31-41 of ?/9j
(und nicht le- ben- dig) blei-ben.
BO shall thy days be end- ed.
5. Chorus 4/ 4 (c)
Ecclesiasticus (Sirach) XIV, 17t
"All flesh waxeth old as a garment; for the
corencmt from the beginning is, Thou shalt die
the death."
Cantata 106
Alto 13, 33, 39. Ten. 34. Base 34t
menscli, du musst stei — ben
that thou must per-ish
Revelation XXII, 20|
"He which testified these things saith,
Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so come.
Lord Jesus."
Sopranot Ja, Ja, koam, Harr Ja- su, kono.
0 ooma, coma. Lord Je-aua, coma.
6. Aria Alto (Viola da Oamba) 4/'4 (b^)
Psalm XXXI, 5i
"Into Thy hemd I commit my spirit i Thou
hast redeemed me, 0 Lord God of Truth."
In dei- ne Han- de be-fehl' ich raei-nen Gelstj
In-to Thy keep-ing do I con-mlt my soul,
du hast mich er- l6- set,
for Thou hast re-deemed me,
Herr, du (ge- treu-er Gott).
0 Lord, Thou God of Truth.
Er ist der al- te Bund:
For thou shalt die the death:
Beginning at bare designated, after 4/ii
Alto, 4, 9, 29, 37, 45, 50:
Tenor, 3,6,10,11, 13, 14, 28,30,38,44,47,50,
Bass, 6,8,12,13,31,38,47,48,50:
Uanach, du musst ster-ben
Uan, thou must per-ish
Alto 11,31,38. Ten. 14,31. Bass 32:
mensch, du musst ster-ben
thus was it writ-ten
Alto 12, 32. Ten. 32. Bass 33:
mensch, du musst ster- ben
from the be- gin-ing
Tenor 39:
8ter-ben
per-ish
Alto 34. Tenor 39. Bass 39:
mensch, du musst ster-ben
yea, thou must per-ish
Alto, 5,10,14,46,47,48:
Tenor, 5,7,29,45, 48, 4fi:
Bass, 14, 33, 48:
du musst ster-ben
thcu must per-ish
that thou per-ish Tenor bars 4-5
Alto 6. T««i. 4.8,10,11,29. Bass 7,7,8,9,9,13:
du mueat
thou must
7. Duet Basa-Alto 4/4 (c)
St. Luke XXIII, 43:
"And Jesus saith unto him, Verily T say
unto thee. Today shalt thou be with me in
paradise. "
Bass
Heu-te, (heu- te wirst du mit mir)
For to- day shalt thou be with me,
51-52: shalt thou with me to- day
( im Pa-ra-dies) sein.
in Pa-ra-dise be.
Mlo ,
Mit Fried und Freud ich fahr da-hin
In Peace and Joy T pass a-way,
in Got-tes Wil- len,
in God con- fi-ding.
ge- trost ist mir mein Herz und Sinn,
His will with heart and soul o- bey,
sanft und stil- le.
safe a- bi- ding.
'Vie Gott mir rar-hei- asen faati
Here on earth I faar for naugkt,
der Tod ist mein Schlaf wor- der..
e- ter-nal life a- waits me.
211.
Cantata 106
Cantata 107
8. Chorus (Inatr. as in No. 1) V* (E^)
Glo-rie, Lob, Ehr und Herr-lich-keit
All glo- ry, praise, and Lla- jes- ty
sei dir, Sott, Va- ter imd Sohn be- reit,
to God the Fa-ther for- e- yer be,
dem heil-gen Geiat mit Na- meni
and to the Ho- ly Spi-rit.
Die gott- lich' Kraft,
The strife is done,
mach una aieg-haft,
the bat-tie won,
durch Je- sum Chri-stum, A-men.
thru Christ the Sa-viour, A-men.
Cantata 107
(1735)
Libretto by Heerman
yil Trinity
Epistle, Romans VI, 19-23. The wages of ain
is death; but the gift of God is eternal life
through Jesus Christ our Lord.
Gospel, St. Uark VII, 1-9. Four thousand
fed with the loaves and fishea.
(2 Flutes, 2 Ob. d'Eun. , Cor. da caccia. Organ
and Strings.)
er wird gut al- lea ma-chen
and He will aid thee ev- er,
und for-dern (dei- ne Sa-chen, )
and fur-ther thine en-dea-vor
wie dire wird ae- lig aein.
to atand be- side Hia Throne.
2. Recitativo Bass (Ob. d'am. I ft II, Org.)
Denn Gott ver-laa- set kei-nen.
By God are none for- sa-ken
der sich auf ihn ver-lasst;
who on Hie aid re- ly,
er bleibt ge- treu den Sei-nen,
and them with fsiith un-sha-ken
die ihm ver- trau-en feat.
He firm will fcr-ti- fy.
Lasst eicha an wun- der- llch,
His ways are won-drous wise,
so lass dir doch nicht grau- en;
80 be ye not af- fright-ed
mit Freu-den wirst du schau-en,
in joy to be u- nit- ed.
Arioso
(wie Gott wird ret -ten) dich.
with God, in Pa- ra-
-dise, God in Pa- ra- dise.
1, Chorale (Inatr. as above) V* (b)
Was willet du dich be-tru-ben,
Oh, why Duch sad bo-ha-viour,
>
0 mei- ne lie-be Seel,
my soul, when all is well,
er- gib dich den zu lie- ben,
for thou hast now thy Sa-vioi«-
d«r heisst (Im-ma-nu-el, )
be- loved Im-ma-nu-el?
Isaiah VII, 14i
"Therefore the Lord himself shall give
you a signi behold a virgin shall conceive
and bear a son and shall call his name
Immanuel."
St. Uatthew I, 22t
"TThich being interpreted is God with us.
Ver- trau- e ihm al-lein|
Trust thou in Him a-lone.
3, Aria Bass (Strings & Organ) 4/* fA)
Auf ihn magst du es wa- gen
With cou-rage ne-ver alack-ing,
mit un- er-3chrock-nem Mutj
nor thought of fear or fright
du wlrst mit ihm er- ja- gen,
you ne- ver will be lack-ing
was dir ist nuts and gut.
for what is good and right.
in
Was Gott be-Bchlos-sen hat.
When God as- serts His Will,
das kann (nie-mand) hin- dern
man can ne-ver change It,
auB al- len Uen-schen- kin-dern;
or oth-er- wise ar- range It,
iil2.
Cantata 107
ea geht (nach eei- nem Rat.)
but Hie com-mandB ful-fill.
4. Aria Tenor (Organ) 3/4 (e)
'^ann auch gleich aua der Hol-len
When the Foul Fiend e- mer-gee
der Sa- tan woll-te sich
from his a- bode in Hell;
dir oelbot ent-ge-gen-stel-len
hie host up- on you ur- gee,
und to- ben wi- der dich,
with ra-ging fierce and fell,
ao mu88 er doch mit Spott
hie swift rte-feat ia sure,
Yon eei- nen Ran- ken lae- sen,
his ache-Eir.ga God will chas-ten,
da- Kit er dich will fas-sen;
him back in shajne will has-ten,
(denn (dein Werk) for- dart Gott.
80 may you rest ee- cure.
5. Aria Soprano (Ob. d'am. 4 Org.) 1^8 (b)
Er richte zu eei- nen Eh- ren
God ev- er will con-corn Fim
und dei- ner Se-lig- keit;
to mould our fu-ture state,
(aolls sein,) kein Uensch kanns weh- ren,
froE thia no man can turn Him,
und ware ihm nocb so leid.
or Vie con-cern a-bate,
Tills denn Gott ha-ben nicht,
Kia pur-pose ne-ver fails;
•0 kanna nie- c^nd fort- trei- ben,
th«y who would seek to thwart !:im
ea muas (zu-ru- eke) blei-ben;
will in con-fua-icn per-iah;
waa Gott will, (daa F.e-schicht. )
what God willa, that pre- vaila.
Cantata 107
6. Aria Tenor (Fl. tr. I * II, * Org.) 4/4 (d)
Drum ich mich ihm er-t^e- be.
From God my all de-ri-ving,
ihm sei es heim-ge-stellt;
to Him my all T give,
(nach nichts) ich sonst mehr stre- be,
for naught but His love etri-ting,
denn nur was ihm ge-fallt.
as He would have me live.
(Drauf wart ich) und bin still,
So wait I pa- tient still.
eeln 77111 der ist
in God a- lone
der be- ste,
cor.-fi-ding.
das glaub ich (steif und fe- ate,)
in stead-fast faith a- bi-ding;
Gott mach es, (wie er willi)
all hap- pens by His will.
7. Chorale 6/8 (b)
(Fl. I * II, Ob. d'am, I ft II, Strings.
Organ. Corno da caccia with Soprano.)
Herr, gib, daas ich dein Eh- re
So may I kneel be- fore Thee
ja all mein Le- ben lang
thru-out my whole life long,
von Her- zen-grund ver-meh- re,
and heart- i- ly a- dore Thee
dir aa- ge Lob und Dank,
with praise and thEmka and sorg.
0 Va- ter, Sohn und Geist,
0 blea-eed Tri-ni- tyl
Der du aus lau- ter Gna- den
Thou, my se-cure aal- va-tion.
eei Im-mer- dar ge-prelst.
for- e-ver praise I Thee.
LIS.
Cantata 108
(1735)
Libretto by Uarianne Ton Zieglar t Bach
IV Eaater
Epistle, James I, 17-21. Every good
gift is from above; be swift to hear, slow to
speak, slo* to wrath.
Gospel, St. John XVI, 5-15. It is expedient
for you that I go away; but the spirit of
truth will come and guide you.
(2 Oboe d'amore, and Strings.)
1. Aria Bass V* (A)
(Oboe d'amore I, and Strings.)
St. John XVI, 7:
"Nevertheless I tell you the truth; it is
expedient for you that I go away; for if I go
not a^-ay, the Comforter will not come unto
you; but if I depart, I will send him unto
youi"
(Es ist euch gut,) dass ich hin-ge- he;
For you 'tis best that we be par-ted,
(denn,) (so ich nicht) hin- ge- he,
for if I go not from you
(bo) kommt der Tr'6-eter nicht 2u euch.
there com- eth not the com- for- ter.
so ich a-ber ge- he.
But if I go from you,
will ich ihn zu euch sen- den.
to you will I then send Him.
2. Aria Tenor (Violin solo) ?/4 (f^)
Uich kar.n (keln Zwei- fel sto-ren,)
All care and doubt de- fy-ing,
(auf dein 7/ort,) (Herr,) zu h'6-ren.
on Thy 77ord, Lord, re-ly-ing,
Ich glau- be, (gehet du fort,)
I trust Thee, tho' Thou go
80 kann ich mich ge- tro-sten,
I will not be ne-glect- ed,
dasB' ich zu den Er- lo-sten
birt still, with Thine E- lect- ed.
Cantata 108
3. Recitative Tenor
Dein Geist wird mich al- so re-gie- ren.
Thy Spi- rit ev- er shall di-rect me,
dass ich auf rech- ter Bah- ne geh;
that I may tread the Path of Right,
durcb dei- nen Hin- gang kommt er
Thy death as-eured to me this
ja zu mir,
pre-oious boon;
ich fra- ge sor-gens-voll:
I ask now sor-row- ful:
ach, ist er nicht schon hier?
Ah, will He not come soon?
4. Chorus (Ob. d'am. I * II, * Str.) /i (D)
St. John XVI, 13i
"How be it when He, the Spirit of truth
is come, he will guide you unto all truth;
for he shall not speak of himself; but what-
soever he shall hear, that shall he speak;
and he will shew you things to come."
Wenn a- ber je- ner, der Geist
How- be- it when He, of Truth
der Wahr-heit, kom- men wird,
the Spi-rit, comes to you,
der wird euch (in al- le 'Vahr- heit lei- ten),
He ev- er in paths of truth will guide you,
Denn er wird (nicht von ihm sel- ber) re- den.
Of Him-self will He not tell you
will not of Him-self tell you,
son-dern was er ho- ren wird,
but what- e- ver He shall hear,
das (wird er re- don,)
that shall He tell you,
und (was zu- kilnf-tig ist,)
and He will show to you,
wird er (ver- kun- di- gen.)
will shew you things to come.
the
komn an er-wunech- ten Port.
Thy Pa-ra- dioe will know.
5. Aria Alto (Strings) 6/fl (b)
Was niein Hers
Thou wilt fill
von dir ba-gehrt,
my heart's de- oire.
214.
Cantata 108
Cantata 109
? ach, das wird mir
j give mo all that
wohl g8-wahrt.
T re-3alre,
O-ber-schut-te nich mit r>e- gen,
o-ver-*heLB ne with Thy Blea-sing,
£uh- re mich auf dei- nen 'He- gen,
while uj^-on Thy path pro-gres-sing,
dasi) ich in der E- wig-keit
that thru all E-ter- ni- ty
schau- e dei- ne Herr-lich-keit.
I be-hold Thy Ua- jea- ty.
Ich glau- be, (lie- ber I!err,)
T doubt not, dear-est Lord,
hilf mei- nem Un- glau-ben, hilfj
help Thou my mia- gi-ving, helpl
help Thou that I doubt not, ^elpi
<5op. 41, 47, 51, 66, 72:
Alto 23, 26, 47, 51, 66, 72,
Tenor 2?, 26, 41, 66, 72t
Bass 23, 26, 42, 49, 51t
hilf mei- nen "n- glau- ben
o help my mia- gi- vlng
0 help that T doubt not
6. Chorale V** (b)
(Ob. i'am. I A TI, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
D«in Geiat, den (}ott vom Him- mei gibt,
Thy Spi- rit sent from Heav'n a-bove
der lei- tet al- lea, waa ihn liebt,
will lead our aouls who know His love,
auf wohl- ge-bahn-tem 'Ve- ge,
in paths of con-se- cra-tion.
•r setzt und rich- tet un-sren Fuss,
H* wise- ly guides ^ur er-ring feet,
daas er nicht an- ders tre-ten muss,
when we are weak euid in-dis-creet,
ale wo man find den Se- gen.
and per-il our sal-va-tion.
2. Recitativo Tenor
Des Her- ren Hand ist ja noch nicht ver-kiirzt.
The Hand of God is reach-ing from a- far
mir kann ge-hol-fen wer-den.
to guard me in my trou-ble.
Ach nein, ich sin-ke schon zur Er- den
But no, my mi- se-ries re-dou-blej
vor Sor- ge dass sie mich zu Eo-den et'urzt.
as down-ward plun-ges my un-luck-y star,
Der Hoch-ste will, sein Va-ter-her-ze bricht.
?7ill not the heart of Migh-ty Cod re- lent?
Ach neini er hort die Sun-der nicht.
Ah, no] His pa-tience all is spent.
Er wird, er muss dir bald zu hel- fen ei-len.
He will, He must, as-sist the poor and need-y,
um dei- ne Mot zu hei-len.
with suc-cor sure and speed- y.
ft.ch neinI es blei-bet mir um Trost
But still I fear my Sa- viour may
Cantata 109
(1731)
XXI Trinity
Epiatle, Epheaiems VI, 10-17. Put on the
whole armor of Cod.
Gospel, r"t. John TV, 46-54. The nobleman's
•on healed of a fever.
(2 Oboes, Como da caccia. Strings.)
1* Chorua (Inetr. as above) V* (d)
St. Uark IX, 24t
"And straightway the father of the child
erled out ana said with tears, Lord, I believe;
iMlp thou mine unbelief."
sehr ban- ge,
ne- gleet me.
Adagio
Ach Herr, wie Ian- ge?
Oh, Lord, pro-tect me.
3. Aria Tenor (Strings) 4/4 (E)
Wie xwel-fel-haf- tig ist mein Hof-fen,
How vac- ci- la-ting is my epl-rit,
wie wan- ket mein ge-ang-stigt Ferx.
how trem-bles my un-qui- et heart.
Des Clau-bens Docht gllmrat kaum her- vor,
The Lamp of Faith ie nigh burned out|
£15.
Cantata 109
Cantata 109
es bricht dies fast xu- atoas- ne Rohr,
soon breaks the reed so bruised by doubt,
St. Matthew XII, 20t
"A bruised reed sr.all he not break..."
die Furcht (nacht ste- tig neu-en Schnerz).
and fear new doubt to me im- parts.
4. RecitatiYO Alto
0 fas- se dich,
Take cou-rage now,
Uut,
faith,
well Je-BU8 jetzt
for mi- ra- cles
du zwei-fel-lmf-ter
0 thou of lit-tle
noch Wun- der tut.
our Lord still works;
Die Glau-bens • au- gen wer-den echau- en
the Eye of Faith will see sal- va- tion
das Keil dea Kerrn;
which, tho' de-f erred,
der wird nim- mer (zu-sclian-den; )
the foes who would de- fame him;
denn wer auf die- sen Fel-sen baut,
his Fedth, firm-found-ed on this rook
Tenor:
denn wer auf dies'n, auf die-sen F«l» sen
his Faith firm foun- ded, foun-ded on this
baut,
rock,
ob ihm gleich geht \ zu- han- den)
de-fies all who would shame him,
(viel Un- falls hie,) hab ich doch nie
In spite of all, they will not fall
den Men-schen se-hen fal-len,
who faith- ful-ly en-dea-vor
(der sich ver-lasst) auf Got- tes Trost;
with one ac-cord to trust the Lord;
er hilft
He helps
sain Glaub-gen al-len,
the Faith-ful ev- er.
scheint die Er- ful-lung all- xu- fern,
yet by His sol-emn pro-mised Word,
60 kannst du doch auf die Ver-hei-ssung bau- en.
will in the end at-tain its con- sum- ma-tion.
5. Aria Alto (Ob. I 4 II) 3/4 (F)
Der Hei-lajid ken- net ja die Sei-nen,
Je- sua for-gets not His e- lec-ted,
wenn ih- re Hoff-nung hilf-los liegt.
guards them tho' all their hope may fall;
T/enn Fleinch und Gelat in ih-nen strei-ten.
Bo- dy with soul is ev-er etri-ving
Tho' flesh with soul -bars 100-106.
so steht er ih-nen selbet zur Sei- ten,
but God is er-or found con-tri-ving
yet -bar 106,
da- mit (xu-letxt) der Glau- be aiegt.
that in the end shall Faith pre-Tail.
6. Chorale Extended (Inotr. as In No. 1) 4/4 (d)
(Wer hofft In Gott) und dem rer-traut,
Who trusts in Ood, •Ith mirth may mock
Cantata 110
(1734)
Christmas Day
Epistle, Titus II, 11-14. God's grace
brings salvation,
or Isedah IX, 2-7. The people have seen a
great light; for unto us a child is born.
Gospel, St. Luke II, 1-14. The Nativity.
(3 Troabe, Timpani, 3 Oboes, Fagotto, 2 Flauto
traverse, Oboe da caccia. Organ, and Strings,
1. Chorus /i 3/4 V* (D)
(3 Tromb., Tirap,, 3 Ob., Fag., Org., * Str.)
Psalm CXXVI, 2i
"Then was our mouth filled with laughter
and our tongue with singing; then said they
among the heathen, the Lord hath done great
things for them."
Un- eer L'.und (sei (voll La- chene)
Then our mouth filled with laugh- ter,
und un- ere Zun- ge voll Ruh-mone.
and all our tongues with loud sing- Ing,
Denn (der Horr) hat (Gro- ssea
for the Lord hath oom-passed
£16.
Cantata 110
Cantata 110
(an uns) ge- tan.)
such migh- ty things,
such things
Baas, bars 15 & 16 of solot
GrO- 3968
righ- ty
wenn Holl und Sa- tan um ihn sind.
is due, and Sa-tan's hell-ish ban.
Doch auch deln Sohn
But yet Thy Son,
den Seel und Geist
so dear to Thee,
au8 Lie-be sei-nen Er- ben heiest.
Hitt-eelf be-came a man like me.
2. Aria Tenor (Fl. tr I * II, Org.) V* (b)
Ihr Ge- dan- ken und ihr Sin- nen,
Let your thanks with love out-pour-ing,
•chwin-get euch an-jetzt von hin-nenl
up- ward hence to Hea- ven soar-ing,
stei- get 8chleu-nig him- mel- an
mount be- yond the stare and sun.
und (be-denkt) was Gott ge- tani
Tldrk on all that God has done;
Er wird L'ensch und dies al- lein,
He was once a child and we
dass (wir) (Him-cels-) kin- der sein.
must I-is Ic-ving child-ren be.
5. Duet Soprano-Tenor fOrgan) 11^8 (A)
St. I.uke II, 14i
"Glory to God in the highest, and on
earth peace, good will toward men."
Eh- re. Eh- re sei Gott (in der -Ho- he)
Glo-ry, glo-ry to God in the High-est,
und Erie- de, auf Er- den
and peace un- to all men,
Soprano-Tenor, bars 24-28:
und Erie- de, Erie- de, Erie- de, Erie-de
and peace on earth and peace on earth un-
auf Er- den
-to all men
3. Pecitativo Baas (Strings and Organ)
Jeremiah X, 6:
"Eorascuch as there is none like unto
thee 0 Lord; thou art great, and thy name is
great in might."
Dir, Herr, ist nie- cand gleich.
None, Lord, is like to Theel
Du biet gross, und deir fJa- me ist gross,
Thou art great, end Thy Mame, too, is great,
und kannst's mit der Tat be- wei- sen.
its great- ness Thy Uight pro-claim-eth.
Tenor, bars 29-30t
und Erie- de, Erie-de auf Er- den
and peace on earth un-to all men
Soprano bar 41, Tenor, bar 36t
und den Men-schen (ein V/ohl-ge-fal-len.
peace on earth and good will to all men.
Soprano bar 36, Tenor, bar 42:
und den Men-schen (ein "'ohl-ge-fal-len.
peace and good will on earth to all men.
Soprano bars 37,38,46. Ten., bars 43,45,46:
und den Llen-schen (ein Wohl-ge-fal-len.
on earth pe^ce and good will to all men.
4. .^ria Alto (0b.(d'ajn.) 4 Org.) 3/4 (f^)
Ach Kerr, was ist ein Uen-schen-kind,
Ah, lord, what then in-deed is man,
dass du sein f!eil so echmert-lich su-chest?
that T^ou shouldst val-ue his sal-va-tion?
Ein ■ffurc, den du ver-flu-chest,
A worrir, for whor dam- na- tion
6. Aria Bass V* (D)
(Tr. I, Strings, and Organ.)
(T/acht auf I) ihr A- dern und ihr Glie- der,
A- risej a- way with care und sad-ness,
und singt (der-glei-chen Ereu-den-lie- der,)
and sing a song of joy and glad-nese,
die (un- serm Gott ge- fal-lig sein.)
with hap- py heart and joy-ous voice;
Und ihr, (ihr an- dachts- vol- len Pal-ten,)
and strike the strings with strong e- mo-tion,
yea play
£17.
Caatata 110
sollt ihm ein sol- ches Lob be-rei-ten,
to sound His praise in deep de-vo-tion,
da- bei aich (Herz und Geiet) er-freim.
where-by the heart and soul re-joice.
7. Chorale V* (b)
(Tr. I, Fl. tr. I 4 II, Ob. I, Vn. I with
Sop,; Ob. II, Vn. II with Alto; Ob. da cac,
* Va. with Tenor. Organ.)
Allelujai Alleluja.'
Go- lobt sei Gotti Sing-en wir all aua
GiT« praise to God in song to-geth-er-
un-sers H«r-x«ni Grun- de;
join in deep e- mo- tion;
1
denn Gott hat heut ge- macht solch Freud,
for God to- day has brought such joy,
der wir ver- ge-ssen eolln zu kein-
that er'-ry hour in- crea-aes our
-er Stun- de.
de- vo- tion.
218,
Cantata 111
(1740)
Libretto by Albrecht of Brandenburg
III Epiphany
If Epiatle, Romans XII, 17-21, Overcume
"ieril *ith good.
Gospel, St. I'atthew VIII, 1-13. Christ
heale a leper, and the Centurion's servant
of the palsyi the Centurion'* Faith.
(2 Oboea, and Strings.)
- Jhoral Fantasia (Inatr.as above) /{ (a)
VblB mein Octt vrill, (das gscheh all-zeit.)
What God re-solves, will come a- bout,
sain Will, der ist der be- ste;
what He has don«, is fin-lshed}
>u hel- fen den'n (er ist be-reit,)
H« gives His help to all de-vout,
die an ihn glau-ben fe- ate,
whose faith is un- di- min-lshed.
Er hilft (au8 Not,) der from-me Gott,
Our help in need, our God in-deed,
und xuch- tl- get (mit Ma- ssenj )
He tem-pers our cor-rect- ion,
wer Gott ver-traut, (feet auf ihn baut,)
with mer-oy just; so Him we trust,
den will er nicht ver-laa- sen.
as-sured of His af-fect-ion.
2. Aria Baas
V4 (e)
Ent- set-ze dich, (mein Her-ze, nicht,)
Rest ea^ay, heart, and wor-ry not,
Gott iat dein Trost und Zu- ver-sicht
thru God is yours a hap- py lot
und dei-ner See- le Le- ben.
blM He HiiD-self has planned it.
, was Bsin wsi- ser Rat be-dacht,
a, when the Lord has formed a pl«m,
d«B kann die Welt und Uen-schen-macht
no pow'r on earth, no mor- tal man
f mog-lich wi-der- stre- ben.
ean al-tor or with-stand it.
Cantata 111
3. Recitativo Alto
0 To- rich-torJ der sich von Gott
0 fool-ish onei Al-migh-ty God
ent-tieht, und wie ein Jo-nas dort
to shun, or like a Jo-nah flee,
see Jonah I, 3.
Tor Got-tes .\n- ge-sich-te flieht;
from God and His au-tho- ri- ty;
auch lin- ser Den- ken ist ihm of- fen- bar,
for all our thoughts to Him are ful-ly bare,
und un-sers Haup-tes Haar
and ev'-ry sin-gle hair
hat er ge-iah- let,
by Him is num-bered.
Wohl dem.
Blest they.
der die-sen Schutz er- wah- let
who un-der His pro-tect-ion.
ini glau-bi-gen Ver-trau- en,
re- ly on His di-rect-ion,
auf des-sen Schluas und 'Tort
and do as He com-mands,
mit Hoff-nung und Ge- duld ru schau-en,
with pat-ience and with-out ob-ject-ion.
4, Duet Alto-Tenor (Strings) 3/4 (G)
So geh ich (mit be- herz-ten Schrit- ten),
I fol-low God with hap-py foot- steps,
yea,
auch wenn (mich Gott ( zum Gra- be) fuhrt),
aJ.- tho' the path to death may lead.
Alto, bars 36-38, Tenor 63-65:
al- tho' to death may lead me,
Gott (hat die Ta- ge auf-ge- achrie-ben),
Lo, all my days by Him are count- ed;
so wird, wenn sei- ne Hand mich ruhrt,
so when His hand is touch- Ing me,
dee To-des Bit-ter- keit^des To- dee Bit-
the bit-ter-ness of death it-self will be
-ter-keit
at last
ver- trie-ben,
sur-mount- ed.
£:19.
Cantata 111
5. Recltatiyp Soprano
Drun wenn der Tod zu-letzt den Geist
'^en death at last with ruth-lesa force
noch mit Ge-walt aua sei-nem Kor-per reisat,
shall wreat my aoul from out my mor-tal corae,
so nimzn ihn, &ott, in treu- e
80 take it, Lord, with Fath-er's
Va- ter-han- de;
hand car-eaa- ing;
wenn Teu-fel, Tod und Sun- de mich be-kriegt
when De-vil, Death and Sin-ful-neaa as- aail,
und mei-ne Ster-be-kis-sen
and in my fi- nal ho-ur
ein Kaay)f-platz wer- den mus-aen,
I fall be- fore death's po-wer,
80 hilf, da- mit in dir mein Glau- be aiegt.
ah help, that in the end my Faith pre-vail.
Adagio
0 se- li- gea, ge-wunsch- tea En- de,
0 longed for goal, 0 pre- cious bles- aing.
6. Chorale V* (a)
(Vn. I (Ob. I ft II) with Sop.; Vn. II with
Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Noch eins, Herr, will ich bit-ten dich,
Once more, 0 Lord I aak of Thee
du wirst mira nicht ver-aa-genj
nor will Thou this de-ny mei
TJenn mich der bo- ae Geiat an-ficht.
When base temp-ta-tiona trou-ble me,
laaa mich doch nicht ver-aa- gen.
with Faith and Hope aup-ply mej
Hilf, steur und wehr, ach Gott, mein Herr,
0 God, our Lord, Thy help al- ford,
xu Eh- ran dei-nem Ila- men.
Thy Kaxno to ren-der glo-rioua,
7/or daa be-gehrt, dam wird's g«-wahrt|
and send. I pray, that pro-miaed day,
drauf Bprech ich froh-lich A- men.
when Flight will be vic-to-riouai
Cantata 112
(1731)
Libretto by Ifenael
II Easter
Epiatle, I Peter II, 21-25, Ye were aa
sheep, gone aatray.
Gospel, St, John X, 11-16, I am the good
shepherd.
(2 Corno, 2 Oboe d'amore, and Strings)
1. Chorua (Instr. as above) ji (G)
Der Herr (ist mein) ge-treu- er Hirt,
The Lord, my God, my Shep-herd is,
halt mich in sei-ner Hu- te,
for me He ev-er ca-reth,
da-rin nir (gar nicht s) man-geln *lrd
He aa-tis- fi- eth all my wants,
for me
Tenor
da-rin mir gar nlchtB gar niebta
He sa-tis-fi- eth for me
ir- gend an ei- nem Gu- te,
nor a- ny bles-aing apa-reth;
( er wei- det mich) ohn Un- ter-lasa,
by wa-ters still He lead-eth me,
da-rauf wachat (daa wohl-achme-ckend Grae)
in pas-turea green He feed- eth me,
Baaa: the Lord feed- eth me
sei-nes heil- sa- men Wor- tea,
and so my soul re-ato-reth.
Psalm XXIII, l-3j
"The Lord ia my shepherd} I ahall not
want,
"He maketh me to lie down in green paa-
turea, he leadeth me beside the still waters.
"He reatoreth my aoul.,,"
2, Aria Alto (Ob, d'amore aolo) ^8 (e)
Zun rei- nen 7?aa-aer er mich weiat.
My heart ia ev-er well con- tent
daa mich (er-qui- cken) tu- e,
if He ia atan-ding by me.
Daa iat
When He
aein fron-hei- li- ger Geiat.
ia near I've naught to fear*
der maoht mich wohl- ge- mu- te.
no dan- ger can come nigh me.
k20.
C«otata 112
Caatata 112
Kr fuh- ret mich auf rech- ter Straes
He lead-eth me in paths of right,
sei- ner Ge-bo- ten (ohn Ab- laee)
that I be ho-nored in Hie sight,
Ton we-gen oei- nee N'a- mens wil-len.
and of Hi" Name be coun-ted wor-thy,
Psalffl XXIII, 3 1
"...he leadeth me in the paths of
righteouenees for His Name's eake."
3. RecitatJTO Base (Strings)
Tenor, bare 28-33. Soprano 30-33i
vor mei- nen Fein-den al- lent-hal-ben
thus all mine e- ne- mies ig- nor-ing
machst main Her-«a un- ver-ragt und frisch,
Thou a- noint-est me, my head, with oil,
mein Haupt (tuat du mir eal-ben)
my full cup run-neth o- ver.
Ten. 66-7i it run-neth o- ver
mit dei- nem Geist, der Freu-den 01,
my voice ex- ults, in Joy-ous chant,
(und (schen-kest voll ein) mei-ner Seel
my heart in gled-nese, ju- bi-lant,
Soprano bars 100-101. Tenor 102-103t
is re- joi- oing
Arioso ,
Und ob ich wan- dart im fin-stem
Yea, tho* I walk thru the val- ley
Tal, in: fin- stern Tal
of the sha-dow of death,
furcht ich kein Un- g»-lu- eke
no ev- il will I fear there,
^bar^ 11-12:
furcht ich doch kein Un-ge-lu-oke
I fear no ev- il no ev-il
Recitative
in Ver-fcl- gung,
•mid op-pres-sion,
Lei- den,
an-guish.
Trub-sal
3or-row,
und die-ser V/el- te Tii- eke;
or a- ny world-ly mis-chief;
denn du bist bei mir ete- tig- lich,
for Thou art »lth me con-stant- ly.
dein Steb
Thy rod
und Ste- cken tro-sten mich,
and staff they com-f ort me;
(auf dein Wort)
give com-f ort,
ich mich las- se.
give me com-fcrt.
Fsalm XXIII, 4j
"Yea, though I walk through the valley of
the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for
thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they
comfort me."
4. Duet Soprano-Tenor (Strings) ^2 (D)
vor
Du be- rei-tost fur mir ei-nen Tisch
Thou pre-par-est me a ta-ble, Lord,
▼ cr mein'r. Feir-den (al- lent-hal- ben,)
mine e- ne-mies all ig- no- ring;
dei-ner geist-li-chen Freu-den.
for my soul is re- joi-cing.
Psalm XXIII, 5:
"Thou preparest a table before me in
the presence of mine enemies: thou anointest
my head with oil; my cup runneth over."
5. Chorale (No. 14) V* (G)
(Ob. d'an. I, Vn. T with Sop.; Ob. d'am. II,
Vn. TI with Alto; Va. with Tenor. Cor. I « II)
Gu- tea und die Barm-her-zig-keit
And so thru all my mor-tal days
fol- gen mir nach im Le-ben,
shall good-nesB fail me ne-ver,
und ich werd'blei- ben al- le- leit
and I will dwell and sing Thy praise
im Haus dee Her- ren e-ben,
with- in Thy House for-e-ver;
auf Erd
on earth
in
'mid
christ-li-cher Ge-mein
god- ly folk se-cure.
und nach dem Tod da wera ich sein
and 8if- ter death, sal- va-tion sure,
bei Chri-sto, mei- nem Her- ren.
thru Je- BUS Christ, the Sa-viour.
Psalm XXIII, 6:
"Surely goodness and mercy shall follow
me all the days of my life; and I will dwell
in the house of the Lord for ever."
221.
Cantata 113
(1740)
Libretto by Ringwaldt
XI Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthians XV, 1-10, Of Christ's
death and resurrection.
Gospel, St, Liike XVITI, 9-14, Parable of the
Pharisee and the publican.
(2 OboeSf 2 Ob. d'amore, Flauto traverso, and
Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia 3/4 (b)
(Oboe I 4 II, and Strings.)
Herr Je- su Christ, du hoch- stes Girt,
Lord Je-sus Christ, Thou Fount of Grace
du Brunn-quell al- ler Gna- den,
and source of ev'-ry bles-sing,
sieh docb, wie ich in nei- nem Mut
see how I kneel be-fore Thy face,
mit Schzner-zen bin be- la- den
my load of sin con-f ess-ingj
und in rair hab der Pfei-le viel,
the darts of wrath from out the blue
die im Ge-wis- sen oh- ne Ziel
have pierced my con-science thru and thru
mich ar- men Sun- der dru-cken.
to pun-ieh my trans-gress-ing.
2, Alto Chorale (Unison) V* (ff)
(Violins ir. unison. )
t
Er-barm dich mein in sol-cher Last,
Have pi- ty, Lord, on my dis-tress,
nimm sie aus mei-nem Her- zen,
and ease my tri-bu- la tion,
die-weil du sie ge- bu- sset hast
re- mem- ber Thou the bit- ter-ness
am Holi mit To-des-schmer-zen,
of Je- sus' ex- pi- a- tion,
auf dass ich nicht in gro- ssem Weh
that I may not, in hope-less grief,
in mei- nen Sun-den un- ter- geh,
•n-gulfed in oin be-yond re- lief,
noch B- wig-llch ver-SQ- gel
sink down in de- spe-ra-tioni
Cantata 113
3, Aria Bass (Ob, d'am. I ft II) 1^8 (A)
Fur-wahr, (wenn mir das kom-met ein),
In truth to me 'tis re-ry clear
dass ich (nicht recht vor Gott) ge- wan- delt
how far from God my steps have wan-dered,
und tag-lich wi-der ihn miss- han- delt,
and how His fa-vor I have squan-dered,
80 qualt mich Zit- tern, Furcht und Pein,
and 80 I quake with fright and fear.
(Ich weiss), dass mir daa Her- zs bra- che,
In- deed, no com-fort would a-vail me
wenn mir (dein Wort (nicht Trost)) ver- spra-okl;
did I be- lieve Thy Word might fail ail
4, Choral ft Recitativo Baas V* («)
Choral 1
Je- doch dain beil-sam Wort daa maofat
Thy haal-ing Word re-si orea ny aoul
mit aai- nam au- seen Sia-gan^
and filla ay haart with aing-ing,
Recitativo
dass mei-ne Brust,
and in my breast,
der Tor- mals lau- ter Angst be- wusst,
which an-xious care of late op-pressed,
sich wie- der kraf-tig kann er- qui- cken.
new hope is now ex- ul-tant spring- ing.
Das jam- mer-vol- le Herz
Uy heart, so full of woe,
emp-fin-det nun nach tra'- nen- rei-chem Schmerj
no lon-ger now with tears will o- ver- flow,^
von Je- su Gna-
of Je-sus' Grace
den hel- len Schein
bright gleam the rays
-den-bli-ckenj
and raer- cy.
aein Tlort hat mir so vie-len Trost
His Word has quick-ened me sind made
ge-bracht,
me whole.
Choral
daaa mir das Har-ze wis- der lacht,
Uj heart with-ln ma laMgha a- loud,
ala wann's ba-gunnt cu aprln-gaa.
with Joy and hope ie ring-ing.
ii2ii.
Cantata 113
Cantata 113
RecitatJTO
Wie wohl, wie wohl Ist mei-ner See-lenJ
How bleat, how blea-oed io my spi-ritl
Das xa- gen- de Ge-wis- sen
The nag-ging pricka of con-Bcience
kann mich nicht Ian- gar qua- Ion,
no Ion- gar will con-found me,
Choral
dl«-w*ll Oott ad- le Onad* rer-helSBt,
for Ood a«-8ures ao peace se- rene,
Recitativo
hier-nachst die Glau- bl- gen und From-men
when I, with rlght-eoua souls a-round me,
mit Him-mels-man- na spelat,
with heart and con-eclence clean.
die ihr muh-se- lig und be- la-den,
ye wea-ry ones and hoa-vy la-den,
St. Matthew XI, 28.
konnat her zien Brunn-quell al- ler Gnn- den,
to Me, the Fount of er'-ry Blea-slng,
ich hab euch mir zu Freu-den aus-er-ko- ren,
for I have cho-asn you for joy e-ter-nal."
Auf die- see 7/ort will ich zu dir
At thia as- but- anco come I then,
wie der buss-fert- ge Zoll-ner tro-ten
like the Pub- li- can who re- pen-ted,
St. Luke XVIII, ISi
"And the publican, etandinp; afar off,
would not lift up so much as his eyes unto
heaven, but smote upon his breast, saying,
Ood be merciful to me a sinner."
Choral
wwin wlr BUT sit i«r>knlraob-t«m Oaist
«b«n I, with p*- B*- tant- ial mien,
%u un- sarm J a- au kon- man.
ge hanaa to meat my Sa-riour.
und mit de- mut-gem Geist
and pray with hum-ble heart
Gott, sei mir gna-digj be-ten.
"0 Lord have mer- cy on mei"
Ach, tro- ate mei- nen bl'6-den Mut
Ah, com-fort Thou my fee-ble soul.
5. Aria Tenor (Fl. tr.) 4/4 (d)
Je-Bus niiamt die Sun- der am
Je-sus is the sin-ner'e friend,
(o) su-ssea Wort voll Trost und Le- benj
o blee-sed TTord of hope and com-fort I
Er schenkt (die wah-re See-len- ruh)
Ha gives the wea-ry spi-rit rest,
und ro- f et Ja- dem tr'ost-lich zut
and calls to them His love has blesti
dein Sund iat dir ver-ge-ben.
"Thy sins are all for-gi-ven. "
und ma- che mich durch dein ver- goss-nes
by Thine a- tone-ment make me clean and
Blut
whole,
von al- len Sun- den rein,
from all trans-gres-sion freej
•>
so werd ioh auch wia Da- vid und Ma-nas- se
as Da- vid and Ua- nas-sah dared to face Thee
Sea II Samuel XII, 13. II Chronicles XXXIII, 12,
wenn ich da- bei dich stets in Lieb und Treu
re- pen-tent and with lo- ving heart and trua,
mit mei- nam Glau-bens-ann um- fas- se,
in stead-fast faith will I em-brace Thee,
hin- fort ein Kind des Him- mels sein.
hence-forth a child of Heav'n to be.
6. Recitativo Tenor (Strings)
Dar Hei-land nimmt die Sun- der an:
The Sa-viour is the sin-ner's friendi
wie lieb-lich klingt das "Vort in mei- nen
how pre-oioua to my ears thia pro-mlae
Oh- renj
Bound-ethj
Er rufti Koanrt her zu mir,
Ha callsi "Come un-to me
7. Duet Soprano-Alto 3/4 (E)
Ach Herr, main Gott ver- gib mirs dooh,
Oh Lord, my God, for-give Thou me,
wo-mit ich dei-nen Zom er-re-get,
if T Thine an-ger have ex-ci-ted,
xer- brich das schwa-re Sun-den-Jooh,
aaaa Thou the load of mi- aa- ry
223.
Cantata 113
das nir der Sa- tan auf er-le-get,
which my trans-grea-aions have in-vi-ted,
dass sich mein Herz zu-frie- den ge- be
that I, my heart's al- le-giance gi-ving,
und dir zum Preis und Ruhn hin- fort
Thy Might and (Jlo- ry may pro-claim,
nach dei- nem Wort
and praise Thy Name
in kind-li-chem 3e-hor- aam le- be,
in du- ti- ful o-be- dience li-ving.
8. Chorale (Unacc.) V^ (b)
Stars mich mit dei- nem Freu-den- geist,
By Thine a- tone-ment make me strong,
heil mich mit dei- nen !7un- den.
Thy lore and grace re-veal me,
wasch mich mit dei- nem To- des-achweiss
wash Thou my soul of ev'-ry wrong,
in mei-ner letz- ten Stun-den;
of ev*-ry tres-pass heal me;
und nimm mich einst, wenn dirs ge- fallt,
and take me, when it plea-ses Thee,
in wah-rem Glau-ben von der '.¥elt
in Hea-Ten ev- er- more to be
zu dei- n«»n A us- er-wihl-ten,
with Thee and Thine e- lec-ted.
Cantata 114
Ach (lie- ben Chri-sten), seid ge- trostj
Keep up your cour-age, Chri-stian folk,
of good cheer, ye -A, T. B. bars 12-13»
wie tut ihr so ver- za- gen,
why are ye thus de-spair-ing?
weil una (der Herr) heim- su- chen tut?
It was the Lord im- posed this yoke,
lassv uns von Her- zsn sa- gen:
so bear it brave-ly
so bear it brave, de- clar-ing;
A, T. B., bars 41-42:
bear it de- clar-ing
Die Straf wir (wohl (ver- die- net) han;
"This pun- ish- ment de-serve we all,
well de-serve we all
solchs muss (be-ken- nen) je-der- mannj
on each we reck-on it must fall,
nie-mand (darf sich aus-schlie-ssen.)
a- like we all are far- ing."
2. Aria Tenor (Fl. tr.) 3/4 12/Q 3/4 (d)
Wo wird in die- sem Jam- mer- ta- le
Ah, where in this sad Vale of sor-row
fur mei- nen Geist die Zu-flucht sein?
may I find re- fuge for my soul?
bars 25-27:
wo wird die Zu-flucht, die Zu-flucht sein
a place of re- fn?e, to hide my soul,
bars 31-32i
wo wird die Zu-flucht sein
a re- fuge for my soul,
bars 40-41:
wo , wo ,
where, where.
Cantata 114
(1740)
Libretto by Gigas
XVII Trinity
Epistle, Ephesians IV, 1-6. Exhortation to
meekness and unity.
Gospel, St. Luke XIV, 1-11. One with dropsy
healed on the Sabbath} parable of the seating
of the trueats at the wedding.
(2 Oboes, Corno, Fl. tr. , and Strings)
1. Choral Fantasia ^4 (g)
(Ob. I i II, Como with Sop.: Strings.)
Al-lein
A- lone
zu Je- su
Thy Fa-ther's
Va- ter-han- den
fond af- fec-tion
will ich mich in der Schwach-heit wen- d«n,
re-vives my weak-neas, my do- Jec-tion|
sonst weiaa ich (we-der aua noch ein.)
what elae will ev-er make me whole?
3. Recitativo Baas
0 Sun-der, tra- ge mit Ge- duld,
Thou sin-nerl Pn-tient tear th* load
S24.
Cantata 114
Cantata 114
«a8 du durch del- ne Schiild
thy Ti- cee have be-atoved
dir Bel- ber zu- ge-zo- genj
and juat-ly brought up-on theej
das Un-racht aaufst du Ja wio Was- ser
for eT- 11 thirst-ing ev-er, thou hast
in dich ein
guz-zled up
und die- ae Sun-den- was- ser- sucht
the Wa-ters of Un- right-eous-nese
let xuD Ver-der-ben da
'til thou art dro-psi-cal
und wird dir tod- lich sein.
and fit for naught but death.
Der Hoch- mut aes vor-dem
Of old thy Pride did eat
Kein Frucht das Weix-en-korn- lein bringt
No fruit the seed of wheat can bear,
>
es fall denn in die Er-den;
un- til to earth 'tie fal-len;
00 muse auch un- eer ird- echer Leib,
80, too, our earth- y foma must change,
2u Staub und A- schen wer- den,
to duet and aeh re- turn-ingj
eh er konmt zu der Herr-lich-keit,
thero-by we gain the blee-sed- ness,
die du, Herr Chriet, une haet be- reit
which Chriot our Lord has won for us,
durch dei- nen Gang zum Va- ter,
to lead U8 to the Fa-ther,
Ton der ver-bot-nen Frucht ,
of God' 6 For-bid-den Fruitj
Genesis III
Gott gleich xu wer- den;
like God thou thought theei
wie oft ex-hebst du dich
80 wouldst ex- alt thy-self.'
mit schwul-sti-gen Ge- bar- den,
bon- bae- tic af-fec-ta- tioni
Andante
dass
Full
du er-nie-drigt wer- den musst.
soon hu-mi- li- ty thou' It learn.
T7ohl- an, be-rei- te dei- ne Brust,
Take heedi In or-der set thine house,
II Kings XX, 1. Isaiah XXJCVIII, 1.
daas sie den Tod und Grab nicht scheut,
that, one day, when thou shalt have died,
BO komnst du durch ein se- lig Ster- ben
thy mor- tal fear com-plete-ly van-ishiBd,
aus die- sen; sund-lich- en Ver- der- ben
thou nayst then live, cor-rup-tion ban-ished^
»ur Un- schuld und lur Herr-lich-keit.
all blame- less and all glo- ri- fied.
5. Aria Alto (Ob. I « Strings) 4/4 (Bb)
Du maeh8t,o Tod, (mir nun nicht fer- ner
I have, 0 Death, no fear to cross thy
ban- ge),
por-tal.
wenn ich durch dich die Frei-heit nur
To gain thru thee my li- ber- ty
er-lan- ge,
im-mor-tal,
es muss Ja so ein- nal ge- stor- ben sein.
T know full well that T must first have died.
Mit Sim-e-on will ich in Frie-den fah- ren.
Like Sim-e-on in peace I now will fare me,
St. Luke II, 29.
Kein Hei-laJid will mich in- der Gruft
77hile in the earth my Sa-viour will
be-wah- ren
pre-pare me
und ruft mich einst { zu sich (ver-klart )und rein)
one day to celII me to Him glo- ri- fled.
bars 48-49j yea pure and glo- ri- fied
bars 41-45i ver-klart, ver-klart und rein.
Him pure and glo- ri- fied.
4. Soprano Unison Chorale
St. John XII, 24i
"Verily, verily I say unto you, except a
com of wh.eat fall into the ground and die, it
abideth alonei but if it die, it bringeth
forth much fruit."
bars 46-49:
und ruft mich einst zu sich ver-klart
one day to call me to Him pure
2iib,
Cantata 114
6. Recitative Tenor
In- des,
Thou man.
be- den- ke dei- ne See-le
be-think thee of thy soul.
und stel-le sie dem Hei- land dar,
of its sal-va-tion take thou head
gib dei- nen Leib und dei-ne Glie-der Got .,
and give thy limbs and bo-dy back to Godj
der sie dir ge- ge- ben, wie- der.
He it was that gave them to thee.
Er sorgt imd wacht.
He guards thy rest;
und so wird sei- ner Lie-be liacht
His migh-ty Love is man- i- fest
im Too und Le- ben of- fen- bar*
in death and po-tent, too, in life.
7. Chorale V* (g)
(Cor., Ob. I 4 II, Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Wir wa-chen o- der schla-fen ein.
When we a- wake or when we sleep
80 sind wir doch des Her-ren;
the Lord is our good Pas-tor;
auf Chri-stim wir ge-tau- fet sein,
to be bap- tised in Him will keep
der kann dem Sa- tan weh-ren.
our souls from Hell's dis- as-ter.
Durch A- dam auf uns kommt der Tod«
All ev-il sprang from A- deim's Fall,
Chri- stuB hilft uns aus al- ler Not,
But Christ's A- tone-ment saved ua all;
Drun lo- ben wir den Her-ren.
So praise our Lord and Uas-ter.
Cantata 115
(1740)
Libretto by Freysteln
XXII Trinity
Epistle, Philipp I, 3-11. The glory of
Christ's grace.
Gospel, St. Uatthew XVIII, 3-25. Parable of
the unmerciful debtor.
Cantaita 115
(Flauto traverso, Ob. d'eunore, Como, Yioloncell
piocolo, and Stritigs.)
1, Chorale Fantasia ^4 (G)
(Fl. tr., Ob. d'am. , and Strings. Cor. with
Soprano.)
Ua- che (dich, (mein Geist,) be- reit,)
Come, my soul, thy- self pre-pare,
va- ehe, (fleh und be- te,)
watch-ing, pray-ing, plea-ding,
St. Matthew XLVI, 21. St. Uark XIV, 38.
dass (dich nicht) (die bo- se Zeit)
lest one day the trum-pet's blare
un- ver-hofft be-tre- te;
find thee all un-hee-ding.
denn es ist
Ah, be-ware.
Sa- tans List
Sa-tan*8 snare.
u- ber vie- le From- men
let him not dis- may thee,
zur Ver- su- chung kom- men.
lest his guile be- tray thee.
Basst
zur Ver- su-chung, zur Ver- zu-chung kom- men
lest his guile be- tray, his guile be-tray thee'
2. Aria Alto (Ob. d'am. * Str.) 3/8 (e)
Ach, schla-fri- ge See- le, wie?
Ah, slim- ber-ing spi-rit, why
ru- hest du noch?
tar- ri-est thou?
er-mun- tre dich dochi
be-stir thy-self nowi
Allegro
Es moch-te die Stra-fe dich plotz-lich
lest pun-ish-ment come of a sud- den
er-weck- en
to wake thee
und, wo du nicht wa-cheet,
and, dur-ing thy slum- ber,
im Schla- fe des e- wi-gen To-
the An- gel of Death, un- a- ware,
des be-
o-ver-
de- oken.
take thee.
2&6.
Cantata 115
Cantata 115
3. Recitative Bass
fzr-
Ooit, 80 vor del- no Seo-ls wacht,
Ood, who is watch-ing us so well,
hat Ab- Bcheu an der Sun-d«n Nacht
ab- hora the ways of Sin and Hellf
•r sen- det dir seln Gna- den-licht,
and thru His Grace our souls up-lifts.
fur
imd will Tor die- se Ga- ben,
The on- ly com-pen-sa-tion
die er so reloh-lich dir yer- sprlchtj
He asks for Flis a- bun-dant gifts
nur off- ne Gei-stes- au- gen ha- ben,
is in our s^ii-rit's con-se- cra-tion,
Des Sa- tans List ist oh- ne Grund,
The De-vil's guile is o-cean deep,
die Sun- der lu be-stri- chen,
in sin would he en-snare us,
brichst du nun selbst den Gna- den-bund
and if the Faith we fail to keep,
wirst du dir Hul- fe nie er-bli- cken.
\«i- fit for Grace will God de-clare ua.
Die gan- xe T7elt und ih- re Glie- der
Tho' Tain the world ajid all its fas-hions,
bare 37-39 j
▼on Siin- den frei
wash clesm our sins,
und ge-rei-nigt,
pu-ri- fy us.
und
make
ge- rei- nigt ma- ohen.
us clean and spot-less i
5. RecitatlTO Tenor
Er seh- net eich nach un-senn Schrei- en.
The Lord will hear the Taith-ful oal- ling,
er neigt sein gna- dig Ohr hier- aufj
and hith- er turn His Gra-cious Ear.
wenn Fain-de sich auf un-serm Scha-den freu- en.
When foes re-Jolce at ills to us be- fal-llng,
00 sie-gen wir in sei- ner Kraft;
with His Biqj-port we've naught to fear.
in- dem sein Sohn, in dem wir be- ten.
For hope and strength do we be-aeech Him,
und Uut und Kraf- te schafft,
we know that prayer sin- cere
Arioso
und will ala Hel-fer xu uns tre- ten,
thru His Be- lo- ved Son will reach Him,
sind nichts als fal-sche Bru- der,
our flesh and mor-tal pas-sions,
doch macht dein Fleisch und Blut hle> bei
yet we of earth are well con-tent
■ich lau- ter Schmei-che- lei,
to heed their blan- dish-ment.
6. Chorale 4/* (G)
(Como, Flauto, Ob, d'eun, , Vn. I with Sop.j
Vn, II with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Drum 80 lasst ims im- mer- dar
Bear we then, oinr woes and cares
♦, Aria Soprano A/i (b)
(Flauto traverse, Violoncello piccolo)
(Be- te) a- ber auch da- bei
Pray ye, ev-er watch and pray,
mit- ten in dem '^a- chen.
pray ye wlth-out cea-sing,
(Bit-te) bei der gro- seem Schuld,
Beg ye that the Judge will view
dei- nen Rich-ter cm Ge-duld,
pa- tient- ly the wrongs we do,
soil er dich (von Sun- den frei)
aJ.1 our sins will wash a- way,
(und ge- rei- nigt) ma- chen.
make ua clean and spot-less,
purs
wa-chen, fie- hen, be- ten,
pe- ni- tent and fea-ring,
well die Angst, Not und Ge- fahr
lest the Day come, un- a- wares
im- mer na-her tre- ton;
which is ev-er nea-ring;
denn die Zeit ist nicht weit,
watch and pray; comes the Day
da una Gott wird rich-ten,
when the whole world cras-hea
und die Welt ver-nich-ten.
In- to dust and as- hes.
<i£7.
CsLntata 116
(1744)
Libretto by Ebert
XXV Trinity
Epistle, I Thessalonians IV, 13-18. Christ 'e
sseond coming.
Gospel, St. Matthew XXIV, 15-28. The second
coming and day of Judgment.
(2 Oboe d'amore, Corno, and Strings)
1. Choral Fantasia fi (A)
(Ob. d'am. I k II, Str.| Cor. with Sop..)
Du Frie- de-furst, Herr Je- su Christ,
Thou Prince of Peace, to Thee we bow,
Isaiah IX, 6.
wahr Uenach und wah-rer Gott,
Lord Je- sua, God sind Uan,
(ein star- ker) Not- hel- fer) du bist
a val-iant Friend in Need ext Thou,
im Le- ben und im Tod.
our aid since time be-gan.
Drtoi wir al-lein im Na- men dein
So now we all, in Thy Name call,
lu dei-nem Va- ter achrei- en.
and ask Thy Fa-ther*s bless- ing.
Cantata 116
aufl Lie- be woll-test du dein Wort uns sen-dent
In lo-ving kind-ness may Thy Word per-vade us,
will sich dein Hers auf ein- mal von uns wen- den
that we may have the help of Him Who made us.
der du so gro- sse Hil-fe sonst be- wei-sest
Turn not Thou, Lord, Thy Ho-ly Spi-rit from us.
4. Terzett S-T-B Z/A (E)
Ach, wir be- ken- nen un- sre Schuld
Ah, all too well we know our guilt;
und bit-ten nichts, als (um Ge- duld)
and ask for naught, sare as Thou wilt,
und (um (dein un- er-mess-lich Lie-ben),
in Thine im- mea-su- ra- ble Mer- cy.
Es brach ja (dein er-bar-mend Herx)«
tt was the love, of Thy dear Son
als (der Ge-fall-nen Schmer*)
for ev'-ry fal-len one
dich (lu irns (in die Welt ge-trie-ben)).
that brought Him here to earth to save us.
2. Aria Alto (Ob. d'am. solo) V'* ('#)
Ach, ach, (un-aus-aprech-lich) ist die
Ach, Ach, we are speech-less in our
und des er- zum-ten Rioh-tera Drau- eni
and fear the an- gry Jud-ge*s sen-tence.
Kaum, dass wir noch in die-ser Angst,
So, must we vain-ly, in our woe,
wie du, 0 Je- su, fselbst ver-langat, )
like Thee, 0 Je-sus, long a- go,
su Gott in dei- nem Na- men achrei- en.
to God in Thy Name lift our voi- ces.
St. Uatthew XXVII, 46. St. Ifark XV, 34.
3. Tenor Recitatlvo
(Chorale alluaiona in baaa)
Ge-den- ke dooh, 0 Je- su,
R»-mea-ber now, 0 Je-sus,
dass du noch ein Furst des Frie-dena
that the Prince of Peace Thy peo-ple
5. Recitativo Alto (Strings.)
Not
dread, Ach, lass uns durch die schar-fen Ru- ten
Ah, ml- ti- gate these cru- el pur-ges,
nicht all-su hef- tig blu- ten.
these all-too-blood- y scoiu*-gee!
0 Gott, der du ein Gott der Ord-nung bist,
0 God, Thou art the God of Law and Right,
du weisst, was bei der Fein-de Grimm
Who knows the wrath of cru-el foes,
fur Grau-saiQ- keit und Un- recht ist.
how sa- vage and un- fedr they fight,
Wohl- an, so stre- eke dei- ne Hand
Oh Lord, do Thou stretch out Thine Hand
auf ein er- schreokt ge- plag- tes Land,
to this our sore- ly strick-en land)
die kann der Fein- de Uacht be-zwln-gen
our en- e- mles strike down be-fore U8|
und uns be- stan-dig Frie- de brin- gen.
to firm and last-ing Peace re-atore us.
h«l-as*«t|
call Thee.
Isaiah IX, 6.
Z2Q.
Cantata 116
6. Chorala V* (A)
(Cor., Ob. d'ajn. I, Vn. I ulth Sop.; Ob. d'am.
II, Vn. II with Alto| Va. with Tenor.)
Er-leucht auch un- aer Sinn und Hen
En-light- en Thou our ev'-ry heart,
durch den Gaist del- ner Gnad,
in- spire ub with Thy Grncoj
daee wlr nicht trei- Den draus eln Schen,
the Bhace which car-ping doubte im- part,
der un- erer See- le ■chad't,
froic out our souls ef- face.
0 Je- su Christ, al-lein du biet,
0 Lord, the On- ly One Thou art
der solchs wohl kann aus-rich- ten.
to whon we look for coin-fort.
Cantata 117
2. Recitatlvo Bass » Arioso
Eb dan- ken dir die Him-mels- heer,
In thanks the songe of An-gel throngs
o Herr-Boher al- ler Thro- nen,
a-bore to Thee are swell-ingj
und die auf Er- den , Luft und Iteer
on earth all crea-tures, high and lov,
in dei-nem Schat-ten woh- nen,
all in Thy aha- dow dwell-ing,
die prei- een dei- ne Schdp- fer- macht,
are pral-aing their Cre- a- tor's might,
die Al- les al- so wohl be-dacht.
Who guides our ev'-ry step a- right.
Gebt un- sorm Gott die Eh- re,'
To Him be all the flo-rjl
Cantata 117
(1733)
Libretto by Schuti
Unspecified
(2 Flauto traverso, 2 Oboes, 2 Oboe d'amore,
and Strings. )
1. Choral Fantasia V'8 (O)
(Instr. as above, except Ob. d'euriore.)
)
Sei Lob und Ehr den hoch-aten Gut,
All glo-ry to the Lord of Lords,
dem Va- ter al- ler Gu- te,
the God of all Cre- a-tion,
dec Gott, der al- le Wun-der tut,
who hope and joy to man af-fords,
dem Gott, der nein Ge- ku- te
in ev'- ry rank and sta-tion}
fit sei-nen rei-chen Trost er- fullt,
our cup to ov- er- flow He fills
Tenor:
n.it rei-chen Trost er- fullt,
to OT- er- flo* He fills,
dec Gott, der al- len Jam- oer atillt.
and all our woe and vail-ing stills,
Gebt on- senn Gott die Eh- re."
To Him be all the glo-ry."
3, Aria Tenor (Ob. d'am. I * II) 6/8 (e)
Was un- ser Gott ge-schaf-fen hat,
The world that God cre- a- ted here
dae will er auch (er- hal-ten);
He will up-hold for- e- ver,
dar- u- ber will er fruh und spat
He rules His aub-Jects far and near
mit sei-ner Gna- de wal-ten.
His mer-cy fail-eth ne-ver.
In sei-nem gan- zen Ko- nlg-reich
Thro '-out His King-dom ev'-ry- where,
ist al- les recht und ((Al- les) gleich),
Hie peo-ple equ- al just-ice share,
Gebt un- serm Gott die Eh- rei
To Him be all the glo-ryl
4. Chorale 4/4 (G)
Ich rlef deir, Herm in mei-ner Not:
I called to Thee in my dis-trees,
Ach, Gott, ver-nimm mein Schrei- en J
"Ah hear my sup- pli- ca- tion.'
Da half mein Hel-fer mir vom Tod
Then came my Hel-per, me to bless
und liess mir Trost ge-dei- hen.
with hope and con- eo-la- tion.
k29.
Cantata 117
Cantata 117
Drun dank; acb Gott, drum dank ich dir;
For this my thanks go out to Thee}
ach dan- ket, dan-ket Gott mlt mirl
coma thank ye all our God with me.
Gebt un- serm Gott die Eh- rel
To Him be all the glo-ry.
5. ReeitatiTO Alto (Strings.)
Der Herr ist noch imd nim- mer nicht
The Lord will not de-sert Hi a folk,
▼on Bei> nem Volk ge-schie- den,
nor bide in i- so- la- tion;
er blei- bet ih- re Zu- ver- eicht,
in Him we rest our fer-vent hope
ihr Se- gen, Heil und Frie- den}
of bles-sing and sal- va- tion.
mit Uut- ter-han- den lei- tet er
With lo-ving hand and con-stant cheer
die Sel- nen ste-tig hin und her.
He helps Hie peo-ple far and near.
Gebt un- serm Gott die Eh- re.'
To God be all the glo-ry.
6. Aria Baas (Violin solo) V* (b)
Wenn Trost und Hulf er- man-geln muss.
When mor- tal aid and com- fort fail,
die al- le Welt er- lei- get,
when ev'-ry one re-jects me,
80 komrrt, so hilft der !J- ber-fluaa,
the Lord will help. His grace pre-vail,
der Schbp-fer eelbst, der Sohop-fer aelbst^
for it was He ere- a- ted me}
und nei-get die Va- ter- au- gen
should er-er the Fa-ther's lo-ving-
7, Aria (Largo) Alto 3/4 (D)
(Fl. tr. I, and Strings.)
Ich will dich all mein Le- ben lang.
With glad re- joi-cing all life long,
0 Gott, von nun an eh- ren}
Thy Name will I be prai-sing}
0 Gott Ton nun an, all mein Le- ben lang,
0 God . will I be prai-aing all life long
man soil, 0 Gott, den Lob- ge- sang,
in ev'- ry land, a lo- ving song
an al- len Or- ten ho- ren.
Thy peo-ple all are rais-ing,
Uein gan-zes Heri er»munt- re sich,
Uy be- ing all a-wakes in ne,
mein Geist und Leib er-freu- e sich.
my heart sind soul re-joice in Thee.
Gebt (un- serm Gott die Eh- rei )
To -Thee be all the glo-ry.
8, ReeitatiTO Tenor
Ihr, die ihr Chri- sti Na- men nennt
Ye who by Christ's own Name are known,
gebt un-serm Gott die ^h~ rel
Give un- to God the glo-ry;
Ihr, die ihr Got- tee liacht be- kennt.
Ye who God's migh-ty po- wer own,
gebt un-aerm Gott die Eh- rei
give un- to liim the glo-ry.
Die fal-schen Got-zen macht zu Spott,
Let i- dols un-der foot be trod,
der Herr ist Gott, der Herr ist Gottt
the Lord is God, the Lord Is God.
Gebt un- serm Gott die Kh- re,'
To Him be all the glo-ry.
de- nen xu,
-klnd-ness cease,
die aon-sten (nir-gend) fin- den Ruh.
then could I ne- ver rest in peace.
Gebt un- Borm Gott die Eh- re.*
To God be all the glo-ry.
9. Chorale V* ^G)
So kom- met ver seln An- ge-sicht
Be-fore God's pre-sence here we come
mit jauch-zen- vol- lem Sprin- gen}
in loud- ly voiced e- la- tion,
kZO.
Cantata IIV
f »ah-let die go- lob- te Pflioht
our du-ty o»ti to Chrie- ten- dom,
und lasst una froh-lich ein- gem
and aing in a- do- ra- tion,
Gott hat ee Al- les wohl-be- daoht
Hit lo-ving care and o- ver-sight
und al- lea, al- lea wohl- ge- machti
la al-vays Juat and al- waya right!
Gebt un- eenn Gott die Eh- re'
To Hiir. be all the glo-ryj
Cantata 118
(1737)
Libretto by LJartin Behm
Funeral
(2 Lltuus, ComettOy 3 Trombones,)
Cantata 119
2. Chorus (Inetr. as in No. l) 1^8 (C)
Psalm CXLVII, 12-14i
"Praise the Lord, 0 Jerusalem; praise thy
God, 0 Zion.
"For he hath strengthened the bars of thy
gntesi he hath blessed thy children *ithin thee.
"He maketh peace within thy borders and
filleth thee with the finest of wheat."
Prei- se, Je-ru-sa-lem, den Herm.
Praise, 0 Je-ru-sa-lem, thy God,
lo- be, Zi-on, del- nen Gotti
praise, 0 Zi-on, praise the Lord.
Denn ( er ma- chet fest) (die Rie- gel)
For He streng-then-^eth the strong-hold
dei- ner To- re,
which pro-tects thee,
(und (seg- net) (dei- ne Kin- der) drin- nen,
and bles-seth eill thy chil-dren in thee,
er schaf-fet dei- nen Gren-zen Frie- den.
He ma- keth peace with- in thy bor-ders.
3. Recitativo Tenor
0 Je- su Christ, (mein's Le- bens Licht)
0 Je- sue Christ, my life, my light, Ge- aeg-net Landi gluck- sel- ge Stadti
D«ar Friend, the loss we feel this day 0 bles-sed Land of heart's de- sire,
(nein Hort, mein Trost,) mein Zu- ver-sicht wo- selbst der Herr sein Herd und
■y joy, my peace, my com-fort bright where God Hlm-self has set His
no voice can sound, no tongue can tell|
Feu- er hat.
auf Er- den (bin (ich)(nur (ein Gaat) hearth and fire,
on earth here am I but a guest,
bowed down with o- Ter-flow- ing love
und druckt mich sehr (der Sun- den Last.)
by hea- vy load of sin op-pressed.
by sin op-pressed
we bid thee here our last Fare- well.
Wie kann Gott bes- eer loh-nen
Could clear- er proof be shown
als wo er Eh- re lasst
of fa-vor than that God
in ei- nem Lan- de woh-nen?
should make our Land !!is own?
Cantata 1'
(1723)
Libretto by Picander (7)
Council
(4 TroBbA, Tinpani, 2 Flauto, 3 Oboes,
2 Oboe da caccia, and Strings.
Wie kann er ei-ne Stadt
How could a ci-ty win
1
mit rei-cherm Nach-druck seg- nen,
from Him a rich- er blee-sing?
als wo er Gut und Treu
With-in thy walls are Truth
ein- an-der laaet be-geg- nen,
and Uer- oy met to-ga- ther,
wo er Ge- rech- tig-keit und Frle-de
with-in thee Right-oous-ness and Peace
!• Sinfonla (Instr. as above except Ob. da c.) xu kus-sen nie- male mu- de, nicht m'u- de,
have met and kissed each-oth-er, nor wea-ry
231.
Cantata 119
Paiam LXXXV, 10i
"IJercy and truth are met together; right-
eousness and peace have kissed each other."
nie-mals satt ju wer-den teur ver-heis- sen,
80 to do; for did not God so pro- niise
auch in der Tat er- ful-let hat?
that He would corn-pass, by His Grace?
Da ist der Sohluss ge-macht:
And 80 we sing a- new:
Ge- seg-net LandJ gluck- eel- ge Stadtl
0 Bles-sed Landi Thrice Bles-sed Place!
4, Aria Tenor (Ob. da cac. I * II) ^4 (G)
bare 12-13:
^ohl dir, wohl dir du Volk der Lin- den,
Fair ci- ty thou a-nong the lin-dens
bare 28-31:
How fair thou art a-cong the lin-dens
bare 15-16} and 32-33:
Tohl dir du Volk der Lin- den
How fair a-mong the lin-dens
bars 44-49:
Thou fair and bles-sed ci- ty
wohl dir, du hast es gut,
'tis well, 'tis well with theei
bars 49-51:
rohl dir, wohl dir du hast
gut
'tis well with thee, 'tis well with th
Wie- Tiel an Got-tes Se- gen
How rich-ly God has blessed U8,
und sei-ner Huld ge- le- gen,
what boun-ty ma- ni-feet- edj
die u- ber-schwen-glich tut,
God '8 fa-Tored folk are we,
kannst du (an dir be- fin-den),
who scarce can com-pre-hend it.
5. RecitatiTO Ease
(Tromb., I, II 4 III 4 iv, Timp., Fl. I * II,
Ob. da caocia I 4 II. )
So herr-llch etehst du, lie-be Stadtl
How fair thou art, be- lo-red town.
Cantata 119
Doch wohl und a- ber wohl, wo mans zu
'tis well, in-deed 'tis well, to pen- der,
Her-zen fas- sen,
ne-ver ceas-ing,
und recht er-ken- nen will, durch wen der A
and right-ly take to heart how rich-ly
Herr den Se- gen wach-sen las- sen.
all our bles-sings are in-creas- ing,
Ja, was be- darf es viel?
Yea, a- ny doubt is vainJ
das Zeug-nis ist schon da,
the ev- i- dence is plain:
HerzJ und Ge- wis- sen wird uns
Heart, un- der-stand-ing, join in
u- ber- zeu- gen,
bear-ing wit-nese,
dass; was wir Gu- tes bei uns sehn,
that, by the grace of Migh-ty God,
naohst Gott durch klu- ge Ob-rig-keit
our coun- cil-lors, and Gov-em-ment
und durch ihr wei- ses Re- gi- ment ge-scheh
di- rect our State with wise and just in- ten
Drum sei, ge-lieb-tes Volk,
Re- fleet, be- lov- ed friends,
zu treu-em Dank be- reit,
how all our Joys a-bound,
"ionst wur-den auch da- von
and let our walls re-sound
nicht dei- ne Mau- ern schwei- gen,
with songs of glad thanks- gi- ving.
du Volk:
thou folk
da8 Gott zum Erb-teil aioh
whom Ood haa set a- part
6. Aria Alto (Fl. I 4 II) 6/8 (g)
Die Ob- rig-kelt ist Got- tes Ga- be,
Au- tho- ri- ty pro-ceede from Hea-ven,
(ja) (ael-ber) Got- tes E- ben-bild.
yea ev-er comes from God di-rect,
Wer ih- re Liacht nicht will er- mes- sen,
How may our leg- is- la-tors rule us,
der muse auch Got- tes gar ver- ges- sent
di- rect our State, pre-serve and school us,
wie wiir- de Bonst aein Wort er-fullt?
un-less their pre-cepts we re-epeot?
er- wah- let hat,
to call Hia own.
2.32.
Cantata 119
7. RecitatlTo Soprano
Nun, nun, wir er-k«n-nen •• und
Now, now, we can un-der-etand, bo
brin- gsn dir,
let thie be,
0 hoch-ster Gott, eln Op-fer un- eere Danke
o High- ty God, an of-fer-lng of thanks
da- fur.
to Thee.
)
Zu- mal, naoh- dem der heut- ge Tag,
And so, on this es- pec- lal day,
der Tag, den uns der Herr ge-macht,
this day which God has set a- part,
•uch, teu-re Va- ter, teils von eu- rer
-vhei: of our Coun-cil- ore a few will
Last ent- bun- den,
end their la-bo rs,
teils auch auf euch schlgif-lo- se Sor- gen-
vhlle oth- ers, well be- lov-ed by their
-stun- den
neigh-bors,
bei ei- ner neu- en V7ahl ge- bracht,
their all- ab-eor-bing du-ties start,
so seufct ein treu-es Volk
your true and loy-al folk
ait Herz und Uund zu-gleicht
God's Uer-cy thus in- voket
8. Chorus (Instr. as in No. 1) V* (C)
Der Herr hat Guts an uns ge-tan.
The Lord is boun- ti-ful to us,
des sind wir al- le froh-lich
for this we all are joy-ful.
^sind (wir al- le, al- le))
so we all, we all are
(Er seh (die teu- ren Va- tor) an
Hs will pro-tect our Ru-lers thus,
UBd hal- te auf un- zah-lig
and thru the years will coun-sel
und spa-te (Ian- ge Jah-re naus)
the Coun-cil-lors we now in-ataJ-l,
whom we now in-atall
in ih- rem Re- gi- men-te Haus,
and guide then in their Coun-cil Hall|
Cantata 119
8 0 wol- len wir Ihn prei- sen,
so will wo ev-er praise Thee,
9, Recitativo Alto
Zu-letzti da du uns, Herr,
In- deed. Thy peo-ple's lives
zu dei- nem Volk go-set zt,
hast Thou for them de-creedt
J
so lass von dei- nen From-men
80, Lord, Thy Faith-ful Folk
nur noch ein arm Go- bet
Thy bles-aing here in-voko,
vor dei- ne Oh- ren kom-men
to us, we pray, give heedt
und ho- re I ja er- ho- rel
Wo beg Thee, we bo-seeoh Thee
der Uund, das Herz und See- le seuf-zet
with heart and soul, so may our pray- er
sob- re,
reach Thse!
10. Chorsile
V4 (C)
Hilf, dei- nem Volk, Herr Je- su Christ,
Pre- serve ue, Je- sus Christ, our Lord,
und sag- ne, was dein Erb- tell ist.
Thy Bles-sing to Thy Folk af- ford,
^art und pfleg ihr zu al- lor Zeit
Watch o- var ua who Thee a- dore
und hob sie hoch in E-wlg-koit.
and praise Thy Name for-e-ver-nore,
A-men.
A-men,
233.
Cantata 120
(1730)
Libretto perhaps by Picander
Inauguration of Council
(2 Ob. d'ajnore, 3 Tromba, Timpani, Violin concer-
tante, and Strings.)
1. Aria Alto 6/Q (A)
(Ob, d'amore I 4 II, and Strings.)
Psalm LXV, 1:
"Praise waiteth for thee, 0 God, in Zion
and unto thee shall the vow be performed."
bars 11, and 64i
Gott, man lo- bet dich (in der Stil- le)
God, praise '*ait-eth Thee in the Tem-ple
praise a- vait-eth -renaining measures.
(xu 2i-on,)
of Zi-on,
und (dir be- zah- let man) (Ge-lub- de. )
to Thee the vow shall be ac-com-pliahed.
yea.
2. Chorufl V* (D)
(Tromb I, II 4 III, Timp., and Strings,]
Jauch-iet . (ihr ( er-freu-ten) Stim-men,
Shout ye, all ye joy-ful voi-ces,
(stel- get) (bis (zum Him-mel) naufj
mount-ing up to Hea-ven climb.
High.
Lo- bet Gott im Hei- lig- turn
Praise ye God on High en-throned,
(und (er- ho- bet) sei- nen Ruhm;
let your song be full en-toned;
Cantata 120
er-ken- ne, wie er dich
re-nem-ber, it is He
in dei- nem Schmuck und Pracht
who keeps thee fair and free,
80 va- ter- lich er- halt,
and guards with fa-ther's arm
be- schutzt, be- wacht
from fear, from harm,
und sei- ne Lie- bes-hand
with watch-ful thought and care
noch u- ber dir be- stan-dig hat,
pro-tects us ev-er,^ ev'-ry-where,
"Yohl- an, , be- zah- le die Ge- lub- de,
In-deed, 'tis right for town and na-tion
die du dem Hoch- sten hast ge-tan.
to keep the faith with liigh-ty God,
und sin- ge Dank- und De-muts-lie- der;
and sing in thanks and a- do- ra- tion;
komm, bit- te, dass er Stadt und Land
80 pray we God to guard our land*
un-end-lioh wol-le mehr er- qui- cken
of pe-ril ev-er to fore-warn us,
und die- se wer- te 0- brig-keit,
to guide our wor-thy ru-lers all
so heu- te Sitz und '?ahl ver-neut,
to wis-dom in their Coim-cil Hall,
mit vie- lem Se- gen wol-le schmu-ckoQ.
and with His bles-sings to a- dorn us.
8«i- ne Gu- te,
His com-pas-sion,
-mil- t e
fash-ion.
hort lu kei- nen Zei- ten auf,
ceaa-es not thru end-less time.
sein er-bar-men-des Ge-
ehown to us in rich-est
4. Aria Soprano 6/8 (G)
(Violin concertante, and Stringe.)
(Heil und Se- gen)
God we thank Thee
aoll und muss zu al- ler Zeit,
for the bles-sings Thou hast sent
sich auf un-sre 0- brig-keit
our be- lo-ved Gov-ern- ment,
3. Recitativo Pass
Auf, du go- liflb-te Lin- den- atadt.
Come, fair-eat lin- den-bor-derod town,
kotnB, fal-le vor dem Hoch-eten nei- der,
corn*, bow be-fore the Lord Al-mlgh- ty;
bars 16-17 and 68-69i
alch auf un- are 0- brig-iteit
ua, haat sent our Gov-ern- ment
(In er-wunach-ter Ful-le) le- gen^
by Thy Uer- cy ev-er- last- ing,
by Thy Graoe aind Uer-cy
234.
C«atata 120
(dasa sich (Recht und Treu- e) mua- sen)
Truth and flight are met to- ge- ther,
Truth and Right and Uer-cy (bare 47-48)
bare 49-50i
Truth and Right to-ge- ther
tait- ein- an-der (freund-lich kue-sen. )
Peace and Uer- cy kiae each-oth- er.
Cantata 120
und se- gne, wae dein Erb- teil let;
Thy Blea-Bing to Thy Folk ai"- ford,
wart und pfleg ihr zu al- ler Zeit
watch o- ver uo who Thee a- dore
und heb eie hoch in E-*lg-kelt,
and praise Thy Name for o-yer-more.
Paalm LXXXV, 10|
•T/ercy and truth are mot togetheri
rigbteouanesB and peace have kissed each
other. -
5. Recitative Tenor (Strings)
Nun, Merr, ao wei- he aelbst dein
0 God, we pray Thee, bleae and
Re- gi- ment
con-ee-crate
■it dei- nem Se- gen ein,
the lords who rule Thy State,
daaa al-le Boa- heit von una flie- he,
leat ev-er they a- buae their po- werj
und die Ge- rech-tig- keit in un- aern
let Right-eous-neas with- in our bor-dera
Kut- ten blu- he,
bloom emd flo-wer.
dass dei- nes Va- tera rei- ner Sa- me
Our atur-dy stock pre-eerve and nou-rish,
und dein ge- be- ne- dei- ter Na- me
for thuB Thy Fame will grow and flou-riah,
v°i uns ver-herr-licht m'6-ge sein.
Kame re-main for- e-ver great J
6. Chorale V*
Mun hilf una, Herr, den Die-nern dein,
Pro-tect us. Lord, and be our guide;
die mit delnin Blut er- lo- set eein.
it waa for us the Sa-viour died.
Lass una im Him-mel ha- ben Teil
Grant Thou that we to Hea-ven fare,
> )
■It den Heil-gen im e»- gen Heil.
to dwell with all Thy eer-venta there.
Hilf dei- nem Volk, Herr Je- au Christ,
Prs-serre ua, Je- bus Christ our Lord,
kZb.
Cantata 121
(1740)
Libretto by Luther-Picander
Chrlatmas Uonday
Epistle, The Acta VI, 8-15. Martyrdom of
Saint Stephen,
And The Acts VII, 55-60.
Gospel, St. Uatthew XIII, 34-39. 0 Jerusalem
that killeat the prophets.
and St, Luke II, 15-20. The shepherds come
to the manger.
(Cornetto, Ob.d'amore, 3 Tromb,, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia /) (e(end3 on F^))
(Cor., Ob. d'am. , 4 Vn. I with Sop.j Tromb. I,
Vn. II with Alto; Tromb., II, Va. with Ten.}
Troznb. Ill with Bass.)
Chri-etum (wir aol- len (lo-ben) schon,))
Christ Je- bus praise we ev'-ry- one,
we praise Him
Alto I Bass bars 21-24t
Christ Je- sus praise we
der rei-nen Magd (Uar- i- en Sohn))
the Vir-gin llcdd- en Ua- ry'a Son
the V'«T-gin'B Son
(so weit) (die lie- be Son-ne leucht)
as far as rays of aun ex- tend,
und (an al- ler ?elt En-de reicht. )
and thro' £l11 the earth to the end.
Cantata 121
(ma dich) (da-durch) ( zu ret-ten)
▼om
thee^ too^ in- deed can res-cue
from
Vor-der- ben.
dam- na-tion.
3. Hecitativo Alto
Der Cna- de un- er-meas-lich 'Ve- sen
The Grace of God ia all un-bound- ed,
zur ^ohn-statt
by Hea- ven's
2. Aria Tenor (Oboe d'amore) 3/4 (b)
0 du Ton Gott er- hoh-te Kre- a-
Thou man whom God ere- a-ted can-not
tur
know
(be- grei-fe nicht,) nein, nein, be-wund- re
nor un-der-stand, but on- ly won-der
Burt
show,
Gott will durch Fleisch (des Fleie-ches Hail
that He thro* man can com- pass man's
er- war- ben.)
•al-^Ta- tion.
Wio gross ist doch d'er Schop-fer al-
He, who from cha-os hath the world
-lor Din- ge,
•- rec-ted,
und wie bist du rar- ach- tat und ga-rin- ga,
al-tho' Thou be daa-piaad and onca ra-Jac-ted,
hat sich den Him- mel nicht
nor does it keep it- self
aus- er- le- sen,
wall sur-roun-ded,
well kei- ne Gren-te sie um-schliesat.
we see and .find it ev'-ry- where.
Was Wun-der, dass all- hie Ver-stand und
What won-der, that at this our UB- dsr-
Witx ge- bricht,
-stand-ing fails,
ein solch Ge- heim-nia zu er- grun-den,
when we at-tempt to solve the sec-rot,
wenn sie sich in ein keu-sches
to fath- om irtiioh a ptire hearv
Her- ze giesst. (Wustmann)
Herz er-giesst.
may not dare.
Gott wah- let sich den rei- nen Leib
God gives to us to keep for Him
zu ei- nem Tern-pel sei-ner Eh-ren,
our bo-dies as a seui-ctu- a- ry,
urn zu dan Uen-schen sich
in which we may pre- serve
mit wun-der-vol- ler Art zu keh-ren*
and ev-er keep a- live His glo- ry.
4. Aria Bass (Strings) V* (C)
St. Luka I, 44i
"For lo, as soon as the voice of thy salui
tation sounded in mine ears, the babe leaped II
my womb for Jov."
Jo- han- nis frau-den-vol- las Sprin- gen
Than John, in Joy- ful wel-coma apring-ing.
23«.
Cantata 121
ar- karm- te dich, mein J»- au, echon.
knew well that Thou, the Lord, had oome.
Kun da ein Glau- bene- eo-m dich hiilt.
And aa hla faith bo moTod him then,
■0 will mein Her- le von der Welt
mf heart would leap to Him a- gain
su dei-ner Krip- pe briln-atig drin-gen,
and haa-ton to Hie cra-dle sing-ing.
Cantata 121
Ton
nun
an
bis
(in
E-
wig.
-keit.
.)
from
now
thru
all
e-
ter-
- nl-
• ty.
Cantata 122
(1742)
Libretto by Gchneeiae-Bach
Sunday eifter Chriatmas
5, RecitatiTO Soprano Epistle, Galatiane TV, 1-7. God sent His
Son to redeem usj we_are sons and heirs.
Doch wis er-blickt es dich in dei-ner Krip-pe? Gospel, St. Luke II, 33-40. Childhood of
Mil but to see Thee ly-ing in Thy cra-dle! Jesus; Anna's prophecy of the Redemption.
Ks seufit mein Herzj mit be- ben-
kly heart beats fast; with sil-ent
-der und fast
trsE-bling lips
je-schloss-ner Lip- pe
I kneel be- fore Thee
bringt es sein dank-end Op- fer dar.
in lore and a- do- ra-tion there.
jott, der so ur- er- mess-lich war,
3od loved the world with love so great
nlmnrt Knechts-ge-stalt und Ar-mut an.
He chose a me- ni- al es- tate.
(2 Oboes, Tallle, 3 Flutes, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia 3/8 (g)
(Instr, as above, except flutes.)
Das neu-ge- bor- ne Kin-de-lein,
Un- to the world this hap-py morn
das (her-ze- lie- be Je- eu-lein)
our lit-tle Je-sus Child was born;
Alto 48-51, and Tenor 52-54t
our lit-tle Child Je- sua was bom.
bringt a- ber- mal)
Chri-stiana re-joice
(ein neu- es) Jahr)
the news to hear
re- joice ye
Ond wail er die- see uns xu- gut ge- tan.
And since He has thus done so much for us
lass- et fWustmann)
■O lass ich mit der En-gel Cho-ren
1st us then with the An-gel Cho-rus,
ein jauch-zend Lob- und Dank- lied ho- ren.
ijivo hear- ty thanks and preiise so- no-rous.
bars 82-83:
ein neu- es Jahr
this news to hear
(der aus- er-wahl- ten) Chri-sten-schar,
pro- mi- sing all a glad new year,
pro-mise to aJ.1 men
der aus- er wahl-ten Chris-ten-schar,
which brings to all a glad new year.
6, Chorale V* (« (ends F,^))
(Cor., Ob. d'am., Vn. I with Sop.; Tromb. I,
Vn. IT with Alto; Trocb. II, Va. with Ten.;
Tromb. Ill with Continuo.)
Lob, Ehr und Dank ssi dir ge-sagt,
In thank-ful praise sing ev'-ry- one
Christ, ge- born von der rei-nen Uagd,
I to Christ the Vir-gin Ua- ry's Son,
•UDt Va- ter und dem heil-gen Geist
with i^raise a- dore the Ho- ly Three,
2. Aria Pass
ji (c)
0 lien-schen, (die ihr tag- lich sun-digt,)
0 lior- t'ds, ye who face dajr- na-tion,
ihr sollt dsr En- gel Freu- de sein.
the An- gels all re- joice for you,
Ihr ju-bi- 11- ren- dee Ge- ochrel
Be Ju-bl-lant that this young Child
237.
Cantata 122
dass Gott mit eueh ver-soh-net sei
the Fa-ther's wrath has re-con-ciled,
(hat euch (den su- ssen Trost) ver-kun-digt.
and has as-sured to you saJL-va- tion.
3. Recltativo Soprano (3 Flutes).
Die En-gel, wel- che eich zu-vor vor euch
The An-gel choir which once a- voi-ded us,
als vor Ver-fluch-ten scheu- en,
ac-cursed in de- gra- da- tion,
er- ful-len nun die Luft im ho- hern Chor,
fill all the Hea-ven with ce-les-tial song,
um u- ber eu- er Heil sich zu er-freu- en.
re-joi-cing »lth us now in over sal-va-tion,
Gott, so euch aus dem Fa- ra- dies
Once, when God's mer-cy was wlth-held
aus eng-li-scher Ge-cein-schaft stiess,
from Fa-ra-diae *ere we ex- pelled
lasst euch nun »le- de- rum auf Er- den
but now a- gain we take our pla-ces,
durch sei- ne Ge- gen-wart Toll-kom-
with Bles-sed Ones whom He, as His
-men se- lig wer- den.
E-lect, em-bre.c- es.
So dan- ket nun mit vol-lem Mun- de
We thank Him then with jcy-ful voi-ces
fur die ge- wiin-schte Zeit im neu-
that in the Day of Grace man-kind
.«B Bun- de.
re-jci-cee.
4. Terzett (Chorsile) S-A-T (Strings) 6/8 (d)
Soprano and Tenor
0 wohl uns die *lr (an ihn glau-ben,)
Good cheer ye, ye with faith un- sha-ken,
sein Grimm kann un- sern Trost fnicht rau-ben,)
the fiend need not your fear a- wa- ken,
ihr 7/u-ten (»ird sle (we- nig) nut-zen,)
hie fi»-ry rage will llt-tle aid him
Gott iat rait uns (und will (uns achut-zen.)
for Go'J will help that we e- vade him.
Cantata 122
Alto
1st Gott ver-sohnt und un- ser Freund,
When God His love on us be- stows,
was kann uns tun der ar-ge Feind?
we fear no harm from ev-il foes.
Trotz Teu- fel und der Hoi- len Pfort,
I fear not De- vil fiend or Hell,
das Je- 8u-lein ist un-ser Hort,
for Je-sus is my ci-ta- del.
5, Recitatiyp Ba«e
Dies ist ein Tag,
This is the Day,
(Strings.)
den selbst der Herr
most bles- ssd for
ge- macht,
the earth,
der sei- nen Sohn in die- se Welt ge-
on which we ce- le-brate the Sa- riour's
-bracht,
birth.
0 sei- ge Zeit, die nun er- fulltl
Oh bles-sed day, at last come truel
0 glau-bigs T/ar-ten, das nun-mehr ge-stilll
Oh Faith un- sha-ken, ri-sing ev- er newj'
0 Glau- be.
Oh cou-rage,
Ob, Lie- be.
Oh staunch-ness.
der sein En- de siehti
to be stead-fast stilll
die Gott zu sich ziehti
to God and His willl
30 durch die Trub-
which leaves dull care
0 Freu-dig-keit,
Oh hap- pi- ness,
-sal dringt
be- hind
und Gott der Lip- pen Op- fer bringt.
and moves the thanks of all man- kind.
6. Chorale 3/4 (g)
(Ob. I, Vn. T with Sop.j Ob. IT, Vn. IT with"
Alto; Taille, Va. with Tenor.)
Es bringt das rech-te Ju- bel- jahr,
Sing out ye voi-ces, loud and clear,
was trau-ern wir denn im- mer- dar?
Je- sua has en-ded all our fear.
238,
Cantata 122
Cantata 123
Frisch aufi jetit iet ee Sin- gens-zeit.
Sing out ye voi-cea, high and low
das Je- 8u- lein \sendt al- lea Loid,
Je- sua has en- ded all our voe.
mir Lieb-res wer- den,
gives me no plea-aure,
ale Wenn ich mei- nen Je- sum
Thou art my heart's de- light, Oh
(stets) be- halt,
Sa- viour mine.
Alto, bar 121i
Je- sum
Sa-viour
Cantata 123
(1740)
(Fritsch's Hymn)
Libretto by Picander
Epiphany
Epistle, Isaiah LX, 1-6. 4riee and shinei
Thy light shall come; the canels from Sheba.
Gospel, St. llatthew II, 1-12. The three
wise men come to see Jesus, following the
star.
(2 Flauto traverse, 2 Oboe d'pjnore,
and Strings. )
1. Chorus (Instr. as above) 9/8 (b)
Tenor, bur 117t
stets, stets be- halt
Thou Sa- viour mine
Lieb-ster Im-ma-nu-el,
Dear- est Im-ma-nu-el,
Isaiah VII, 14.
St. Matthew I, 23.
Her- zog der From- men,
Lord of the Faith-ful,
du- mei-ner See- le Heil,
deep in my heart to dwell
kocvc, komm nur baldj
come, come Thou soon.
Du hast mir, hoch- ster Schatz,
Thou art my soul's de- light,
mein Herz ge-nom- men,
ev- er my com-fort,
BO ganz vor Lie- be brennt
glo-*ing with pur-eet love,
und (nach dir wallt).
yeum I for Thine.
Alto A Tenor bars 91-95t
I yearn for Thine.
Bass bars 92-95i
80 ganz vor Lie- be brennt
I glow with pur-est love
und nach dir wallt.
and yeum for Thine.
Jiichta kann fauf Er- den)
Earth's fu- tile trea-sure
Alto and Tenor bare 105-106j
earth's trea-sure
2. Recitativo Alto
Die Him-mels- sti- ssig- keit,
The sweet con-tent of Heav'n
der Aus- er- wahl-ten Lust
where dwell the Cho-aen Bleat,
er-fullt auf Er- den achon nein Herz
al-read- y fills my heart and soothes
und Brust,
my breast ,
wenn ich den Je-sus- na- men nen- ne
the thought of Je-aus' dear de-vo- tion
und sein ver-borg-nes Man- na ken- net
is to my soul a heal-ing po-tion.
ein dur- res Land
be-dewed be-comes
gleich- wie der Tau
As thirs-ty soil
er-quickt,
a- live,
BO ist mein Herz
80 does my heart
auch bei Ge- fahr und Schmert
no lon-ger ache or amart,
in Frou-dig-keit durch Je- su Kraft
but joy-oua- ly, thru Je-sus' strength,
ent-zuckt.
re- vive.
3. Aria Tenor (ob. d'amore) 4/* (f#)
Auch die har- te Kreu-zea-rei- se
Trou-ble, toil and tri- bu- la- tion.
239
Cantata 123
Cantata 123
und der Tra- nen bitt-re Spei- se
care and grief and de- so la- tion,
scbreokt ndch nicht, ndch nicht.
'fright ce not at all.
Allegro
Wenn die Un- ge- wit- ter to- ben.
High a-bove the thun-der'e blus-ter.
Adagio
sen- det Je- sue ^isir Ton o- ben)
glo-wing bright with ho-ly lus-tre,
Heil und Licht.
shine 8 Thy light.
6. Chorale 3/2 (b)
(Fl. tr. I & II in 8va, Ob. d'am. I 4 11, *
Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va. with
Tenor.)
Drum fahrt nur im- cer hin,
Far from me put I off
ihr Ei- tel-kei- ten,
all emp-ty plea-sure,
Du, Je- su, du bist mein
Thou, Je-Bus, Thou art mine,
und ich bin dein;
Thine on-ly I;
ich will mich von der Welt
glad- ly I leave the world
4. Recitative Basa*
zu dir be-rei- ten;
Thou art my trea-surej
Kein Hoi- Len-feind kann mich ver-schlin-gen,
No fiend of Hell can now con-found me.
du sollst in mei- nem Herz
my ev'- ry want and need
das schrei-en- de Ge- wis-sen schweigt,
my soul and con-science are at peace.
und Uun- de sein.
Thou dost sup- ply I
Tfas soll-te mich der Fein-de Zahl urn- rin-gen?
^at care I tho* a host of foes sur-roimd me?
mein gan-zes Le-ben
Thou art my be-ing
Der Tod hat selb-sten kei- ne llacht.
For death no lon-ger fright-ens me,
mir a-ber ist der Sieg achon zu- ge-dacht,
al-read-y have I won the vic-to- ry;
weil sich nein Kel-fer mir, mein Je- sue,
with Je- BUB at my side, my trou-bles
sei dir er- ge- ben,
my life de-cree-ing,
bis man mich ein- eten legt ins Grab hin-ein,
'til in the grave at last one day T lie.
zeigt.
cease.
5. Aria Base (Flauto traverse) 4/4 (d)
Lass, 0 Telt, mich aus Ver-ach-tung
Lit- tie does the world's dam- na-tion
in (be-trub-ter) Ein-aam-keit.
leave me lone-ly, sad or sore.
Je-eue, der ins Fleisch ge- kom- men
Je-8UB came for • my b*1- va-tion,
und main Op- far an-ga-noc- men.
Ha ac-capta my a- do- ra-tion,
blai- bet bai mir (al-le)-( zeit).
bides with me for- ev-er- more.
Cantata 124
(1740)
Libretto by Chr. Keimann-Hammerschmidt
I Epiphany
Epistle, Romans XIT, 1-6. 'Ve are all members
of Christ's body.
Gospel, St. Luke TT, 41-52. Jesus in the
temple.
(Corno, Ob. d'amore concertante, and Strings.)
1. Chorus V* (E)
(Cor. with Sop.; Ob. d'am. and Strings.)
Uei-nen (je-Sioi (lasa ich nicht,)
Je- BUS, ne-ver leave T Thaa
wall er sich fur mich ge- ge-ben,
since Thy life for me was gl-van;
S40.
Cantata 124
Cantata 124
80 er-for-dert mei-ne Pflicht,
Thou to me will ev-er be
[ klet- ten- veie (an Ihm zu kle-ben. )
f fet- tered fast, and firm-ly rl-ven.
I Er ist (mel- nes (Le- bene Licht,)
Light of Life art Thou to me,
mei-nen Je-sum (lass ich nicht.)
ne-Ter, Je-oue, leave I Thee,
ich la-— mel-nen Je- sum nlcht.
that I, my Je-8u«, atill have Thee.
4. RecitatJYO BasB
Doch achi weloh echwe-rea Un- ge- mach
But OhI what aore dis-treis and woe
2. RecitatJTO Tenor
So- lan-ge sich ein Trop-fen Blut
Vhile yet a ein-gle drop of blood
in Hen und A.- dern re- get,
•1th- in my veine is etir-ring,
soil Je- 8U« nur al- lain
my Sa-Tiour dear will be,
Eein Le- ben und mein al- les sein.
my life and all in all to me.
Vein Je- sua, der an mir so gro- ase
Uy Sa-yiour, i^o for me has done such
Din-ge tut;
migh-ty things,
ich kaon ja nicht 8 ale mei- nen Leib
my bo- dy, yea my life I lay
und Le- ben
be-fore Him,
Ite sum Ge-scren-ke ge- ben.
and ev-er-more a- dore Him.
3. Aria Tenor (Ob. d'am. ft Str. ) 3/4 (f^)
Und wenn der har-te To- dee-schlag
And when the dread-ed stroke of death.
What tbo'
die Sir.- nen echwacht, die Glie-der ruh- ret,
t^- on my weak- ened frame de-scend-ing
bars 57-59:
■hall rand my soul from out my bo- dy
vann der dea Fleisch yer-hKB8-te "Tag
•hall 8uf- fo- cats my dy-ing breath,
BUT Furcht und Schre-cken mit oich fuh-ret,
■y 80ul from out my bo- dy rend-ing,
doch tro-Btet sich die Zu- ver- sicht;
jrat this my hope and joy will be.
amp- fin- det noch all- hier die See- le?
now fill my soul with de- eo- la-tionl
Wird nicht die hart ge-krank- te Bruet
Uy heart from grief is ne- Ter fraa-
zu ei- ner Wu-ete- nei und Uar-ter-hoh- le
my breast a de-sert filled with la-men-ta-tion,
bei Je- eu schmerz-lich-stam Var-lust?
that Je-Bus has been lost to me'
Al-lein mein Geist sieht glau- big auf
But no, my soul looks trust-ing up
wo Glaub und Hoff-nung
with Faith and Hope re-
und an den Ort,
to Hea-ven high,
pran- gen,
splend-ant.
all- wo ich nach voll-brach-tem Lauf
for There my api-rit soon will fly
dich, Je- zu, e- wig soil um- fan- gen.
to dwell with Him in joy trans-cend-ent!
5. Duet Soprano-Alto
3/8 (A)
Ent-zie- he dich eil- ends, mein Her- ze
A- way, now, my heart, haste a- way from
der TZelt,
the world,
du find-est im Mim- mel (dein wah- res
in Hea- ven a-lone can be found true
con-
Ver- gnli- gen).
con-tent-ment.
-so- la- tion.
Alto bars 42-46, and Soprano 62-66:
dein wnh- res, dein wah- res Ver-gnu- gen.
be found, can be found ccn- bo- la-tion.
V7enn kilnf- tig (dein Aug- a den Heil- and
One day when thlna ayo* on the Sa- rlour
er- blickt,)
shall rest,
£41.
Cantata 124
Cantata 125
wo wird erst (dein seh- nen- des Her- ze
at last will thy lang-uiah-ing heart be
er- quickt,)
re-freshed,
sanft und stil- le}
safe a- M- dingj
wie Gott mir ver- hei- saen hat,
God has pro-mised that in death
(bo wird ea (in Je- su zu-fried-en)-ge-8teilt, Bass bars 57-59;
and trust-ing in Je-sus, be whol-ly at peace, wie Gott mir ver- hei-ssen.mir
6. Chorale ^A (e)
(Cor., Ob. d'am., 4 Vn. I with Sop.; Vn.
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Je-3iim lass ich nicht von mir,
Je-3U8 part Thou not from me,
geh ihm e- wig an der Sei- ten;
stay Thou ev-er close be-side me,
Chri-stue lasat mich fur und fur
keep me near and dear to Thee,
zu den Le-bens-bach-lein lal- ten.
to the Li-ving T7a- ters guide me.
Sa- lig, der mit mir so sprichti
Bles-sed, who with me may sayt
)iei-nen Je- sum lass ich nicht.
Je- 8 us Christ have I al- way.
ver- hei-
God has pro-mised, God has pro-mised that
-ssen hat
in death
Alto bars 57-59;
II wie Gott mir ver- hei-ssen, ver-
God has pro-mi a ed, has pro-mised
-ssen hat ,
in death
hei-
that
der Tod (ist (mein
I will but sleep,
Alto 71: will but
Ten. 71: but
Bass 71:
that T will but
Schlaf wor-den. )
sleep ev-er.
sleep ev-er.
sleep ev-er.
sleep
Alt ernat e ,
der Tod (ist (mein Schlaf wor-
den. )
I go
to
meet
my
Sa-viour.
Alto 71:
go
to
my
^a-viour.
Ten. 71:
to
my
Sa-viour.
Bass 71:
I go
but
to
my
Sa-viour.
Cantata 125
(1740)
Libretto by Luther
Purification
Epistle, lialachi III, 1-4. I will send my
messenger to prepare the way before thee.
Gospel, St. Luke II, ^2-32. Simeon sees the
infant Jesus} nunc dimittis.
(Flauto traverse. Oboe, Corno, Oboe d'amore,
and Strings. )
1. Choral Fantasia iV? (E)
(Fl. tr., Ob., and Str.. Cor. with Sop..)
Uit Fried und Freui (Ich fahr (da-hin)
In Peace and joy T go my way,
St. Luke II, 29.
in Tot-tee 711- lenj
in God con-fi-dingt
ge- troBt ist mir mein Merz und Sinn,
His will with heart and soul o- bey.
2. Aria Alto (Fl. tr., Ob. d'am.) 3/4 (d)
Ich will (auch mit (ge-broch-nen Au- gen)
In death my glas-sy eyes are tum-ing
my
nach dir, (mein treu- er Hei- land,) sehn.
to Thee, my God and Sa-viour deeir;
Wenn gleich des Lei-bes Bau zer-bricht,
Tho' shat-tered be my earth-ly frame,
doch fallt
still firm
mein Herz
my heart
und Hof- fen nicht.
and hope re- main.
Uein Je-sus sieht (auf mich im Ster-ben)
in death it-self Thou, Lord, art near me,
und las- set mir (kein Leid) ge-schehn.
with Thee at hand I've naught to fear.
3. Recitative Baas 8: Chorale fStr.) V* ^b)
Recitativo
0 Wun-der, dase ein Herx
0 *on-der. that a soul
£4<j.
Cantata 125
▼or dor dem Fleisch ver-hass-ten Gruft
would know no ter- ror of the grave
xmd gar des To- dea Schmerz
and of the pains of death,
8ich nicht ent- set- zet!
be not af- frigh-ted.
Chorale
Dm maobt Chrl- stus, vahr Oot-tes Sohn,
So hath Christ wroMght, God's on-ly Son,
dsr trail- « Hei-land,
our blei-sad Sar-iour,
RecitatJTo
der auf den Ster-be- bet- te schon
Who on the bed of death it- self
mlt Him- mels-sus-aig- keit den Geiat
doth glad-den us with pro-mi- ses
er-got-set,
of Hea-ven.
Chorale
dan du mich, Harr* hast sa-han lahn,
Thou Lord hast nada na un-dar-stand.
Recitativo
da in er-full- ter Zeit
at God's ap-point-ed time,
das Heil des Herrn
will bring to ur
ain Glau-bens-arm
His trus-ted Arm
van- fin- ge}
sal-va- tionj
Chorale
toad Baobst ba- kannt
and hast ra-raalad
RecitatJTo
▼on dem er-hab-nen Gott,
the Ua-Je-sty of God,
dem Schop-fer ed-ler Din- ge,
the Fa- ther of Cre- a- tion,
Chorale
daaa ar aai daa La- ban und Hail
flTar, Ha, of Life*s ▼a^ry apark,
Recitativo
dar Uen-schen Trost und Tail,
tha Sa-^iour of man-kind,
ihr Ret- ter ▼om Ver- der- ben
Vho guards us from da-atruct-iony
Chorale
~Ii fod vaMl aueh la Star-baa.
fr«B Daath and froa da>-na- tion.
Cantata 125
4. Duet Tenor-Bass (Vn. I 4 II) 4/4 (G)
1
Ein uh- be- greif- lich Licht er-fullt
Thru-out the whole earth's broad ex-panse,
(den gan- zen Kreia) (der Er- den.)
a my-atic light is glo-wing.
Ten. ^bars 18-20. Bass 39-41j
(er- fullt den gan- zen Kreis)
thru- out the earth's ex-panse
Tenor bars 4i;-44. Baas, 21-23t
er-fullt den gen- zen Kreis der Er- den.
a my- stic Light is ev- er glo-wing.
E3 Bchal- let
There e- choes,
kraf-tig
ring-ing
fort
far
und fort,
and near,
ain hochst
the Word
er-wunscht
of Hope
Ver-hai-aaungB -worti
and joy and cheert
War glaubt, soil (se- lig) wer-den.
"Ba- lie- vers shall not per-ish."
See I Peter I, 6; Galatiana III, 23.
5. Recitativo Alto
0 un-er-acho-pftar Schatz der Gu- te,
0 ne-ver-fail- ing source of bles-sing,
so sich uns Men-schen auf-ge- tanj
re-froah-ing Fount for all man-kindt
es wird der 77elt, so Zorn auf Fluch auf
here in thia world, so full of hate and
sich ge-la- den,
ev- il pae-sions,
ein Stuhl der Gna- den und Sie-ges-zel-chen
this pro-mise stands as a syir.-bol of Thy
auf-ge-atallt ,
bat -tie won,
und je-des glau-bi-gaa Ge- mu- te
a Ha-ven safe for true be-lie-vers
wird in sein Gna- den-reich ge- la- den,
in Thy do- nain of Peace and L'er- cy.
6. Chorale V4 (e)
(Fl. tr. in 8va, Cor., Ob., Vn. I with Sop.f
Vn. II with Altoj Va. with Tenor.)
Er iat das Heil und se-lig Licht
for edl man-kind is He the Light,
248.
Cantata 125
Cantata 126
fur die Kei- den,
all ere- a- tion
2u er-leuch-tsn, die dich ken-nen nicht,
is guid-ed by His bea-con bright
wad zu wei- den.
to sal-va-tion.
Er ist deins Volka Is- ra- el
Sa-Yiour of the Faith-ful He,
der Preis, Ehr, Freud und Won- ne.
we kneel in a- do- ra- tion.
au- gen-blick-lich
seek-ing vain- ly
zu zer-streu-en.
to de- stroy us.
(e)
3, Recitativo &. Chorale Alto-Tenor 4/4
Alto
Der Uen-schen Gunst und Kacht
No mor- tal will or might
wird we- nig nut- zen,
would much a- vail us,
wenn du nicht willst das ar- me Ifeiuf-lein
did Thou de- sert our fee-ble band or
schut-zen,
fall us.
Cantata 126
(1740)
Libretto by Luther
(Verleih* uns Frieden)
Sexagesina
Epistle, II Corinthians XI, 19. XII, 9, Paul
justifies himself.
Gospel, St. Luke VIII, 4-15, Parable of the
sower.
(Tromba, 2 Oboes, and Strings,)
1, Choral Fantasia (Instr. as above) 4/4 (a)
((Er-halt) uns, Herr,) (bei dei-nem Wort, )
SuB-tain us. Lord, om-ni- po- tent,
und steur dee Papets und Tur-ken kord,
and smite all them on ev-il bent,
die (Je- sum Chri- stun,) (dei- nen Sohn,)
who Christ the Sa viour would dis- own,
stur-ien wol-len (von sei-neip Thron. )
cast-ing Je-sus from off His Throne.
2, Aria Tenor (Ob. I * II) V* (e)
Sen-de (dei- ne Uanht von o- ben,)
Let Thy liight de-scend'from Hea-ven,
(Herr der Her- ren,) star-ker GottJ
Prince of Prlnc- es, Migh-ty Lord:
Dei- ne Kir- che zu er- freu- en
Uay Thy Church be safe and Joy-ou8|
und der Fein-de bit-tern Spott
•cat-ter Thou the hos-tlle horde
Chorale
Gott heil-ger Geist,
Lord, ooDofor- tor.
du Tro-st«r vert.
Thou tru-Btad frland,
Recitativo
du weisst,
see us.
dass die ver-folg-te Got-
Thy cho-sen peo-ple, sore
-tes- stadt
op- pressed}
den arg- sten Feind
the base de- ceit
nur in sich sel-ber hatt
of breth'-ren ma- ni-festf
durch die Ge- fahr- lioh-keit der fal-schen
by dan-gers grave from cru-el foes af-
Bru- der.
-fright- ed.
Tolk ei-ner-lel Sinn auf Xrd,
Thy spl-rit on um d««ca«idt
Chorale
Gib dein'n
Lot nofw
Recitativo
dass wir, an Chri-sti Lei- be Glie-der,
that we, by Je-sus' Blood u- ni- ted
im Glau-bea eins,
be one in Faith,
im Le-ben ei-nig sei'n,
in life and bo-dy one.
Chorale
Stoh boi uns in dor lots-ton Not:
Cjp-hold us in our hour of ao«d«
Recitativo
Es bricht ale-dann
The Ev- il One,
her-ein
be- gun,
und will den Trost
by which he hopes
tren-nen|
•e- veri
der letz- te Feind
his on-slaught has
von un- sem rierz-en
Thy Folk from Thee to
244.
Cantata 126
Cantata 126
doch lass dich da ale un-eem Hel-fer
yet, Thou »llt still re-main our Hel-per
ken-nen,
ev-er,
Chorale
g*i«it' una Ins La- ben aus doo Tod.
from Death to Lift, our souls to load.
ala Hel- fer lu
Thy Hand with love
und villst du dlch
and help 0 Lord,
una keh- ren,
out-reaoh-ing
80 wird una dann in Frie-den
to us, in peace pos-aeas-ing
dea Se- gene U- ber- fluae be- achie- den.
the full a- bun-dance of Thy blea-sing.
4. Aria Baaa
3/8 (C)
Stur- te zu Bo- den echwul-sti- ge
Down with the haugh-ty, ar- ro-gant
Stol- zel
proud ones,
Ua-che lu- nich- te ,
ut-ter-ly fruat-rate
(waa)^
all
Lasa sio den Ab- grund
In- to the brim-stonei
ver-3chlin- gen,
de- atroy themj
weh- re dem To- ben
Baf-fle their blua-ter,
(waa) aie er- dachtj
all they oon-trivel
plotz-lich
swift- ly
feind-li- cher Macht,
let them not thrive.
lass (ihr Ver-lan- gen) (nim- mer)
foil their en-dea-vor«, last they
ge-lin- genj
en- joy them,
bars 8, 7, and 6 before Da capoi
nim- mer
foil them
6, Chorale 4/4 (a)
(Tr., Ob. I * II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Ver-leih una Frie-den gna- dig- lich.
In gra- cious mer-cy grant ua peace,
Herr Gott, zu un- aern Zei- ten;
Lord God, for life's du- ra- tion;
ea ist ja doch kein and- rer nicht,
we've none to help us should Thou ceaae
der fur uns kdn-nte strei- ten,
to strive for our sal- va- tion.
denn du, un- ser Gott, al-lei-ne.
On Thee, our God, do we re-ly,
Gib un- aerm Furstn und al- ler 0-brig-keit
In-sure our Ru- lere and our O-ver-lorda
Fried und gut Re- gl- ment.
Peace and good Gov-ern-ment ,
dasa wir un- ter ih- nen
that un-der their com-mand,
ein ge- ruh'g und atil- lea Le-ben fuh- ren
free from war and tur-moil we may live and
5. Recitativo Tenor
So wird dein 7/ort und Wahr-heit of-fen-bar,
Hake Lord, Thy Ho- ly Goa-pel ma-ni-fest,
und stel- let sich im hdch-aten Glan-ze dar,
let Right pre-vail and Rec- ti- tude be bleat,
dasa du fur dei- ne Kir- che wachat,
that ev-er- more Thy Church may thrive,
I
dass du dea Heil-gen ".'or- tea Leh- ren
and from Thy Ho- ly ^/ord and teach-ing
turn Se- gen fruoht-bar machat}
rich aus-ten- ance de- rive;
mo- gen
pros-per,
in al- ler Gott-ae- lig-keit
dwell-ing here in god- li-neaa
und Ehr-bar-keit. A-men.
and ho-nea- ty. A-men.
fc45.
Cantata 127
(1740)
Libretto by Eber-Picander
Q uinquageaina
Epistle, I Corinthians XIII. Of charity, love.
Gospel, St. Luke XVIII, 31-43. Behold we go
to Jerusalem; prediction of death and resurrec-
tion; sight restored to the blind man,
(2 Flutes, 2 Oboes, Tromba, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia V* (F)
(Instr. as above except Tromba.)
Herr Je- su Christ, (wahr Llensch und Gott,)
Thou who, a God, as man yet came
der du littst (liar-ter, (Angst) (und Spott,)
to suf- far mar-tyr- dom and shame,
scorn and shame,
fur mich (am Kreuz) auch (end-lich) starbst
who died to gain the Fa-ther's Grace,
und mir deins Va- ters Hiild er-irarbst.
and my trans-gres-sions to ef- face,
ich bitt (durchs bitt-re Lei- den) deinj )
oh grant that all Thy bit- ter pain
Thine an-guish
Du wollst (mir s'un-der) gna- dig aein.
may make this sin-ner whole a- gain.
Tenor 68-70i
du wollst mir Sun-der gna- dig, gna- dig sein,
to make this sin-ner pure and whole a- gain
Soprano, at endt
mir gna- dig sein,
me whole a- gain.
Bass at end:
mir Sun- der gna-dig, gna- dig sein.
□ay Lake this sin-ner whole a- gain«
Cantata 127
dureh Seuf zer spricht
but sighs can make,
und die- ses Her- ze brichtt
and wiien my heart would break:
ge- nug, dass da der Glau- be weiss,
yet still will I have naught to fear,
dass Je-sus bei mir steht,
with Je-8U8 ev-er near.
der mit Ge-duld zu sei- nem Lei-den geht
My Faith is firm, and tho' the way be drear,
und die-sen schwe-ren "/eg auch mich
yet He, who pat-ient bore the Cross,
ge- lei- tet
will lead me,
und mir die Ru- he zu- be- re- tet.
and safe to Hea-ven He will speed me.
3. Aria Soprano 4/'^ (c)
(Fl. I * II, Ob. I, and Strings.)
Die See- le ruht in Je- su Han- den.
My soul will rest in Je-sus* keep-ing,
wenn Er- de dei- sen Leib be-deckt.
when bu-ried deep my bo- dy lies,
Ach ruft mich, ruft mich bald, ihr Ster-
Ah, call me, call me soon, thou Death-
-be- glo- cken,
-knell, call me,
ich bin zum Ster-ben un- er-schro-cken,
thy sound will ne- ver more ap- pal me.
bar 35:
un- er-schro-cken;
not ap- pal me
2. Recitative Tenor
Tenn al-les sich
7/hen o-ver me
zur Letz-ten Zeit ent-
the Dread-ed Rea-per
weil mich mein Je- sue wie- der weckt.
for I will wake be-yond the skies.
-set- zet,
ho- vers,
und wenn ein kal-ter To- des-schweies
and when the i-cy sweat of death
die echon er-starr-ten Glle-der ixft- zet,
at last my ri- gid bo- dy co-vcre,
wenn r-el- ne Zun- ge nichte
wr^ri, too, my fail-ing tongue
ale nur
no uound
4. Recltativo Bass fTr, 9 Str,)
Wenn ein-atens die Po- sau- nen schal- len,
'Then we shall hear the last trump cal- ling,
und wenn der Bau der V/elt
and when the wliole wide world
nebst de- nen Him-mels-ve- sten
and Hea-ven, o- ver-turn- ing,
£46.
Cantata 127
Cantata 127
ier-8chmet-tert wird zer-fal- len,
in frag- menta all are fal-ling,
ao den- ke mein, mein Gott, im be- sten;
^^ed then, 0 Lord, my love and yearn-ing,
7enn slch dein Knscht
nien I, in fet;r,
I
einat rors Ge- rich- te stellt,
be- fore the Judge ap- pear,
da die Ge- dan-ken eich ver-kla- gen,
try con-acience all my thouglits be-tray-ing,
Sae Romane II, 15.
io wol- lest du al-lein,
then wilt Thou stand by me,
0 Je- Bu, mein Fur-spre- cher eein
0 Je-au8, and my spokes-man be,
und Eei- ner See- le trost-lich sa- gen:
and con.-fort then my soul by say-ingi
filr- wahr, fur- v-nhr, (euch sa- ge ich: )
"In truth, in truth I say to theej
Venn Hic-mel und Er- de im Feu-er ver-
Tho' Hea-ven ajid Earth pass and ut-ter-ly
-ge- hen,
per-ish,
80 soil doch ein Glau-bi- ger e- wig
By Tord shall re-main for the Faith-f ul
be-ste- hen.
to cher-ish."
St. Matthew XXIV, 35:
"Heaven and earth shall pass away, but
By word shall nnt pass away,"
Er wird nlcht kom- men ins Ge- richt
An an- gry Judge thou need not fear,
(und (den Tod e- »lg) schme-cken nicht,
and death will ne-ver find thee here;
(nur hal- te dich) mein Kind, an mich:
80 har-ken thee, my child, to met
^8
Ich bre-che ndt star-ker und hel- fen-der Hand
For I am thy God, at thy side will I stand,
dee To- d«8 ge- wal- tig ge-schlos-ae- nee
and snatch thee from death with om- ni- po-tent
Band,
hand.
5. Chorale V4 (F (ends in C)
(Fl. I A II in 8va, Ob. I * II, f Vn. I with
Sop. I Vn. II with Altoj Va. with Tenor.)
Ach Herr, ver-gib all un- sre Schuld,
Ah Lord, our ma-ny sins for- give,
hilf, dass wir war- ten mit Ge- duld,
grant Thou so long as we may live
bis un- ser Stiind-lein kommt her-bei,
that pat-ient we may bear our lot,
auch un- ser Glaub stets wa- cker sei,
with stead-fast faith, that fal-ters not,
dein'm 77ort zu trau- en fe-stig-lich,
in firm re- li-ance on Thy love,
bis wir ein-schla-fen se- lig-lich.
un- til we come to Thee a- bove.
Cantata 128
(1735)
Libretto by Ziegler
Ascension Day
Epistle, Acts I, 1-11. Christ prepares the
disciples for the Ascension.
Gospel, St, Uark XVI, 14-20. The Ascension,
(2 Corno, 2 Oboes, Oboe da caccia, Tromba,
and Strings. )
1. Choral Fantasia V^ (G)
(Instr. as above except Tromba)
(Auf Chri-sti Him- mel-fahrt) al-lein
On Je- SUB Christ's as-cent on high
(ich (mei-ne Nach-fahrt) gr'un- de
is my sal-va- tion groun-ded,
und al- len Zwei-fel Angst und Pein
thru Him all ev- il I de- fy
Bass bars 40-42:
und al- len Zwei-fel, al- len Zwei-fel
thru Him all ev- il, doubt and tor-ment
Angst und Pein
I de- fy
Alto bare 47, 48, Tenor 45-48, Baas 45-47i
hier-mit (atete u- ber- win- de),
by Him all were con-foun-ded
Sop., Alto bar 49. Tenor 48-50. Baaa 47-50>
by Him were all con-foun-ded
£47,
Cantata 128
Cantata 128
denn well (das Haupt (im Him- mel) ist)
and of my hope is this the sign,
of hope is this the sign,
is this then
wird (sei-ne Glie- der) Je- sus Christ
that ev-er where we find the Vine,
zu rech-ter Zeit (nach- ho- len. )
there, too, must be the bran-ches.
ich werd einat da- hin kom-iaen,
one day will I a- wa- ken,
RecitatJYO
wo mein Er-l6- ser lebt,
where my Re-dee-mer lives,
■>
IZein Au- gen wer-den ihn in gross-ter
My eyes will see Him there in glo- ry
Klar- heit sclmu- en.
past all tell-ing.
9.. Recitativo Tenor
Ich bin be- reit, komir., ho- le michl
I ajn pre-pared, come, take Thou me,
Hier in der T7elt ist Jam- mer, Angst und Pein;
Here in the World is trou-ble, pain and woe,
hin- ge- gen dort, in Sa-lems Zelt,
but There a- bove, to Sa-lem's tent
, ^_ Psalm LXXVI, 2.
werd ich ver- kla-ret sein.
will I re-joic-ing go.
Da seh ich Gott von An- ge- sicht zu
There will I meet say God amd Sa-viour
An- ge-sicht,
face to face,
wie mir sein hei- lig ?7ort ver-spricht,
trans-fig-ured thro' Uis Sa-ving Grace,
I Corinthians XIII, 12i
",,,but then face to face..."
0 konnt ich
0 might I
im vor- aus,
be-fore-hand
mir ei- ne
con- struct me
Hut- te bau- en.
such a dwel-ling,
5
Wo- hin? • Ver- geb- ner V/unschi
But where? Pre-surap-tuous thoughtl
Er woh- net nicht auf Berg und Tal,
He dwell-eth not in vales or hills,
sein All-nacht zeigt sich u- ber- all;
His lia- jes- ty all spa-ces fills,
80 solTweig, ver-weg- ner Mund,
so cease, au- da-cious soul,
und su- che nicht
nor har-bor more
er- grun- den,
and fan-cies.
die-sel-be zu
such id-le dreams
3. Aria Bass (Tr. * Strings) 3/4 (d)
Auf, auf (mit hel- lem Schall)
Ring out with cla-rion call
ver- kun- digt u- ber-all
pro-claim a- broad to all
(mein Je-sus eitzt ) zur Rech-ten}
th-it Jo-BUB Christ is _ri- sen,
("ffer sucht (mich) aji- zu-fach-ten?
How cEui my faith be sha-ken?
bare 48-49, 50-51, 51-52i
Wer aucht mich
be sha- ken
4, Duet Alto-Tenor (Ob, (d'am,) l) 6/8 (b)
Sein All- macht zu er- grun-den.
No tongue can tell the sto-ry,
wird sich kein Llen-sche fin-den,
of Him and of His glo- ry,
mein Uund (ver-stummt und schweigt.)
all mute in awe we stand.
Icn se- he durch die Ster- ne.
Be- yond the stars we find Him,
dass er sich schon von fer- ne
the An-gels Host be- hind Him
zur Rech- ten Got- tee zeigt,
en- throned at God's right hand.
let erauchmir ge-nom-men,
Tho' He from me be ta-ken
kAB.
Cantata 128
5, Chorale 4/4 (G)
(Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.j Ob, II, Vn. II with
Altoj Ob. da c, Va. with Tenor. Cor. I 4 II)
Als-daxin so wiret du mich zu dei-ner
So wilt Thou al- so Lord, then at Thy
Rech- ten stol- len,
right hand place rae,
und mir als dei- neia Kind, ein gna-dig
and as Thy par-doned child, with lo-ving
Ur- teil fal- len,
Grace em-brace me.
Kich brin-gen zu der Lust, wo dei- ne
Wiat joy a-waite me There, with Thee on
Herr-lich-keit
High to be,
Ich wer-de schau-en &n in al-
Thy Ua-jes- ty to sliare, thro' all
-le E- wig-keit.
9- ter- ni- tyi
Cantata 129
von Hut-ter-lei- be an,
our ne-ver-fail-ing Friend,
der al-le, (ed-le Au- gen-blick)
our ev-er, ev-er Right-eoue God,
((viel) Guts (an mir) ge- tan.)
whose bles-sings ne- ver end.
whose be- ne- fits
will ne- ver end.
2. Aria BasB
3/8 (A)
Ge- lo-bet sei der Herr,
,\11 glo-ry to the Lord,
main Gott, mein Heil, mein Le- ben,
the God of our sal- va-tion,
des Va- ters lieb- ster Sohn,
who gave His moil-loved Son
der sich fur mich ge- ge- ben,
to save us from dam-na-tion,
bars 46-50:
der sich fur michjfur mich ge- ge- ben
to save us, save us from dam-na-tion
der mich (er- lo- set) hat
our blest Re-deem-er He,
Cantata 129
(1732)
Libretto by Olearius
Trinity (?)
'^Tpistle. Romans XI, 33-35. V/ho can know the
riches of the wisdom and judgments of God?
Gospel, John III, 1-15. Christ and Nicodemus}
"Except a man be born again".
(3 Trombe, Timpani, Flauto traverse, 2 Oboes,
Oboe d'amore, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia V* (d)
(Instr. as above except Oboe d'amore.)
(Ge- lo- bet) sei (der Herr,)
All glo-ry to the Lord,
Uein Gott, mein Licht, c:ein Le- ben,
our God^ our Guide, all- soo-ing,
mein Schop-fer, (der mir nat)
Ore- a- tor of the world,
Bein Leib und Seel ge- ge-ben,
the Au-thor of our be-ing;
mein Va- ter, der rr.ich schutzt
the Fa-tner of us all,
mit sei-nem teu- ren Blut,
up- on the Gross He died}
der mir (ira Glau-ben schenkt)
with Him, my All in All,
(sich selbst),
in Faith
das hoch-ste Gut,
will I a- bide.
3. Aria Soprano (Fl, tr., Vn. solo) 4/4 (e)
Ge- lo- bet sei der Herr,
All glo-ry to the Lord,
mein Gott, mein Trost, mein Le- ben,
our com- fort ne- ver end-ing,
des Va- ters wer-ter Geist,
His Spi-rit, in His Son,
den mir der Sohn ge- ge- ben,
to earth as man de-scend-ing;
der mir (mein Herz er- quickt),
our hearts He fills with hope,
der mir gibt neu- e Kraft,
our CO r-age fires a- new,
i;49,
Cantata 129
der mir in al- ler Not
and com-fortB in our need
Rat, Trost und Hil- fe schafft.
with help and coun-sel true.
4. Aria Alto (Ob. d'amore) 6/8 (G)
Ge- lo- bet sei der Herr,
All glo-ry to the Lord,
mein Gott, der e- wig le-bet,
e- ter- nal God un-dy-ing,
den al- lee lo- bet, was
to Him the An-gels sing,
in £l1- len Luf- ten schwe-bet.
thru ail the Hea-vena fly- ing,
Ge- lo- bet sei der Herr,
God 'a '.'ame be ev-er praised
des Ha- me hei- lig heisat,
by all that Heav'n-ly Host,
Gott Va- ter, Gott der Sohn
God, Fa-ther, God the Son,
und Gott der heil-ge Geist,
and God the Ho- ly Ghost.
Cantata 130
(1740)
Libretto by Eber
Feast of St. Ifichael (?)
I
Epistle, Revelation XII, 7-12, "'ar in Heavenfi
St. ''ichael and his angels against the Dragon.
Gospel, St. I.:atthew X\''III, 1-11. Become as
little children; if thy hand offend thee, cut
it off.
(3 Trornb., Timpani, 3 Oboes, Flute, and Strings,
1. Choral Fantasia 4/4 (C)
(Instr. as above, except Flute.)
(Herr Gott, dich lo- ben) .Al- le wir
Lord God, we praise Thee, all of us
und sol- len bil-lig dan- ken dir
with just and hear-ty thank-f ul-ness;
bass 30-32t
und sol- len bll- lig dan- ken dan- ken d
with Just and heart-felt, heart -felt thank-f ul-ne^
alto 28-31t
und sol- len bil-lig daa- ken
with Just and hear-ty thanks * Lord
(fur dein Ge- schopf ) der En-gel schon,
that Thou hast There an An-gel band,
die UB dioh sohwbn ta. dei-nem Thron.
to serve and guard at Thy com-mand.
5, Chorale flnstr. as in No. l) V^ (D)
Dec wir das Hei- lig jetzt
To Thee, the Lord of Lords,
mit Freu-den las- sen klin- gen
with joy we close are cling-ing,
und mit der En-gel-schar
and with the An-gel Choir
das Hei- lig, Hei-lig sin- gen,
Thy prai-see ev-er eing-ing
are "Ho- ly, Ho-ly"
den herz-lich loot und prelst
"Te De- tie lau- da- mue";
die gan- ze C ri-sten-helti
Thy peo-ple sing to Thee,
Ge- lo- bet sei mein Gott
"All glo-ry to the Lord,
in al- le C- vig-keit.
for all e-ler- ni- ty."
2. Recitativo Alto
xhr hei- ler Glanz und ho- he "'eis-heit
Their splen-dor bright and lof-ty wis- dorti
zeigt;
shows
^de Gott sich zu uns IZen-schen neigt,
how God His Grace on man be- stows,
der sol- che Hei- den, sol- che 'Vaf- fen
to give us such a mlgh-ty le-gion
fur uns ge-8chaf- fen,
for our pro- tec-tion.
Sie ru- hen, ihm zu Eh-ren, nicht;
To hon- or !Iim they ne-ver rest,
ihr gon-zer Fleies let nur da- hin f^e-richt,
but go and come at Hie dl-vlne be- hest.
dasB sie, Herr Chri- ste, urn dich aei'n
They serve. Lord, Christ, at Thy ccn-ruand,
und um dein ar- ir.eo Tau- fe- lelnf
and guard Thy fee-ble faith-fid band.
fe50.
Cantata 130
Cantata 130
wie no- tig ist doch die- se Taoht
ro» sore «e need them in our pli^rht
bei Sa- tans Grinu:. und Lacht!
tc baf-fle Sa- tan's c.ightj
So etellt sich in Ge-fahr
and be ye not a-fraid,
noch Jetzt der Kn- gel llil- fe dar.
for still we hny» the A.n-gel*s aid.
3. Aria Bass (3 Tronb., Timp.) fi (c)
Der al- te Drtx- che brennt vor f.'eid
In !!ell the Ser-pent, hot with hate,
und dich-tet stets auf neu-es Leid,
for- e- ver plots our ev-il fate,
dass er das klei-ne Hauf-lein tren-net,
and hopes Thy lit-tle band to se- ver,
pr tilg- te gern, was Got-t-s ist,
iHa would, with joy. Thy Nar.e de-file,
bald, beld braucht er List,
be- ware ye hie guile
bar 38:
bald braucht er List
be- ware his guile
»eil er (nicht Raat noch Ru- he ken-net.)
for he from cruft is res-ting ne-ver.
5. .iVria Tenor (Fl. tr.) ji (G)
Lass, 0 Fiirst der Che-ru- bi- nen.
Thou, of Cher- u- bim the llaa-ter,
die- ser Hel-den ho- he Schar
let Thine An-gel le-^jion soar
im-nier- dar
ev-er- rr.ore,
dei-ne Glau-bi- gen be- die-nen;
ov- er us, to foil dls-as- ter,
Lass' eie auf E- li- as "Va-gen
as to Ileav'n they bore E-li- as,
See II Kings TI, 11.
sie 2u dir gen Him-nel tra-gen.
may they bear and glo- ri-fy us.
4, Puet Soprano-Tenor (Recitativo) (Strings)
(TTo)-J) a- ber uns, dass Tag 'md Nacht
Well for us all that day and night
die Schar der En- gel wacht,
«e have the An-gels' might
des Sa- tejis An- schlag zu zer- std-ren,
I'roo Sa-tan's on-8lan5ht to pro-tect us.
Da- ni- el, so un-ter Lo- wen eitzt
Dan-iel ntood wlth-in the li-on's den
•P-fahrt, wie ihn die fiand des En-gels
a» lone, the An-gels saved hin ev- en
schutit.
then.
See Daniel VI, 7-23.
"?7etm dort die Olut In Ba- bels 0- fen
And ae the fire of yi-bel's fur-nace
kei- nen 3chi-den tut,
harmed him not at all, '"-ee Dan. Ill, 11 >
eo lia-sen Glau- bi- ge eln Eank-
•0 let our Faith to songe of thianke
-lied no- ren.
ii-rect ua,
6. Chorale 3/4 fC)
(Ob. I, Vn. I rith Sop.j Ob. IT, Vn. TT with
Alto; Ob. Ill, Va. with Ten.. 3 Tr. , * Timp.)
1.
Da- rum wir bil- lig lo- ben dich
With grate-ful hearts v/e come to Thee,
und dan-kfin dir, ''.ott, e- wig-lich,
to ren-der thanks e- ter-nal- ly,
wie auch der lie- ben En-gel Schar,
v.ith An- gel Most let us a- dore
dich prei- sen heut und im-mer- dar.
ind praise Thee now and ev-er- more.
2.
Und bit- ten dichi wollst al- le- zeit
7/e pray Thee Lord; do Thou com-mand
die sel- ben hei- ssen sein be- reit,
trie !!ost to guard our "aith-ful Band,
2u schut-zen dei- ne klei-ne Herd,
to foil our foes, their plot con-fute,
80 halt deln gott-lioh'e "'ort in Wert,
■;nd keep Thy ".'ord in good re- pute.
Cantata 131
(1707)
Unspecified
(Oboe, Fagotte, and Stricgs.)
1. Chorus (Instr. as above) 3/4 V4 (g)
Psalm CXXX, 1-2:
"Out of the depths have I cried to thee,
0 Lord.
"Lord, hear my voice, let thjne ears be
attentive to the vcice of my supplication."
AuB der Tie- fe ruf' ich, Herr, zu dir.
Fron the deep, Lord, cried I, Lord, to Thee.
Sop. 41-i,, Ten. 40-1; cried out,
Alto 40-3 Ten. * Bass 41-3, all parte 50-4:
(ru- fe)ich, )Herr» zu dir,
cried I out. Lord, to Thee,
rierr, Herr, ho- re nei-ne Stira- me.
Lord, 0 har-ken to my cal-ling,
lass dei- ne Oh- ren mer-ken (auf die
in- cline Thine ear un-to my voice and
har- ken
StiiL-ne mei-nes Fle-hensj)
hear ^y sup-pli- ca-ticn:
to cy
Soprano, bar P7:
Stiir-r.e, auf die Stic- rr.e
hear my sup-pli- ca-tion
S-A-T bars 91-95:
auf die Stim-r.e, auf die Stim-ce mei-nes
hear my sup-pli-ca-tion hear my sup-pli-
Fle-hens
-ca-tion
Cantata 131
Soprano Chorale
Er- barm dich mein in sol- cher Last,
Have pi- ty on ny heart's dis-tress,
nimm sie aus mei-nem Her-zen,
and take from me this bur-den;
die-weil du sie ge- bu- sset hast
for of Thy Cross and bit-ter- ness
£ir- Holz mit To- des-schmer-een,.
this is the pre-cicus guer- den,
auf dass ich nicht rait gro- rj^en Weh
that I may not, in deep e-spair,
in nei- nen Sun- den un- ter-geh,
en-gulfed by sins too base to bear,
noch 6- wig-lich ver- za- ge.
be ev-er- more con-foun-ded.
3. Chorus (Instr. as in No. l) V* (Eb)
Psalm CXXX, 5t
"T wait for the Lord, my soul doth wait,
end in his v-ord do I hope."
Ich har- re des Herrn,
T wait for the Lord,
mei- ne See- le har- ret, (und) (ich hof- fe)
yea, my soul is wai-ting, T am ho-ping
auf sein 'Tort,
in His Tford.
2. Duet Soprano-Bass (Oboe) 4/4 (g)
Fsalm cyJC, 3-4 j
"If thou, 0 Lord, shouldst mark iniquities,
0 Lord, who shall stand?
"But there is forgiveness with thee, that
thou cayst be feared."
Baas
If Thou, Lord, ahouldst mark oil our fail-ings
bare 9P-103i
So du wlllst, Herr Herr Sun- de
If Thou, Lord, Lord chouldot mark our
108,124: U)rd,-
tu-rech- nnn
In-nl- qul-ti©B
Herr, *er wird be- ete- hen?
Lord, who then can fsce Thee?
Denn bei dir let die Ver- ge- bung.
But with Thee there la for-glve-neee,
dnet Baa dich fu- rohte.
that •• EAf feur Thee.
4. Duet Alto-Tenor
1^8 (c)
Psalm CXXX 6:
"i!y soul waiteth for the Lord, more than
they that watch for morning: I say more than
they that watch for the morning."
Tenor
(Mei-ne See- le) (war- tet, auf den '^errrl
Here my soul is wai-ting for the Lord,
bars 23-24:
mei- ne See- le, mei- ne See- le w.r~ t(»t
here my soul, my soul is w«)i-ting, wai-tlnp;
(von el- ner Uor-gen- wi- che) Cbie xu
yea more, T say thnn they thf\t watch for
watch- ere that WRtol
bnr 35: do »<»tol
der an- dern. )
the mor-nlng.
for mor-nlng.
252.
{
i;aiitata 131
.
bare 57-62t
bin »u der an-dern.von ei- ner Uor-gon-
K&tch-era for tLcrc-ingjyea more, I oay^ than
-«a- che bis xu der an- dern, bis xu
I they ttot do watch for mor-ning, watch for
ider an- dern.
the mor-ning.
Alto
Jhd well ich denn in mei-naB Sinn
^ A JtS- ae~ ra-ble mor-teil I,
tie ich xu- vor ge-kla- get,
irhat grie-Toua sin be-sets cei
ein be-trub-ter Sun-der bin,
ev-il deeds I tes-ti- fy,
I"' sein Ge-wie- sen na- get,
which my con-science frets met
ii-.c *oll-te gem im Blu- te dein
by Thy Blood I fer-vent pray
ron Sun-den ab- ge- wa- achen sein
;hBt all ity faults be washed a- way)
rie Da-vid und lla-naa- se.
IS Da-vid and Ua-nes-sah.
>*e II Samuel XII; Fsalm LI.
>«e also II Chronicles XXXIII, 12-13.
Cantata 132
(1715)
Libretto by Franck
Advent
Epistle, Phllippians TV, 4-7. Rejoice In the
Lord; he la at hand; be moderate; asic in prayer;
and the peace of God which pasaeth all under-
standing shall keep your hearts and minds thru
Christ Jesus.
Gospel, St. John I, 19-2R. "I am the voice of
one crying In the wilderrieee, make straight the
way of the Lord, as said the prophet Eslas."
(Oboe, Fagotto, Cello and Strings.)
1. Aria Soprano (instr. as above) 6/9 (A)
Isaiah XL, 3>
"The voice of him that crieth in the
i»llderne88. Prepare ye the way of the Lord,
make straight in the desert a highway for
our God."
Be- rei- tet die We- ge,
"Fre-pare ye the high-way,
be- rei-tet die BahnJ
the way of the Lord!"
Be- rei-tet die '.Ve- ge
the v/il-der-nesa ori-eth,
und ma- chet die Ste- ge
the Voice in the de-sertj
>. Chorus V4 (g)
(Ob., Vn., Va. I ft II, and pag, )
'■aim CXXX, 7i
"Let Israel hope in the Lord; for with the
,ord there is mercy and. with him is plenteous
'edemption. "
!s-ra-el ( hof- fe) auf den Herrn;
[s-ra-el, hope ye in the Lord,
Isnn (bei dam Herm ist die Gna-de)
'or with the Lord there is mer-cy
mi viel Ir- lo- sung bei ihm.
lod full re-demp-tion with Him,
Jnd ( er (wire la-ra-el)
ind un- to Is-ra-el
er- lo- sen
re-demp-tion
ali. parts to bar be except Ten. bars 48-49t
luf al- len sei-nen Gun- der.
TroK all of hi« in- i- qui -ties.
Ten. bars 48-49, all parts 52 — endt
»uf ad.- len sei- nen Sun- den
Troc all of his trans- gres- sions.
im Glau-ben und Le- ben
"Fre-pare ye the high-way,
dem Hoch-eten ganz e- ben;
the way for the Sa-viour,
be- rei- tet die 7/e- ge,
pre-pare ye the high-way,
und ma- chet die Ste- ge,
make straight in the de-sert
U»-ssi- as kommt an!
the way for our GodJ"
2. Recitativo Tenor
Willat du dich Got- tea Kind
Wouldst bo a Child of God
und Chri- stl Bru-der nen- nen,
and Bro-ther of the Sa-viour?
so mus- sen Herz und Uund
then, must thy life con-form
den Hei- land frei be-ken- nen.
to Christ-ian- like be-ha-viour.
257,.
Cantata 132
Cantata 132
J a.
Yea,
Uensch,
man.
dein gan- zes Le- ben
thy whole ex-iat-ence
muss von dem Glau-ben Zeug- nis ge- ben!
mu3t ev-er to thy Faith be wit-ness.
Soil Chri- ati Tort und Leh- re
Ob- serve Christ's Word and Teach-ing,
auch durch dein 31ut ver-sie- gelt aein,
that it may ne- ver cease to be
so gib dich wil- lig drein,
a ve- ry part of thee.
Arioso
Denn
For
(die- sea ist)
this shall be
der Chri- sten
the Chria-tian's
tCron und Eh- re.
crown-ing glo-ry,
Recitativo
In-des, mein Herz, be- rei- te
To-day, my heart, pre-pare thee,
noch heu- te
to fare thee,
dem Herrn die Glau-bens - bahn
a- long the Path of FaithJ
und rau- me weg die Hu- gel
re- move a-way the hill-ocks.
ob du, 0 Uensch, falsch o- der treu,
if thou, 0 man, be false or true,
(dein rech-tes Ur- teil) ho- ren mus-sen.
and face the truth with- out e- va-sion,
what-e'er be- falls thee -bars 15-16.
Wer bist du?
That art thou?
fra-ge das Ge- set- ze,
stu-dy thou the Scrip-turee^
das wird dir sa- gen, wer du bist:
for they will tell thee, what thou art:
bars 29-30:
wer , wer du bist ,
man
what thou art
(ein Kind des Zorns), in Sa- tans Net- ze,
a child of sin, in Sa-tan's mesh-es,
ein fal-scher, heuch- le- ris-cher Christ,
how full of guile thine ev-il heart.
4. Recitativo Alto (Strings.)
Ich will, mein Gott, dir frei her- aus
To Thee, my God, con-fess-ion frank
be-ken-nen:
is ow-ing:
und die Ho- hen,
the high pla-oes,
ste- hen.
-pede Him.
die ihm ent- ge- gen-
and all that would im-
ich ha- be dich bis-her nicht recht
•til now have I not owned Thee as
be- kannti
Thou art 2
Arioso
77al2 ab
Roll off
die schwe-ren Sun- den-stei-ne,
the rag- ged rocks of ev- il,
nimm dei- nen Hei- land an,
and greet thy Sa-viour now,
dass er mit dir (im Glau- ben
in faith to Him be plight- ed
sich mit dir ver-ei- ne.)
fast and firm u- ni-ted.
in Glau-ben sich ver-ei- ne
be plight-ed and u- ni-ted
3. Aria Bass ('Cello) V4 (E)
Wer biat du?
"Diit art thou?
fra-ge dein Ge- wis- sen,
ev-er ask thy con-ecience.
da wiret du eon-der Meu- cha-lei,
with ho- noB-ty in-:}ulre a- new,
Ob Uund und Lip- pen gleich
Lip serv-ice have I giv'n
dich Herr und Va- ter nen- nen,
with-out in *act v>e-stow-ing
hat sich mein Herz doch von dir ab-ge-wandt;
on Thee the true al- leg-leLnce of my heart,
Ich ha- be dich ver-leug- net mit den Le- l
In loy-al- ty have I been weak and swerv-J-
77ie kannst du mir ein gu- tee Zoug-nis ge- bep
and not at all of "^hy eup-port de-ser-vir.
Als, Je- su, mich dein Geiat-und 77a8-eer- bad
Yet, Je-eu3, Thou by Thy bap-tia-mal bath|
ge- rei- ni-get von raei- ner Ui- B«e-
dldat cleanse ray sin and still Thy Fa-ther'e
tat,
wrath.
hub ich dir iwar ateta fe- ate Treu ver-
Tho' fair-eat pro- mi- aea in- deed I've
854.
Cantata 132
Cantata 132
-spro-chon}
spo-ken,
< achJ a- ber achl der Tauf-bund ist
ah, sin-ner I, ray co- ve-nant
f ge- bro-chen.
I have bro- ken.
[ Di« Un- treu rou- et michl
I yy mis-deeds tor-ture me,*
Ach Gott, er- bar- me dich,
Ah God, for-give Thou me,
achi hilf . dass ich ndt un- ver-wand-ter Treu- e
and grant that with un-wai-ver-ing e- mo-tionj
den Gna-den-bund im Glau- ben eteta er-neu- e,
I may re-new my faith and deep de-vo-tion.
den al-ten lien-schen kran-
t"hat we put on the New
ke,
Uan,
dasa der neu le- ben mag
the Old Man's pow'r ef-face.
Eph. IV, 24. Col. Ill, 10.
wohl hier auf die- aer Er-den,
V/hile here as mor-tals liv-ing,
den Sinn und all Be- ger-den
our true al- leg-ianoe giy-ing,
) )
und Gdan- ken habn zu dir.
our trust in Thee we place.
5. Aria .Uto (Vn. solo) V* fb)
Chri- sti Glie-der, ach be-den-ket,
Chris-tian peo-ple ev-er pon-der
wag der Hei- land euch ge- schen-ket
how our Lord was bap- tised yon- der
durch dor Tau- fe rei- nea Bad,
in the bath of Jor-dan's stream.
Bei der Blut-und '?7a8-Ber- quel- Je
Gol- go-tha ajid Jor-dan cleared ua
wer-den eu- re Klei-der hel- le,
of the stains that so be-sraeared us,
(die be- fleckt) (von Mi- 8B«-tat.)
wash-ing all our sins a-way.
Chri-stus gab zun neu- en Klei- de
Je- sua Christ's re-deem-ing pay-ment
ro- ten Pur-pur, wei-sse Sei- de,
clothed ua all in pur-ple rai-ment,
die- ae sind (der Chri-sten Staat).
whit- est silk and bright ar- ray.
See Rev. VII, 12-13.
6. Chorale V* fA)
Sr- tot UDS durch dein Gii- te,
Trans-form us by Thy kind-ness,
•r-weck uas durch dein Gnad|
a- wake va thru Thy Grace,
Cantata 133
(1735-7)
Libretto by Caaper Ziegler
Christmas Tuesday
Epistle, Hebrews I, 1-14. Christ in person
and office is preferred to the angels,
or Ecclesiaticus XV, 1-R. TVisdom embraces
those that fear God,
Gospel, John I, 1-14, In the beginning was
the 77ordj John was sent as a witness to the
Light; the 'Tord was made Flesh.
or John XXI, 15-24. Feed my sheep and lajnbs.
(2 Ob. d'amore, Cornetto, and Strings.)
1. ChoruB fi (D)
(Cor, with Sop. I Ob. d'am, I 4 II, Str,)
Ich freu-e mich in dir
liy joy is aJ.1 in Thee,
und hei- sae dich will- kor.- men.
and glad-ly will I greet Thee.
Uein lie- bee Je-au- leini
Thou dear-eat Je-eus mine!
Du hast dir vor-ge- nom- man,
As bro-ther I may treat Thee,
main Brii- der-lein zu sein.
of blood the saiBe as Thine.
Ach, wie (ein su- aaer Ton J )
Ah, word of aweet-eat doundl
^ie freund-lich sieht er aua,
What bles-sings rich and rare
der gro- see Got- tee- sohn,
thru Christ the Lord a- bound.
255.
Cantata 133
2. Aria Alto (Ob. d'am. I t II) /{ (a)
Ge- trost es faast ein heil- ger Leib
Take heart, our mor- tal frame con-taina
dea Hoch-sten un- be-greif-lichs ':^'e-sen.
the spark of God's un-fath- oned Be-ing.
Ich ha- be Gott—
Al- cigh-ty God,
(wie wohl ist izir ge-sche- heni) —
how hap-py I to see Thee
von An- ge-sicht (zu An- ge-sicht)
thus face to face, yea, face to face
ge-se- hen.
to see Thee.
AchJ mei-ne See- le cuss ge- ne- sen.
Ahi now my spi-rit is con-ten-ted.
Cantata 133
dies Yi'ortj
that Christ
the Lord
main Je- sus ist
the Lord has come
-bars 25, 45.
ge- bo- ren,
to save us.
wie dringt es (in das Herz hin- eini)
how sweet it sounds to Chri-stisLns alii
sweet to Chri-stians all
Largo 12/S
77er Je- su l.'a- men nicht ver-steht,
TPho does not come at Je- sus' call,
und wem es nicht durchs Her- ze geht,
or would His Name and teaoh-ing mock,
bars 63-66 & 69-71:
der muss ein har-ter Fel-sen, ein har-ter
his heart is ev-en har-der, is har-der
Fel- sen sein.
than a rock.
bars 71-73t
der muss ein har-ter Fel- sen sein.
his heart is har-der than a rock.
3. Recitativo Tenor
Ein A- dam mag sich vol-ler Schre-cken
In Fa- ra-dise may A- dam trem-ble
vor Got- tea An- ge- sicht im Fa- ra-
ar.d seek, per-chance, from God his fail-ings
-dies ver-ste-ckeni
to dis-sem- ble.'
Adagio
Der el- ler-hbch-ste Gott
But yet Al-migh-ty God
kehrt eel- ber bei una ein:
a- bides with-in us here,
Recitativo
und 80 ent-set- zet sich mein Her- ze nicht;
and 30 my heart is ev- er free from fear,
es ken- net sein er-bar-men-des Ge- nu- te.
cur 5a-viour shows to us in bound-leSS fas-hion
Aue un- er- mess- ner Gu- te
Hie ten-der, sweet com-pas-sion,
wird er ein kleir nee Kind
a lit-tle child He came;
Je- Bu- leln.
was His tJame.
und heisst mein
Lord Je- sus
5. Recitativo Bass (b D)
Wohl- ani dee To- dee Furcht und Sehmert
•Tis wellj the fears of death im- par+
er-T.^gt nicht mein ge- tro- stet Herz.
no hor- ror to the trust-ing heart.
Will er vom Him- mel sich
He left His throne a- bove
bis zu der Er- de len-ken,
the world to rule and save,
80 wird er auch an mich
so still have I His love
in mei-ner Gruft ge- den-ken.
when I am in my grave.
Adagio 4/4
\Yer Je-8um recht er-kennt.
If Je-3U8 but be nigh
der etirbt nicht, wenn er stirbti
I die not when I die,
(so- bald) er Je- sum nennt.
for death de-stroys me not.
4. Aria Soprano (Strings.)
Wie (lieb-llch)
The Joy- fui
klingt eo
ti- dinge
in den Oh-ren,
An-gels gave ua
6. Chorale V* (d) (Cor., Cb. d'an. I, Vn. I
with Sop.; Cb. d'am. TI, Vn. II with Alto., Va.
with Tenor.)
Wohl- oni ao will ich mich an dich, 0
I cleave, 0 Lord, to Thee^tho' earth and
256.
Cantata 133
Cantata 134
Je- 8u, hal- ten,
i eky be shat-tered,
1
und eoll-te gleich die 7.elt in tau- send St'ii-oke
I and all the u- ni-verea in thou-aand pie-ces
spal- ten.
scat-tered.
0 Je- eu, dir, nur dir, dir let ich gam
J Thou, Je-BU8, Thou a-lone, art all the world
al-leinj
to ae,
( auf dich, al-lein auf dich, 0 Je- eu,
1 naught else I care to o»-n, if I have
echlaf ich ein.
on- ly Thee.
(Auf,) Glau- bi- ge, ein- get die lieb-li-
Ye Faith-ful Onee, eing ye a song of
-Chen Lie- dor,
re- joi-cing, •
bare 41-42, 54-57t
Auf, auf
Come sing,
bare 62-63,
Auf, auf, auf
coiLe and aing
bars 100-103:
Auf, auf, auf, auf, auf, auf, auf, auf, auf,
come and sing, come and sing, core and sing,
euch Bchei-net ein herr-lich er-neu-e- tes
there shi-neth from Hea-ven a ma-gi-cal
Licht.
Light.
Dei' le- ben- de Hei-lend gibt_ ae- li- ge
The Sa-viour is ri-sen from sor-row to
Cantata 134
(1731)
Easter Tuesday
Epistle, The Acts XIII, 26-33. Paul preaches
at Antioch of Christ's death and resurrection.
Gospel, St, Luke XXIV, 36-47. Jesus appears
to tlie Eleven,
(2 Oboes, and Strings.)
1. Recitativo Tenor-Alto V* (E^)
Tenor
Ein Hen, dae sei-nen Je- sum le-bend ▼'eiss
The soul thiat tru-ly knows his ri-sen Lord,
•Li-pfin-det Je- eu neu- e Gu- te
re-cei-ving dai-ly Je-sus' bles-eing,
und dich- tet nur auf eei- nee Hei-lands f reis.
de-lights in song His prai-ses to re- cord.
Alto
(Wie freu-et sich) ein glau- bi- ges
How hap-py he, this price-less boon
Ge- mu- te.
j^os-sess-ing.
Zei- ten.
spare us,
(auf) (See- len, ) ihr mus-set ein Op- fer
come, Faith-ful Ones, we must a tri-bute
be-rei- ten,
pre-pare us,
bare 128-129, 160-161i
auf, auf, auf
come, sing ye
172:
auf
come
bars 130-132, 162-164, 173-175:
See- len, auf, auf, auf, auf J See- len auf J
Sing ye, ye Faith-ful Ones, Sing ye, ye
See- len, ihr
Faith-ful Ones
bar 173i
See- len auf.
Faith-ful Ones
be- zah- lat (dera Hooh-sten) mit Dan- ken
our debt to the High-est in tliariks to
die Pflicht.
re- quite.
3. Recitativo Alto-Tenor
2. Aria Tenor (Ob. I ft II, Str. ) 3/« (Ej,)
bs-rs 24-26:
Auf, auf, auf, auf, Glau- bi- gel
Come, sing ull ye Faith-ful Ones
Tenor
'Vohl dir, Gott hat an dicli ge-dncht ,
'Tie well, God ev-er thinks of thee,
0- Gott ge-weih-tes Ri-gen- t\m\
and makes in thee His Ho-ly Shrinsf
PfS7.
Cantata 134
Cantata 134
der Hei-lemd lebt und aiegt nit Uacht,
the Sa-viour lives, and vie- to- ry
zu dei-nem Heil,
He has ac-hieved
zu sei- nem Rufam
with might di-vine,
Tenor
Der letz-te Feind
My fi-nal foe
iat Grab und Tod:
will be the Grave,
muss hier der Sa- tEin furcht-sam zit-tern
and Sa- tan tremb-ling and de-fea-ted
und sich die Hol-le selbst er-schut-tern.
to Hell in ter-ror has re- trea- ted,
Es stirbt der Hei- land dir zu gut
For thee the Sa-viour died and bled,
und fah-ret fur dich zu der Hoi- len,
and ev-en down to Hell de-scen-ded;
30- gar ver-gie-sset er sein koat- bar Blut,
for-get not how He shed His pre-cioua Blood
dass du in sei-nem Blu- te siegst,
that we there-by be sanc-ti- fied,
denn die- ses kann die Fein-de fal-len,
and Sa-tan's ev- il rule be end- ed;
und wenn der Streit dir an die See- le dringt,
so when the stress of life as-sails our souls,
dass du als- dann nicht u- ber-w\m-den liegst,
be not dis-mayed; it was for us He died.
I Corinthians XV, 26j
"The last enemy that shall be destroyed
is death."
Alto
Gott macht auch den zum En- de un- srer Not,
But God will be at hand, my soul to save.
Alto
ist fur mioh ein Pa- nier
my bat -tie flag shall be,
zur Star-ke in dem
and cou-rage in the
Der Lie- be Kraft
The pow'r of Love
zum !Iel- den- mut,
to give me strength
Strei-tenj
strug-gle;
mir Sie- gee- kro-nen zu be- rei- ten'
and tho' with cru-el thorns they crown me,
nahmst du die Dor- nen-kro-ne dir,
'twill be a crown of vic-to- ry;
mein Herr,
my Lord,
mein Gott,
ray God,
mein auf-er-stand-
whom ri-aen we
-nes Heil,
ac-claim,
00 hat kein Feind
thru Thee no foe
Teil,
shame.
an mir zum Scha-den
can bring us now to
4, Duet Alto-Tenor (Strings,) V* (E^)
Wir dan- ken, und prei- sen dein
We thank Thee, we praise Thee, for
brun-sti-ges Lie- ben
all Thy de- vo-tion,
(und brin- gen) (ein Op- fer)(der Lip- pen)
and bring Thee . ^ ^.-i- -» j
tri-bute of sing-ing
an of- fer- ing,
vor (W, )
(fur dich).
to-day.
Der Sie-ger (er-we- cket die freu-di- gen
The Vic-tor a-wakes our re-joi-cing in
Lie-der),
cho-rua.
und tro-stet
our path-way
der Hei-land er-schei- net
the Sa-viour il- lu- mines
uns wie- der
be-fore us.
bars 107-109:
und tro-stet
be-fore us
Tenor, bara 102-103 and 106:
una wie- der
our path-way
und star-ket (die etrei- ten-de Kir- che
and migh- ti- ly strength- ens His Church for
He
durch sich, bar 114: und
the fray. He
Tenor
Die Fein- de zwar sind nicht zu zah- len!
Our count-less e- ne- mies as-sail usl
Alto
Gott achutzt die ihir. ge- treu-en See- len.
If we be true God will not fail us.
5, Recltatlvo Alto-Tenor
Tenor
Doch wir- ke aelbat den Dank in un- aerra
Lord teach me now a Song of true Thanks-
l!un- de,
gi-vlns:.
:b8.
i Cantata 134
in dem er all — tu ir- disch iat;
nor let my world-ly heart for- get,
ja achaf- fa, dasa zu kei- ner Stun- de
an in- atant while on earth I'm li-ving.
dich, und dein Werk kein mensch-lich Herz vor-
Thee, and Thy whol-ly un- re- quit- ed
-giast;
debt;
ja laaa in dir daa Lab- sal un- arer Bruat
be Thou a pre-cioue Oint-ment for my aoul
und al- ler Her-zen Trost und Lust,
to keep my api-rit aound and whole,
die un- ter dei- ner Gna- de trau- en,
in Thine a-bound-ing Grace a- bi-ding,
Toll-kon- men und un-end-lich aein.
to per-fect and un-end-ing hliae,
Eb echile-ase dei-ne Hand una ein.
And grant us al-ao, Uaa-ter, this,
dass wir die Wir-kung kraf- tig achau- en,
that we, in Thy de- fenae con- fi- ding,
waa una dein Tod und Sieg er-wirbt,
may on Thy death and life re- ly,
und dasa man nun nach dei-nem Auf-er-ate- hen
that thru Thy vie- to- ry and Re-aur-rect-ion,
nicht etirbt wenn man gleich zeit-lich stirbt,
our death re-lease ua when we die,
und wir da- durch zu dei-ner Herr-lich- keit
to live and ahare Thy Ua-Jes- ty and Thine
ein-ge- hen.
af-f ec-tion.
Cantata 134
6. Chorus (Ob. T A II A Str.) 3/8 (Bb)
er-freu- e dich,.
re-joice ev'-ry
du glau- ben-
ye Faith-ful
Er-achal-let, ihr Him-mel,
Re-sound all Cre- a-tion,
Er- de,
na-tion,
lob- sin- ge dem Hoch-aten,
in praise to the High-est,
de Schar,
Ones sing.
.Uto bare 43-46, 81-B4i
lob- sir.- ge, lob- sin- ge dem Hocn-sten-
in praise to the High-est, the High-est
(Es schau-et) (und schme-cket) ein j^- des
The Hea-vena are tell-ing and Earth is
Ge- mu- te
con-f esa-ing
des le- ben- den Hei-landa un- end- li-che
the Sa-viour's un- en- ding and boun-te-ous
Gu- t e ,
blesa-ing,
des Hei- landa un- end-li-che Gu- te,
the Sa-viour'a per-pet-u- al bles-slng,
(er tro- stot (und stel-let) (ale Sie-ger)
the Lord our Re-dee- raer, our Mas-ter
sich dar.
and King,
als Sie- ger sich dar, er,
our Lord and Re- dee-mer.
tro- stet
Lord and
und stellt als
Re- dee- mer.
Sie-ger sich dar.
l/as-ter and King.
Alto
Was in uns ist, er-hebt dich, gro-saer Gott,
All that we are ex-alts Thee, Uigh-ty God,
und prei-aet dei- ne Huld und Treuj
and mag- ni- fiea Thy Truth and Grace;
dein Auf-er-ste- hen macht sie wie- der neu.
Thy aac-ri-fice did all our aina e-rase,
dein gro- sser Sieg macht una von Fein-den
Thy glo-rious Might has put the foe to
los
flight,
und brin- get uns lun Le- ben,
and brings to us aal-va-tion;
drum soi dir Preia und Dank ge-ge- beni
for this our praiae and a- do-ra-tionl
Cantata 135
(1740)
Libretto by Schneegaas
III Trinity
Epistle, I Peter V, 6-11. Cast your care on
the Lord and resist the Devil.
Gospel, St. Luke XV, 1-10. Parable of the
lost sheep.
(2 Oboes, Tromba, Cometto, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia 3/4 (a)
(Ob. I A II, Cor., Str., Tr. with Continuo.)
259.
Cantata 135
Cantata 135
Ach Herr, (mich ar- men Sun-der)
Ah Lord, spare Thou this sin-ner,
straf nicht (in del- nem) Zorn, )
in an- ger sciite me not,
ah sciite me not,
(dein'n ern-sten Grimm) doch lin-der,
and tem-per Thou Thy fu-ry
sonst iata (mit mir) ver-lorn. )
else hope-less is my lot.
Alto ^ ,
Bonst ists iidt mir, mit mir ver-lorn
else hope-less, hope-less is my lot
Tenor
sonst ists mit mir, sonst ists nit mir ver-
else hoce-less is, hope- less else is my
lorn
lot
(Ach) Herr,) wollst mir (ver- ge- ben)
Ah, Lord, I pray for-give me,
(mein Sund) ( und (gna- dig) sein,
for- give and wel-come me
(dass) (ioh mag) (e-wig) le- ben,
to dwell for- ev-er v/ith Thee
ent- fliehn (der Hol-len- pein.)
from Hell and tor-ment free,
from
cken angst
xious tre-
2. Recitativo Tenor
Ach hei- le mich,
Ah, heal Thou me,
ich bin sehr krank
for I am sick
du Arit der See-len,
Thou Soul-phy-si-cian,
und schwach;
and weak.
man moch-te die Ge- bei- ne zah- len,
all men can see my bones, to count them,
80 Jam-mer-lich hat mich mein Un- ge- mach,
my pi-ti- ab- le state they loud be-speak,
mein Kreuz und Lei- den ru- ge- richt;
the world a- bout la sad and bleak,
das An- ge-sicht ist gam von Tra-nen
with woe on woe up- on r;./ wea-ry
auf-ge- 8chwol-len,
epi-rit hea- ping;
die, achnel-len Flu- ten gleich,
how fast my hot teara flow,
Ton v/ar- gen ab- warts rol- len.
sy cheeka are atained with wee-ping,
Der See- le ist •^or Schre-
my Soul is fraught with an-
und ban- ge}
-pi-da-tion.
ach, du Herr, wie so Ian- ge?
is there. Lord, no ces- sa-tion?
3. Aria Tenor (Ob. I & Tl) 3/4 (C)
Tro- ste mir, Je- su, mein Ge-mu- te.
Cheer Thou , 0 Je-susj me in sad-ness,
sonst ver-sink ich in den Tod,
else I lay me down to die,
(hilf mir) hilf mir durch dei-ne Gu- te
give me, give me corn-fort and glad-nesa
aus der gro-asen See- len- not,
when in an-guish thus I cry.
(Denn) (im Tod) ist al- lea (stil- le)
There in death is naught but still-ness,
da ge- denkt man dei-ner (nicht),
they who die re- mec-ber not.
(nay)
Psalm VI, 5t
"For in death there is no remembrance of
thee; in the grave v/ho shall give thee thanks.
Lieb-ster Je- su,
Dear-est Je-sus,
ists dein 7/il-le,
thru Thy mer-cy
(so) (er-freu mein An- ge- sicht).
make me hap- py in my lot.
4, Recitativo Alto
Ich bin von Seuf-xen mu- de.
Op-pressed with wea-ry sigh-ing,
mein Geist hat we- der Kraft noch Macht,
my strength and cou-ra^e all are gone,
well ich die gaii-ze Nacht
from dark-ness un-to dawn
oft oh-ne See-len-ruh und Frie-de
in a- go-ny of api-rit ly-ing,
in gro- ssem Schwoiaa und Tra-nen lle-ge,
T aweat with an- guieh ter-ri- fy-ing,
Ioh gra- me mich faat tot und bin vor
From aor-row I am old, my woea are
Trau-ern alt,
ma- ni-fold,
£60.
Cantata 135
denn mei- ne Angst ist ican-nig-falt.
what left have I, but now to die?
5, Aria Base (Strings.) 4/* (a)
(TTeicht), all ihr 0- bel- ta- ter,
Out, all ye ev-il spi-rite,
nein Je-sus tros-tet mich.
for Je-su8 is my Friend}
r lasst nach Tra- nen und nach TTei-nen
Thru all our tears and our re- pi-ning
die Freu-den-son- ne wie- der schei-nenj
the joy-ouB sun will soon be shi-ning,
das Tr'ub- oals-wet- ter an- dert sich,
the storms of trou-ble soon will end,
die Fein- de mus- sen (pldti-lich) fal- len
our foes are naught, for swift- ly
He will stay them,
und ih- re Pfei- le ruck-warts pral- len,
their ar-rcws back will come to slay them.
6. Chorale V* ( e. (ends e))
(Cor., Ob. T * II, Vn. I with Sep.; Vn. IT
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Ehr sei ins Him-mela Thro- ne
All glo-ry to the Fa-ther,
mit ho- hem Ruhm xmd Preie
all glo-ry to the Son,
den Va-ter und dem Soh-ne
the Fo-ly Ghost we ho-nor,
und auch lu glei- cher V/eie
the Bles-sed Three - in - One;
J
den heil-gen Geist mit Eh- ren
So Fa-ther, Son and Spi-rit
in al-le E-wig-keit,
for ev-er »e a- dore,
der woll una alln be- echo- ren
on High in Hea- von reign-ing
die ew- ge Se-lii^-keit.
hence-forth for-e- ver-more.
Cantata 136
U725)
VIII Trlnicy
Epistle, Romans VIII, 12-17. Live not after
the flesh but aXter the spirit, 'Ve are Joint
heirs with Christ.
Gospel, St, Uatthew VII, 15-23. By their
fruits ye shall know themj doers of the word
enter the kingdon;, not merely those who say,
"Lord, Lord."
(Como, 2 Oboes, Ob. d'amore, and Strings.)
1. Chorus l^a (A)
(Cor., Ob, I, Ob. II d'arr., Strings,)
Psalm CXXXIX, 23-24t
"Search me, 0 God, and l.now my heart; try
me and know my thoughts.
"And see if there be any wicked thing in
n.e, and lend me in the way everlasting,"
Er-for-8che mich, Gott,
Ex- a- mine me, God,
und (er- fah- re (mein Herz; )
and in-ouire of rcy heart;
Alto bar 23j
pr'u- fe mich und er- fah- re mein Herz
that Thou may-est in-quire of my heart
Tenor, bar ?6i
und er- fah- re, er- fah- re
and in-quire. and in-quire of
All numbers of bars indicate bars in which the
phr<i3e begins, all through this moverent.
Sop,, bars 12, 16, IP, 10:
Alto, birs 13, 25i
Ten., bars 16, 17, 19, 25i
Bass, bars 16, 17, 25, 47i
pr'u- fe mich und er-fih- rs, wis ichs mei- tie,
thfit Thou may-est dis-co-ver all ray fail-iup-s.
Sop. b-r.rs 25, 30, 32, 40, 43, 44, 47:
Alto bars 16, 31, 33, 39, 45, 46:
Ten, bars 31, S3, 40, 45, 47:
3asB bar 55:
(pr'u- fe) mich und er- fah- re f*le ^ichs
try me and know my thoughts and all my
all parts bar 51, and S-\-T, 55:
try Thou me and dis- co- ver
mei- ne.)
fail-in^s,
■^enor, bar 43:
und er- fah- re wie ichs r.ei- ne
know my thoughts and all my fail-ings
ato, bars 37-3'^:
pr'u-fe mich und er-f.ih- re
try me and know my fail-ings
261.
Cantata 136
Cantata 136
all parta, bars 49-50:
pru- fe mich
try Thou me
ja un- er-trag-lioh sein.
will all >>e put a- way.
2. RecitatJYO Tenor
Genesis III, 17;
"Cursed is the ground for thy sake,"
Ach dass der Fluch,
"Cursed, for thy sake,
30 dort die Er-de schlagt,
0 A- dam, is the ground."
auch de-rer Ven-schen Herz ge- trof-fenl
Yea, A-daa*8 curse our hearts has tain-ted.
T/er kann auf gu- te Friich-te hof-fen,
A 3or-ry scene for Man is pain-ted,
da die-ser Fluch bis in die See- le
he is ac-cursed, as-sailed by Sa-tan's
drin- get,
mis-siles,
80 dass sie Sun- den-dor-nen brin- get
his soul is pierced by cru-el this-tles,
und Las- ter-dis-teln tragt,
with thorns of sin is bound.
Doch wol- len sich oft- mals die Kin- der
But oft-times the chil-dren of Hell, Cod-
der Hol-len
for- sa-ken,
in En- gel des Lich- t^^s ver-stel-len;
for An-gels of Light are mis- ta- ken;
man soil bei dem ver-derb-ten "/e- sen
per- ver-ted minds not ev- en know-ing
von die- sen Dor- nen Trau-ben le- sen.
that grapes from thorns are ne- ver grow-ing.
St. I'atthew VII, 16.
Zin 7/olf w^ll 8l«h r-.it rei- ner ".Vol- le
A wolf may well ap-pear in fair-ost
de- cken;
clo-thing, St. Matthew VII, 15.
doch briclit ein Tag her-ein,
but soon there comes a day
der wird ihr Heuch-ler euch ein
wh«n such de- ceiv-era, viewed with
Schre-cken,
loath- infr,,
3. Aria Alto (Ob. d'am. l) V* 12/8 4/4 ff^/)
Es komint (ein Tag),
The day will come
so das Ver-borg-ne rich-tet,
when Truth, at last pre-vail-ing,
Yor dem (die Heu-che- lei) er-
will strike these hy-po- crites with
-zit-tern mag.
ter-ror dumb.
See St. Matthew XXIII, 13-15.
Denn (sei- nes Ei- fers Grimm ver- nich-tet,)
.Be- fore the wrath of God will per-ish
by
was Heu- che- lei und List er- dich-tet,
all they who base de- cep-tion cher-ish,
thus -bar 6 of Presto.
4. Recitative Bass
Die Hi.m-mel sel-ber sind nicht rein,
'.7hen Hea-ven is it-self not ptjre,
wie soil es nun ein Mensch vor die- sem
how then can raor-tal stand be- fore the
Rich- ter seinJ
Judge se-cure?
Doch, wer durch Je- su Blut ge- rei-nigt.
Yet, he whcae sins the Sa-viour right-ed,
im Glau-ben sich mit ihm ver-ein-igt,
with !lim in faith is fast u- ni- ted,
weiss, dass er ihm kein har- tea Ur-teil
nor need he fear 8 judg-ment too se-
spricht.
-vere.
Krankt ihn die Sun- de noch,
,U.- tho' a soul has erred
der Uan-gel sei-ner War- ke, '
and sin-ful-ly de-faul-ted,
er hat in Chri-sto doch
by Christ may it be stirred
aea.
Cantata 135
S*»rech- tig— keit und Star-ke.
to Right-eoua-nees ex- al-ted.
5* Duet Tenor-Baaa (Vn. I 4 II uniaon) 12/8 (b)
Ukis tref-fen zwar (der Sun-den Fle-cken),
W« auf-fer eore by ain be-apot- ted,
■o A-dama Fall (auf una) ge- bracht),
thru A-dama fall de-filed and atained.
Al-lein, wer sich ( lu Je- au \7un- den),
A- lone may Je-eua' blood re-atore ua
Hia blood re-atore as
groa-aen ("7. )
dam Gna- den-atron voll Blut ge- fun- den,
a atream of mer- cy flo-wing o'er ua,
wird (da- durch wie- der (rein) ge-macht).
to waah ua clean and pure a- gain.
bar 19, Tenor:
da- durch wie- der rein ge-macht
Hia blood make ua pure a- gain
6. Chorale Embelliahed 4/4 (b)
(Cor., Ob. I A II with Sop.j Vn. II with Alto;
Va. with Tenor. Also Vn. I.'^
Dain Blut, der ed- le Saft.
Thy blood, e- lix-ir pure,
hat aol-che Stark und Kraft,
con-taina a po- tion aure
daaa auch ein Tropf-lein klei-ne
to cleanae, tho' Sa- tan ra-ges,
die gan- ze Tfelt kann rei-ne,
the aina of all the a-gaat
ja gar aua Teu- fels Ra- chen
re-leaaed from ain'a aub- jec-tion,
frei, loB und le- dig ma- chen,
we lire by Thy di-rec-tion.
CEUitata 137
(1732)
Libretto by Joach, Neander
XII Trinity
Epiatle, II Corinthians 11, 4-11, '7e are but
ministers; the letter killeth but the spirit
giveth life.
Gospel, St. Uatthew VII, 31-37. The deaf and
dumb man healed,
(3 Trombe, Timpani, " Oboes, and Strings.)
1. Chorua (instr. as above) 3/4 (C)
f^Lo- be) den Her- ren), den mach-ti- gen
A, Tj Praise the Al-raigh-ty, our King and our
Baas: Praise ye
Sop.; Praise ye Al-migh-ty Ood,King and our
Ko-nig der Eh-ren,
Ru-ler ex-al-ted,
mei-ne ge-lie-be- te See- le, das ist mein
it is a good-ly thing, prai-aea to sing to
Be- geh- ren.
the Iligh-est.
A. 48-51: mei-ne See- le
to the High-eat
Tenor, bars 50-51:
ge-lie- be- te See- le
to aing to the High-est
Baas, bars 51-52:
mei- ne ge-lie- be- te See- le
prsii-ees to sing to the High-eat
Kom- met zu Hauf,
Strike atrong the atringa,
Paal-ter und Har- fen wacht aufi
Paal-ter and harp to Hia praise,
las-set (die Uu- si- cam ho- ren.)
mu-sic and songs of Thanks-gi-ving,
re- joi-cing.
2. Aria Alto (Vn. solo) 9/8 (C)
Lo- be den Her- ren, der al- lea ao
Praiae ye the Lord, who ao raigh-ti- ly
herr- lich re- gie- ret,
rulea all ere- a- tion.
der dich auf A- de- lera Fit- ti-chen
on ea-gle'a pin-ions He leads ua for
ei- cher ge- fuh- ret,
our pre-aer-va- tion,
der dich er- halt,
Our Cham-pion He,
263.
Cantata 137
wie es dir sal- ber ge-fallt;
ev-er He harks to our plea;
hast du nicht die- ses ver-spu- ret?
praise Him in deep a- do- ra-tion.
Cantata 137
5. Chorale 3/4 (C)
(Ob. I & II, Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II with
Alto; Va. with Tenor. Tromba I, II, & III,
and Timpani. )
Lo- be den Her- ren, was in mir ist.
Praise ye Al-migh-ty God, re- ve-rent
3. Duet Soprano-Bass (Ob. I 4 II) 3/4 (e)
Lo- be den Her-ren, der kunst-lich und
Praise the Al-migh-ty who fedr in His
fein dich be- rei- tet,
im- age did make us,
Lo- be den Herm
Praise ye the Lord.
der dir Ge- sund- heit ver- lie- hen, (dich
who gave us health, He our friend who will
(freund-lich ge- lei-tet;)
ne- ver for-sake ua;
bars 36-42:
dich freund-lich ge- lei-tet
ne- ver will for-sake us
lo- be den Na- menl
bow ye be- fore Himi
/U.- les, was 0- dem hat, lo- be mit
All breath-ing crea-tures for grace and for
Ab- ra-hams Sa- rnenj
mer-cy im-plore HimI See Psalm CL.
Er ist dein Licht,
He is the Light,
See- le, ver-giss es ja nicht^
come all ye falth-ful, u- nite,
lo- ben- de, achlie-sse mit A- menl
wor-ship Him, praise and a-dore HimI
in (wie viel) Not
to our dire need
hat nicht (der gna-di- ge Gott)
gra-ciou8 God ev-er gives heed,
u- ber (dir Flu- gel ge-brei-tet. )
un-der His wings will He take us,
95-100: to Him will He take us.
4. Aria Tenor (Tromba)
(Lo- be) den Her- ren, der dei- nen Stand
Praise ye the Lord God, who hath so ma-
eicht-bar ge- aeg- net,
-ni- fest-ly blessed ue,
der auB den Him-mol mit Stro-men der Lie-
who from His Hea-ven with sho-wers of Love
-be ge- reg- net,
bath r*-fr*sh*d us;
Men- ke) dran,
pon-der thua
(waa der All-maoh-ti- ge) kann,
how Ulgh-ty God aid-eth ua,
der dir (mit Lie- be) be- go^- net.
think how His love haa poe-eesaed ua.
Cantata 138
( )
Libretto by Hans Sachs
XV Trinity
Epistle, Galatians V, 25. VI, 10, Exhortatii
to virtuous conduct.
Gospel, St. Matthew VI, 24-34, Part of sermr
on the mount; no man can serve two masters; ta!
no thought of personal desires, etc.
(Oboe d'amore I 4 II, and Strings.)
1. Choral Fantasia ft Recitative 4/4 (b)
Chorale
Va- rum (ba-tnibst du dloh, (main Hars)
What Is it trou-bles thaa, ny heart?
Tenor
7?a- rum be-trubst du dich mein Hen?
What is it trou-bles thee, my heart?
Wa- run be-trubst du dich mein Hen?
Ah what? what trou-bles thee my heart?
be-kiim-merst dich und tra-geat Sohmen,
so woe- be- gone and sad thou art,
Chorale
be kiB-aerat dioh und tra-gast Sohmari
so woe- be- gone and sad thou art*
264.
Cantata 138
Cantata 138
Recltatlvo and Chorale
nur ui (das xeit-li-che) Gut?
why mourn earth's tran-si-ent Joya?
xeit- lich
tran-sient
Recitativo Alto
Ach.' ich bin arm, mioh dru-cken achwe- re
Ah, I am poor, and o- ver-whelmed with
Sor-gen.
8or-row,
Tom A-bend bis sun Uor-gen
and «▼- er on the mor-row
vahrt mei- ne lie-be Not,
my trou-blea mul-ti-ply.
daas Gott er-barm^ wer wird mlch nooh
God, pi- ty mei who is there now
er- lo- sen
to save me
Tom Lei- be die- aer bo- sen und
from them who would en-slave me here
ar-gen V7elt?
on the earth?
Tie e- lend ists urn mlch be-stellt!
Ah, what a wret-ched one am 11
Ach.' war ich doeh nur tot!
Oh, would that I might die!
Chorale
Ver-trau' du dei-nem Her- ren Gott
Thy great crea-a- tor-Lord a- dore^
der al- le Ding* sr-schaf-fen hat.
Al-Blgb-ty God for- trr- er-iLore.
2, RecitatiTO Btuis
Ich bin ver-acht,
De-spiaed am I,
der Kerr hat mich zum Lei-den
in wrath did God cre-ate me,
am Ta- ge aei- naa Zome ge-macht;
my tri-bu-la-tiona mul- ti- ply;
der Vor-rath, Haua lu hal- ton iat riem-lich
of earth-ly goods I hare but a acan- ty
klein;
store;
■an schenkt mir fur den 77eln
none poura for me the wine
der Freu- den den bit-tern Keloh der
of glad-neaa, my cup of tears doth
Tra-nen ein,
0- ver-flow.
>
Wie kann ich nun mein Amt mit Ruh ver- wal- ten?
How can I serve my God in wor-thy fas-hlon,
wenn Seuf-xer mei-ne Spei- ae
when weep-ing ia my ra-tion,
und Tra- nen daa Ge- tran- ke sein.
with naught to drink but tears of woa2
Psalm XXXXII, 3:
"Uy tears have been my meat day and night.'
3. Chorus (Verse II) V* (b)
(instr. as in No, l)
Er kann und will dich las-sen nicht,
Thy God will not a- ban-don thee,
er weisB gar wohl, was dir ge- brioht,
He knows thy needs, the Ru-ler He
■)
Him- mel und Erd ist sein!
of earth and sky and seal
Recitativo Soprano ^
Ach, wie? Gott sor- get frei-lich fur
But lo, the Lord in-deed pro-tects
das Vieh,
His flock,
er gibt den Vo- geln sei- ne Spei- ae,
to ba- by birds their food siq)- pli-eth,
er sat-ti- get die jun-gen Ra-ben,
the lit-tle ra-vens sa-tis-fi-eth.
Psalm CXXXXVII, 9:
"He giveth to the beast his food and to the
young ravens which cry. "
nur ich, ich weiss nicht auf was Wei- se
but I, am lone- ly, un- be-frien-ded,
ich ar-mea Kind, mein bia- chen Brot aoll ha-ben;
in po-ver- ty my life will soon be en-d«d{
wo iat je- mand der aich zu mei-ner
for who ie there to auc-cor and de-
Ret- tung find?
-li- ver me?
Chorale
Dein Va- ter und deln Her- re Gott,
Thy Fa-ther and thy God will heed
der dir bei-steht (in) (al-ler) Not.
and auc-cor thee in er'-ry need.
£65.
Cantata 138
RecitatJYO Alto
Ich bin ver-las-aen,
I am for-sa- ken.
68 scheint,
it seems
ale woll-te mieh aueh Gott
as tho' my eor- ry lot
bei mei-ner Ar- mut has-sen,
no pi-ty vill a- wa- ken
1
da era doeh im-mer gut mit mlr ge-meint«
in God who ev-er was so good to me.
Ach Sor-gen,
Ah, eor-row,
Sor-gen 1
eor-row,
Ach' wer- det ihr denn al-le Uor-gen
ail, might it cease vtp- on the mor-row*
und al- le Ta- ge wie-der neu?
but no, it comes each day a- new.
So klag ioh iar- mer« fort}
I cry, with aji-guish fraught;
Ach, Ar-mut;
Ah, pi- ty.
har-tes ^ort,
bit-ter thought.
Cantata 138
und hilft er heu-te nicht,
and help will He af- fordj
so hilft er mir doch mor-gen.
to bring a joy-ous mor-row.
■>
Nun leg ich herz-lich gem
And so with hap- py heart
die Sor-gen un- ters Kis- sen
I put a- way re- pi- ning,
und mag nichts mehr aid dies
for Faith and Hope at last
2u mei-nem Tro-ste wis- sent
have ri-sen and are ahi-ning.
5. Aria Basa (Gratias in G Mass) 3/4
(Strings,)
Auf Gott steht mei- ne Zu- ver-sicht.
In God the Lord I put my trust,
(D)
wer eteht mir denn in mei- nem Kun-mer bei?
what friend have I, in need for- ev-er true?
Chorale
Dein ^Va- ter und deln Her-re Gott,
Thy Heav'n-ly Fa- ther,God,the Lord
der steht dir bei (in al- ler Not),
in this thy need will help af-ford.
bars 41 ft 139 t
mein Glao- be las at ihn wal- ten.
with atead-fast faith con- fi-ding.
bars 30 ft 128:
mein Glau-be
stead-fast in
Nun kann mich kei-ne Sor- ge na- gen.
No sor-row now can come to rex me,
nun kann mich auch kein Ar-mut pla- gen.
nor care nor po- ver-ty per-plex me.
4. Recitatiyo Tenor
Ach su- sser TrostJ
Ah, corn-fort sweet,
Wenn Gott mich nicht ver-las- sen
for God will not for-sake me
und nicht ver-sau-men will,
un- mind- ful of my lot}
Auch mit-ten in dem gross-ten Lei- de
My Fa-ther He, my joy in sad-ness,
bleibt er mein Va- ter,
He ne-ver fails me.
mei- ne Freu- de,
brings me glad-ness,
er will mich (wun-der-lich) er- hal- ten,
con-tent-ment won-der-ful pro-rl-ding.
■o kann ich in der Still
•e-cure a-galnst de-feat
und in Ge-duld ndch fas- sen.
I bear my fate with pat-ience.
Die Welt mag im- mor-hln mich has- sen,
Nor heed I mor-tal de- tea- ta-tlone|
80 werf ich mei- ne Sor-gen
I caat my load of eor-row
mit Freu- den auf den Herm,
with glad-neea on the Lord,
«. ReoitatiTO Alto
Ei n\ml
•Tie well.
80 will ich auch recht
now care will cease to
aanf-te ruhn,
mar my peace.
Euch, Sor- gen
Ye eor-rows,
sei der Schei- de-brief
"fare- ye-well", at last
ge-
1
ge- ben,
bid you
266.
antata 138
Cantata 139
un kann ich wio im Him-mel la- ben.
or hap-py I aa if in Hea-ven,
. Chorale Extended 6/8 (f)
(Inatr. aa in I!o. 1)
•11 du meln Gott und Va- ter blet,
inca Thou my God and ra-ther art,
•in Kind wirst du ver-laa- sen nicht,
"hy Child with-in Thy Fa-ther'« heart
du ▼a-ter-li-chee Herx.'
'ill ne-ver be for- got.
oh bin ein ar- mer Er- den-kloes,
•ho' I am but a loi»-ly clod,
luf Er-den welse ich kei- nen Troet.
I am at one with Uigh-ty God.
wohl Ter-gnugt,
him at- tend,
wenn er ((nur Gott) (xun Freun- de)) krlegt.
who has in God a faith-ful friend.
in God for- ev- er
Cantata 139
(About 1740)
Libretto by J. C. Ruben
(Uach'a mit mir)
Epietle, Philippiana III, 17-23. Follow not
earthly thii^ga aa many do,
Goapel, r.t. Uatthew XXII, 15-22. The Phariaeee
and the tribute money.
(2 Ob. d'amore, Orgem, and Strings.)
2. Aria Tenor (Vn. I conoertanto) 3/4 (a)
Gott iet mein Ereundj was hilft dae To- ben,
God ia my friend, who now can harm me?
80 wi-der mien ein Felnd er- ho- beni
No e- ne- my can now a-larm me!
(ich bin (ge- troet)) bei Neid und Hass.
I will not heed their spite emd hate.
Ja, re- det nur die 77ahr-heit spar-llch,
Yea, all their false and ey- il chat- ter
eeid im- mer falach, was tut mir das?
con-cerns me not a sin-gle Jot,
ihr Spot- ter seid mir un- ge- fahr-lich,
their scof-fing real-ly does not mat- ter,
ihr eeid mir un- ge- fahr-lich.
their scof-fing does not mat- ter.
1. Choral Fnritaoia (Instr. as above) V* (E)
Wohl dem, (der aich (auf sei-nen Gott))
•Tie well with him who on the Lord
recht kind- lich kann Ter-las- senj
doth ple.ce his full re-li- anco.
Den mag gleich (Son-de, (Welt und Tod))
For he may bid to Sa-tan's horde
und (al- le Tou- fel) haa- sen,)
and all the world de- fi- ance.
and
so bleibt er den- noch wohl-rer-gnugt.
All hap- pi-nesa will hin at- tend,
Altoi
so bleibt or den- noch, den-noch bleibt er
all hap- pi-neaa, all hap- pi- neee will
3. RecitatlTO Alto
Der Hei- land sen- det ja die Sei- nen
The Sa-viour send-eth forth the Faith-ful
recht mit- ten in der Wol- fe Wut,
aa sheep, to face the wolf-ish rage,
St. Uatthew X, 16 i
"Behold I send you forth aa aheep in the
midat of wolvea..."
IJkn ihn hat slch der Bo- sen Rot- te
At them there acoff the god-leaa rab-ble,
sun Scha- den und sue Spot- te mit
who would their fame be- dab-ble, with
List ge- stellt)
fiend-ish glee;
doch da sein Uund so wel- sen Aue-apruch
but God is near. His Word and Coun- sel
tut,
sage,
so schutzt er mich auch vor der Welt,
pro- teota and ev- er com-forts me.
£67.
Cantata 139
Cantata 139
Gott ist mein Schutz, mein Hilf und Ratj
In God I trust when ills im-pend.
wohl dem, der Gott zum Freun-de hat.
Blest he, vho has in God a friend*
4, Aria Bass (Ob. d'am. I & II) V4 6/8 V* (f#)Trotz al- ler Welti mich kann nicht. mehr
Out, sins of earth! I bid fare-well
Das Un- gluck schlagt auf al- len Sei-ten
The blows of fate come thick and thick-er, ihr Po- chen trau- rig ma-chenj
to all my faults and er-rors.'
(um mich) (ein tent-ner-schwe-res ) Band,
and bind me fast as with a chain,
and help-less
Acts XXVIII, 20,
2/8
Doch plotz-lich er-schei-net (die hel-fen- de
Then sud- den ap-pear- eth the Suc-cor-ing
Hand).
Hand.
liir BCheint dee Tro-stes Licht von wei-ten;
A- far the Lamps of Com-fort flic-ker,
(da lern ich) erst, dass Gott al-leir Cantata 140
so learn I then that God a-lona (1731-1742)
Libretto by Nicolsil
der Men- schen be- ster Freund muss sein, XXVII Trinity
is still the tru-est friend to own.
Epistle, II Corinthians V, 1-10, Assurance!
of salvation.
Gospel, St. Matthew XXV, 1-13, Parable of
the wise and foolish virgins.
(2 Oboes, Taille, Corno, Vn. piccolo, Strings*
5, Recitativo Soprano (Strings.)
Ja trag ich gleich den gross-ten Feind in mir,
Yea, deep with- in me is my great-est foe. Alternate words preceded by "W* adapt th
text for a Wedding Cantata,
die schwe-re Last der Sun- den,
the load of my trans-gres-sion;
mein Kei- lajid lasst mich Ru- he fin- den,
my hope is Je- su«* in-ter-ces-sion,
Ich ge- be Gott, was Got-tes ist,
I give to God what God I owe,
das In- ner- ste der See- len.
my 8pi-rit*B in-most trea-sure.
Will er sie nun er- wah- len,
and if it be His plea-sure,
■0 weicht der Sun- den Schuld,
u5)-right- nesB will pre- vail,
BO fallt des Sa- tans List.
the De- vil's plot will fail.
1. Choral Fantasia 3/4 (E^)
(Ob. I ft II, Taille, Vn, I (or Vn, pic.) Vn,i
Va., & Cor. with Sop..)
(Wa- chet auf i ) ruft
Wake ye maids! hark.
une (die Stim-me*
strikes the ho- urr
der Wach- ter sehr (hoch auf der Zin- ne,)
the watch-man calls high on the to-wer,
wach auf, du Stadt (Je-ru- sa- leml)
a- wake, a- vake, Je-ru- sa- lem.
Wt ye mai-dens fair.
Mit- ter- nacht (heisst) die- se Stun- i<
t^d-night strikes, hear, hear it sound-im
sie ru- fen uns,
Loud cries the watch,
mit hel- lem Uun- di
with call re- sound-iui
wo
"Where
seid ihr klu-gen Jung-frau- en?
are ye, o wise vir-gins, where?"
6. Chorale V^ (E)
(Ob. d'am. I ft II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II
with Alto; Va. »ith Tenor.)
Da- he- ro Troti der Hoi- len Heer! Wohl auf,
Hence-forth I flaunt the fiends of Hell, Good cheer.
A-T-B, bare 84-85 j
wo, wo
oh where?
der Braut'- gam konmt,
the Bride-groom comes.
Trotz auch dea To- dee Ra- ohen!
I fear not now death's ter-rorel
■teht auf,
a- riee
die Lam- pen nehmt!
and take your lamps!
268.
Btata 140
Cantata 140
jl.le-lu-Jal Uacht euch (be- reit)
l-le-lu-jaJ Ye malde be- ware."
Alto 142-3, 145-6, 153-4. Ten. 142, 145-6,
153-4. Bass 142-3, 145-6*
the feast pre- pare
u der Hoch-zeit,
he feast pre-pare,
A-T-B bars 154-157, « Bass 152-153 i
nd pre- par* ye
hr mus-set (ihni) (ent- ge- gen) gehn.
o go ye forth to meet Him there.
. RecltatJTO Tenof
r komiit, der Braut- gam koLint!
|0 comes, the Bride-groom cocesj
Soprano
Ich war- te
"^e wait thee
mit bren- nen-dem 5- le,
with lamps all a-ligh-tedi
Er- off- ne den Saal xum hiinm- le- sohen
The doors op-en wide, come claim thee thy
Uahi:
bride:
konim Je- su
come quick-ly
Base
Ich off- ne den Saal
The doors op-en wide.
zun hinim- li-achet
I claim me my
Uahl.
bride.
(ich kom-me) komm lieb-li- che See- le.
For- ev-er in rap-ture u- ni- ted.
.: ihr Toch-ter Zi- ons, konmt her- aus,
y and Zi-on's daugh-ter shall re-joice,
llfl his love-ly bride may well re-joice}
i«in AuB-gang ei-let aus der Ho- he
he has-tens to her dwell-ing claim-ing
.n eu- er kut-ter Haus.
.he mai-den of his choice.
)er Braut- gam kommt, der ei-nem Re- he
Tie Bride-groom comes; as is a roe-buck,
md jun- gem Hir-sche gleich auf de- nen
'•a, like a lus- ty moun-tain roe-buck,
Hu- geln springt Song of Solomon,
fleet and fair, II, 17. VIII, 14.
'aid euch das Uahl der Hoch-zeit bringt.
lis mar-riage feast he bids you share.
facht auf, er- mun- tert euchi
A- rise and take your lampsi
len Braut-gam zu emp- fan- gen;
Ln ea- ger-ness to greet him;
iortj se- het, kommt er her- ge-gan- gen.
:oaeI has-ten, sal- ly forth to meet him.
4. Tenor Choraile (Str. unis.) V* (^b)
W:
Zi- on hort die Wach- ter sin- gen,
Zi- on hears the watch-men ced-ling,
Hear we all the watch-men cal-ling
das Herx tut ihr vor Freu-den sprin- gen,
the Faith-ful hark with Joy en- thral-ling,
W: we ea- ger hark with joy en- thral-ling
sie wa- chet und steht ei- lend auf,
they rise and haste to greet their Lord.
W: and rise in haste with one ac- cord.
Ihr Freund kommt vom Him- mel prach- tig,
See, He comes, the Lord vie- to-rious,
W: See, he comes, o'er all vie- to-rious
von Gna- den stark, von 'Tahr-heit mach- tig,
al- migh- ty, no- ble, true and glo-rious,
W: fair feat-ured, no- ble, true and glo-rious,
ihr Licht wird hell, ihr Stern geht auf,
in Heav'n su- preme, on earth a- dored.
Wi by all his friends a- like a- dored.
Nun koram, du wer-te Kron,
Gome now. Thou Ho-ly One,
Wt Come, choice and cho-sen one,
j3. Duet Soprano-Bass (Vn. pic.) 6/8 (c)
Soprano
i*ann koramat du, mein Heil?
Cone 4uick- ly, now come,
BasB
Ich kon- me dein Teil.
Yea qulck-ly I cone.
Herr Je- su, Got- tes Sohn,
the Lord Je- ho- vah's SonI
Wj Dame For-tune's luck- y son.
Ho-si-an-na.'
Al-le-lu-jai
Wir fol-,4dn all
We fol-low all
iiAD Freu-d«n-saal
the joy-ful call
269.
Cantata 140
Cantata 140
und hal- ten mlt daa A- bend-mahlj
to join P!iiB in the Ban-quet Hallj
Wi vou
5. RecitatiTO Base (Str, Vn. pic. with Vn. l)
So geh her- ein zu mir,
So cooe thou un-to me,
du mir er- wahl-te BrautJ
my fair and cho- sen bride,
leh ha- be mich mit dir
thou vfaom I long to see
Ton E-wig-keit Ter-trautJ
for-e-Tor by my side.
Dich will ich auf mein Herz,
With- in my heart of hearts
auf mei-nen Arm gleich wie ein Sie- gel
art thou se-cure by ties that naught can
set-zen
se-ver,
und dein be- tr'ub- tes Aug er- got- z en.
where I may che-rish thee for- e- ver,
Ver-gisB i 0 See-le ■, nun die Angst,
For-get, be- lo-ved, ev'-ry care,
den Sclimerz, den du er- dul- den mus- sen;
a- way with pain and grief and sad-ness,
auf raei-ner Lin-ken sollst du ruhn,
for bet-ter or for worse to share
und mei- ne Rech-te soil dich k'us- sen,
our lives in love and joy and glad-ness.
Soprano-Baaa
in Him- mels
in flow'r- y
Ro- sen wei-den«
fields will wan-der«
da Freu- de die Ful-le,
in rap-ture u- ni-ted
da (Won-ne) wird sein.
for- e- ver to be.
7. Chorale V* (^b)
(Vn. pic. in 8va, Cor., Ob. I, Vn, I with S!
Ob. II, Vn. II with AltO} TaJUe and Va. m\
Tenor.)
Glo-ri-a sei dir ge- sun-gen
"Glo-ri-a" sing all our voi-ces,
mit Men-schen-und eng-li- .schen Zun-gen,
with An- gels all man-kind re- joi-ees,
mit Har- fen und mit Cym- beln schon.
with harp and strings in sweet-est tone.
Von zwolf Per- len sind die Pfor-ten
Twelve bright Pearls a- dom Thy Por-tals,
W: the
See Revelation XXI, 21.
an dei- ner Stadt} wir sind Kon-sor- ta
where Thou hast ga- thered Thine Im-mor-tal
W: God W: His
der En- gel hoch un dei- nen Thron,
as An-gels round Thy glo-rious Throne,
Tit His
ICein Aug hat je ge-spurt.
No eye has ev-er seen,
je ge- hort
ev-er heard
kein Ohr hat
no ear has
6. Duet Soprano-Basa (Oboe solo) 4/^ (Bfe)
Soprano
Uein Freund iat meinl
Thy love is mine.
sol-che Freu- de,
the joy we know.
1- o, 1- o:
•e-o, ee-o.
Des sind wir froh,
Our prai-ssB flow,
E- wig in dul-ci ju-bi-lo.
to God in dul-ci Ju-bi-lo.
Bass
Und ich bin dein J
And I am thlnej
Soprano-Baaa
Die Lie- be soil fnichta achei-den).
True lo-vere ne'er are par- ted.
Soprano
Ich will nit dir du aollst mit mir,
Low I with thee, and thou with me,
i;70.
Cantata 141
(1721)
III Advent
Epistle, I Corinthians TV, 1-5. Attributes of
a true minister of Christ,
Gospel, St. Matthew XI, 2-10. Christ's testi-
mony concerning John.
(2 Oboes, and Strings.)
1. Chorua (Instr. as above) V* (C)
I Timothy I, 15:
"This is a faithful saying and worthy of
all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came unto
the world to save sinners; (of whom I am chief.)
Das ist j* g«- wisB-lich wahr
This is now the Cos- pel Truth
•Tie in-deed
und ein teu- er wer-tes Wort,
wor-thy that we all ac-cept,
dass Ciiri-stus Je- bus kom- men ist in
that Je- sus Christ our Lord came un-to
die Welt,
the world
die Sun- der (fse-lig) zu ma- chen, )
to save and ran-som the sin-ners.
Cantata 141
2, Aria Tenor (Ob. I 4 IT, Str.) 3/^ (g)
(Je-Bua) ist (der Uen- schen) Hell.)
Je-3U8, Christ re- deemed man- kind,
doch wer die- ses will ^e- nie-ssen,
he who would this bles-sing me- rit,
muss sich wahr- lich auch •nt-Bohlia-seeB,
and Thy Grace in truth in- he- rit,
oh- ne fal-schen Heu-chel-schein
must with-out hy- po- cri- sy
ihm al-lein
ev- er be
treu zu sein,
true to Thee,
Bonst wird ihm (dies nicht zu- toil. )
on such on- ly bles-singe fall.
Thy bles-sings fall.
bars 66-71t
sonst wird ihm dies nicht zu- tell, dies
on such Thy bles-sings will fall, Thy
nicht su- tell,
bias- sings fall.
Alto bars 49-53:
die Sun- der se-lig, se- lig, se-lig se-lig
to save and ran-somj save and ran-som .ran-som
zu ma- chen
the sin-ners
Tenor, bitrs 49-53:
die Sun- der se- lig, se- lig, se- lig se- lig
to save and ran-som save and ran-som. save and
ae- lig zu ma- chen
ran-som the sin-ners
A-T-B, bars 37-39, 40-43:
Be- lig, 86- lig, se- lig, se
save and
lig, se- lig
ran-BOffij save and ran-som. save and
se- lig zu ma- chen
ran-som the sin-ners
Soprano 4 Bass, 49-53:
die Sun- der se- lig, se- lig se- lig zu
to save and ran-som^ save and ran-son. the
ma- chen
sin-ners
3. Recitative Alto
Wir mus- sen recht im Gei- ste nach ihm fra-gen
To know our God, we mor-tals must en-dea-vor
und nicht nur: "hier hler hier ist Chri-
not mere- ly "Lo, here, there is Christ" *
-Btus" sa- gen,
be cry-ing,
wle al- le Heuch-ler sich mit der Er- kla-
yet all the while His Faith de-ceit-ful- ly
-rung tra-gen;
de- ny- ing|
sonst Bchan-den wir das E- van- ge-li- um
for thus His Ho-ly Word would we de-stroy,
, Gal. T, 7
als uns-ren be- sten Ruhm:
and mar our great-est joy.
an die- sem a- ber mer- ken wir,
Now take ye this, ad-vice to heart,
dass, so wir sein Ge- bot be- trach- ten
he on-ly real-ly knows the Sa- viour
271.
Cantata 141
\md uns nach sel-bi- geit un-straf-
who fire, with ir-re-proach-ab- le
-lich ach- ten,
be- ha-viour,
dase *ir den Hei-land ken-nen,
in His V?ill ac- qui-esc- es.**
Da- ge- gen,
For mark ye.
lasst sich je- inand ei- nen
he who false-ly Chri-stian
Chrl- sten nen-nen
Faith pro- fes-ses,
und gibt der Sun-de ^loch Ge- hor,
but yet on ev-il sets his store,
der ist ein Lug-ner und nichts mehr.
he is a li-ar, no-thing nore.
See I John I, 22.
♦St. liatthew XXIV, 23:
"Then if any nan shall say unto you, "Lo,
here is Christ, or there", believe it not,
*«I John II, 3i
"And hereby do we kno\^ that we know Him, if
we keep His comciandiEents. "
4. Aria Baas {Strings.) V* fe)
Je- su, Trost der Geist-lich-Ar- cen,
Je-8U8, hope of them who fal-ter,
lass dich uns- re Kot er- bar-men;
Thy com-pas-sicn do not al-ter,
hilf (zur wah- ren Glau- bens-kraft.)
g-ire us faith to trust in Thee.
Gib, dass wir uns dir be- feh-len
Help us do as Thou shalt bid us,
und (kein fal-sches) Wort er- wah-len,
da- ran das Ver-der- ben haft,
from de-fect-ion keep us free.
Cantata 142
(2 Flutes, 2 Oboes, and Strings.)
1, Concerto (Instr. as abore) 4/4 fa)
2. Chorus (Strings.) V'* (a)
Isaiah IX, 6:
"For unto us a child is bom, unto us a
Son is given,"
IMs ist ein Kind ge-bo-ren.
To us a child is gi-ven,
(ein Sohn ((ist uns) ge-ge-ben. ;;
a Son to UB is gi-ven,
a Son is born
T * B 32i is born
3. Aria Bass (Vn. I * II) V* (e)
Dein Ge- burts- tag ist er- schie-nen.
Now a- gain up-on Thy birth-day,
so er-for-dert mei- ne Pflicht,
hoffl-age I vould ren-der Tbea,
(dich, mein Je- su, ) zu be- die- nen,
Thee, my Je-sus as my Uas- ter,
doob (ich At- mer) weiss gar nicht,
How, poor sin-ner tho* I be,
was ich su- che,was ich fin- de,
may I find a gift to of-fer,
wel- ches dir zum An- ge-bin- de
worth- y from my scan-ty cof-fer?
als ein hei-lig Op- fer tugt,
I, who but a com-mon clod,
dich, 0 gros- ser Gott, ver-gnugt.
yet would please Al-migh- ty God,
Cantata 142
(1712)
Libretto by Keuneister
Christmas
Epistle, Titus II, 11-14. God's grace brings
salvation.
or Isaiah IX, 2-7. T^e people have seen a
great light; for unto us a child is born.
Gospel, St. Luke II, 1-14. The Nativity,
4. Chorus (Strings.) 3/4 (C)
Psalm LXIX, 30:
"I will praise the name of God with a song,
and will magnify him with thanksgiving."
Ich will den Na- rsen Got-tes (lo-ben)
Ev-er the Neune of God I ho-nor
mit ei- nem Lie- de
vith praise and with song,
272.
Cantata 142
und will ihn (hoch eh- ren) mat Dank.
and I will ex- edt Kim with thanks.
5. Aria Tenor (Ob. I * II) V* (a)
(Je- Bu, dlr sei Dank) ge- sun- gen,
Je-BUBf thanks I bring with sing-lng,
Je- 8U, dir sei Ehr und Ruhml
Hon-or bring that none can guage.
denn das Los ist mir in al-len
Mr I stand in Thy good gra-ces,
auf das lieb-lich-ste ge- fal-len,
falls my lot in plea-sant pla-ces,
du, du bist (mein Ei-gen- turn.)
Thou my good- ly he-ri- tage.
iry he-ri- tage.
Psalm XVI, 6j
"The lines &re fallen unto me in pleasant
places; yea, I have a goodly heritage."
6. RecitatiYO Alto
Im-ca-nu-elJ Du wol- lest dir ge-fal-len
Im-ma-nu-eli Ac-cept with grace my a- do-
las- sen,
-ra-tionj
daes dich mein Geist und Glau- be kann um-
to Thee my soul and faith are whol-ly
-fe^-sen,
gi-ven
kann ich die Freu-de gleich so herz-lich nicbt
to- day my joy is far too great to find
ent- de- cken,
ex-pree-sion,
die dein Ge- burts-tag will er- we- cken,
yet in Thy grace wilt Thou re-ceive it,
wird doch mein schwa-ches Lal-len
al- tho* my of- fer-ing of
dir durch Lob und Preis ge- fal- len.
praise bo fee-ble and so fait '-ring.
Cantata 142
7. Aria Alto (Fl. I 4 II) V4 (d)
(Jo- su, dir sei Preis) ge- sun- gen,
Je-6U8, praise I bring with sing-ing,
donn ich bin durch dich or- lost,
praise with tran- quil heart and mind,
Nichts be- trii- bet das Ge- mu- te,
I re-Joice in my sal-va-tion}
dc mein Herz durch del-no Gu- te
in Thy birth- day co- lo-bra-tion
u- ber-schweng-lich (wird ge- trost.)
OT-er- whelm- ing ccm-fort find.
fi. Choral Extended 3/4 (a.)
(Violins and Viola)
(Al-le-lu-Ja,) ge- lo- bet sei Gott,
.Al-le-lu-ja, give praise to our God,
sin- gen wir all aus un-sers Her-zens Grun- de,
in song to-geth-er join in deep e- mo- tion
denn Gott hat heut ge- macht solch Freud,
for God to- day has brought such joy,
der wir ver-ges- sen solln zu kei-ner Stun- do.
that ev'-ry hour in- creas-es our de- vo-tion.
Cantata 143
(1735)
Libretto by Bach (?)
New Year's
Epistle, Galatians ITT, 23-29. Faith super-
ceded the law; we are all one when baptised in
Cirist.
Gospel, St. Luke IT, 21. Kis name was called
Jesus.
(3 Como da caccia, Timp., Fag., smd Strings.)
1. Chorue finstr. as above) 3/4 (Eb^
Psalm CXLVI, li
"Praise ye tho Lord. Praise tho Lord, 0
my soul."
273.
Caatata 143
Cantata 143
(Lo- be) (den Herrn)
Praise thou the Lord,
mei-ne See- le.
0 my spi-rit.
den Her-ren, mei- ne See- le,
to God be praise, my spi-rit.
se- hen an- dre Lan- der zvar,
Day by day their woes in-crease,
a- ber wir (ein Se- gens- jahr),
ws a- lone are blest with peace.
2. Unison Soprano Chorale (Violins) V* (Bb)
Du Frie- de-furst, Ilerr Je- su Christ,
Thou Prince of Peace, Lord Je-sus Christ,
Isaiah IX, 6.
»ahr Uensch und wah-rer Gott,
true God but yet a man,
•in star-ker Not- hel- fer du bist
in life and death our friend in need,
im Le-ben und im Tod;
since ev-er tine be-gan;
drum wir al-lein im Ma-men dein
with loud ac-claim and in Thy Name
zu dei-nem Va- ter schrei- en.
we ask Thy Fa-ther's blea-sing.
3. Recitativo Tenor
Psalm CXXXXVI, 5t
"Happy is he that hnth the God of Jacob for
his help, whose hope is in the Lord his God."
"7ohl den, dee Hil-fe der Gott Ja- cobs ist.
Blest he, who for his help hath Ja-cob'a God,
dee Hoff-nung auf dem Flerrn,
whose hope is in the Lord
sel-nem Gott, ate- het.
and on God res-teth.
5. Aria Bass (3 Cor. da c. Fag,, Tinqj.) 3/4 (Bl
Psalm CXXXXVI, 10 i
"The Lord shall reign forever, even thy
God, 0 Zion, unto all generations. Praise ye
the Lord,"
(Der Herr ist Ko- nig), e-wlg-lich,
The Lord is reign-ing e-ver-more,
dein Gott, Zi-on, fur und fur,
thy God, Zi-on, ev'-ry- where.
6. Aria Tenor (Str,,
5.) V4 (g)
Je- su. Ret- ter dei-ner Her- de,
Je-sus, Sa-viour of Thy peo-ple,
blei-be fer-ner (un-ser Hort),
be the guard-ian of us all,
dass dies Jahr una (gluck-lioh war- de),
thru this year pre- serve us safe-ly,
keep US safe-ly
(hal- te) 'Vacht an je- dem Ort,
watch us well, lest ill be-fall;
fuhr, 0 Je- su, dei- ne Schar,
guard Thy peo-ple, be Thou near
US Je- sus,
bis (zu , je- nem neu- en Jahr).
all thru-out this co-ming year.
4. Aria Tenor (Strings.) V4 (<=)
Tau- send-fa- ches Un-gluck, Schre-cken,
Thou-sar.d-fold on o- ther na-tions
Trub-sal, .\ngat und schnel-len Tod,
com- eth fear and sud- den death,
Vol-ker, die das Land be- de- cken,
ev'-ry- where are la- men-ta-tions,
(2££- g«n) »^d ( Bonst noch mehr r.'ot)
aor-rows which none com-for-teth.
7, Chorale Extended (Instr. as in No. 1) 6/8 (Bfal
Hal-le-lu-ja.'
Soprano
Ge- denk, Herr Je- su, an dein Amt,
Be-think Thee, Je-sus, of Thy charge,
dass du ein Frled-fvirst bist,
the Prince of Peace Thou art,
Isaiat' IX, 6,
und hilf una gna-dig al- le- samt
and to Thy peo-ple, far and wide.
k;74,
Cantata 143
Cantata 143
Jetzt und zu je- der Frietj
Thy sa-ving Grace im- part;
lass una hin-fort dein gott-lich Wort
80 may *6 hear Thy Ho- ly Word
In Friefl noch Ian- ger hal- len,
in songs of peace re-soun-dlng.
Cantata 144
(1725)
Septuageaima
Epistle, I Corintliiana IX, 24-27, X, 1-5. Keep
your body in subjection; in the race but one re-
ceives the prize.
Gospel, St. Matthew XX, 1-16. Parable of the
laborers in the vineyard.
(Oboe d'amoro. Strings.)
1. Chorus (Concerto) Liotet /I (b)
St, Uatthew XX, 14: (Parable of the vineyard)
"Take that thine is, and go thy way; I
will give unto this last, even as to thee."
Nlmn, was dein ist, und ge- he hin.
Take that thine is, and go thy way.
what
for two quarter or longer notes:
ge- he hin
go thy way
for two 8th notes:
f«-ho hin
go a-way
2. Aria Alto (Strir^s.) 3/4 (e)
(Uur- re nicht), (lie- ber Christ)
Grum-ble not, fret-ting soul,
««nn (was (nlcht (nach Wunsch) ge- schlehtf
when it goes not well with thee;
•on-dern sei mit den zu- frie- den,
but with cheer-ful heart con-tent thee
was dir (dein Gott) hat bo-schie- den,
with the bles-sings God has sent thee,
which thy
(er weiss), was (dir nutz-lich) ist.
He knows what will fit-ting be.
3. Chorale 4/4 (g)
Wa« Gott tut, das ist wohl-ge- tan.
What God does is with wis-dora done,
es bleibt ge-recht soin Wil- le;
of this be ne'er for- get-ful,
wie er fangt mei- ne Sa- chen an,
al- tho' at times our joys are none,
will ich ihm hal- ten stil- le.
and life is hard and fret-ful,
Sr ist main Gott
lie is my Guide
der in der Not
what-e'er be-tide,
mich wohl weiss xu er-hal- ten;
who ev- er will up-hold me
drum lass ich ihn nur wal- ten.
and in His i- mage mould me.
4. Recitativo Tenor
Wo die Go- nug- eam-keit re-giert
The one who guides his soul at ease
und u- ber-all das Ru- der fuhrt,
to S8d.l se-rene thru pla-cid seas,
da ist der Uensch ver-gnugt
is e- ver well con- tent
mit dem, wie es Gott fugt.
with that which God has sent.
Da- ge-gen, wo die Un- ge- nug-sajn-kelt
But oth-er- wise with him on greed- i- ness
das Ur- tail spricht,
and plea-sure bent;
da stellt sich Gram und Kum-mer ein,
his woe and wai-ling ne-ver cease,
das Herz, will nicht zu- frie-den sein,
his heart can ne- ver be at peace,
und man ge- den- ket nicht da- ran:
nor does he say to a- ny- one:
ii7b.
Cantata 144
Vfas Gott tut, das ist wo hi- ge- tan.
"Wha^ God does is with wis- dom done."
5. Aria Soprano (Oboe d'amore) V4 (b)
(Ge- nug- sam-lceit)
0 sweet con-teat
ist ein Schatz in die- sem Le- ben,
in our life a pre-cious trea-sure
wel- Cher kann Ver-gnu-gung ge- ben
bring-ing peace and qui-et plea-sure,
in der gross-ten Trau-rig-keit,
sooth-ing all em- bit-ter-ment.
Denn es las-set sich in Al- len
Let us ev-er, then, con-tent us,
Got- tes Fu- gung wohl-ge- fal- len,
with the lot that God has sent us.
Ge- nug- sam-keit.
0 sweet con-tent.
Cantata 145
(1729)
III Easter
Epistle, The Acts XIII, 26-33. Paul preaches
at Antioch; of Christ's death and resurrection.
Gospel, St. Luke XXIV, 36-47, Christ appears
to the eleven.
(Tromba, 2 Ob. d'araore, Flauto traverse, Strings;^
1. Chorale V4 (D)
Auf, mein Herzi des Her- ren Tag
Up, my heart! this glo-rious Day
hat die Nacht der Furcht ver-trie-ben;
gloo-my fear from Man has dri-ven,
Chri- stus, der im Gra- be lag,
Christ the Lord who life-less lay
ist im To- de nicht ge-blie-ben,
has from death to- day a- ri- sen.
Nun-mehr bin ich recht ge-trdst,
CoE-fort sure in this I find,
Je-su8 hat die YJelt er- lost.
Je-sus has re-deemed man-kind.
6. Chorale V* (b)
Was mein Gott will, das g'scheh all- zeit,
What God re-solves will He ac-chieve.
seln Wil- le ist der bes-te.
His will is per-fect ev-erj
2. Chorus (Tr., Str.) 3/4 (D)
Romans X, 9t
"If thou Shalt confess with thy mouth the
Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart
that God hath raised him from the dead, thou
ehalt be saved."
zu hel- fen den'n, er ist be- reit.
He suc-cors all who firm be-lieve
die an ihm glau- ben fes- te.
and for the best en- dea-vor.
Er hilft aus Not, der from-me Gott,
Our help in need, our God in-deed,
und zuch-ti- get cdt Ua- ssen.
with gen-tle mo- de- ra- tion
Wer Gott ver- traut, feet auf ihm baut.
Ha chas-tens ua, so Him we trust,
den will er nicht ver-la-sson.
we need not fMir dam-'na-tion.
So du mit dei- nen Mun- de be- ken- nest
If thou, in op- en fas-hion ac-know-ledge
with true de- vo-tion
Je-8um ,
Je-sus
dass er der Herr sei,
to be the Lord God,
Soprano bars 6 * 12, Alto bar 9:
Herr,
God
und glau- best in dei- nem Her- zen,
with faith in thy heart be-lie-ving
dass ihn Gott (von den To- ten)
that from death and the grave God
(auf- er- we- oket) hat,
up hath ral- eed Him,
up hath raised Him
576.
Cantata 145
Cantata 145
so wirat du (so- lig).
thy faith will save thee.
3. Puet Soprano-Tenor (Vn. ) Z/ ^ (D)
Tenor
Ich le- be, mein Her-ie,
I live, 0 be- lo-ved,
lu dei- nem Er- got- ren,
but for thy sal- va-tion,
niein Le- ben er- he- bet dein Le- ben em- por.
ex- al-ting thy life with de-light ev-er-core.
Soprano
Du le-best, ir«in Je- su,
Thou li-vest, my Sa-viour,
lu mei- nee Er- got- zen,
but for my sal- va-tion,
dein Le- ben er-he- bet irein Le- ben em- por.
ex- al-ting my life with de-light ev-er-core.
Colossians IT, 14:
"Blotting out the handv.riting of ordinances
thi t was against us, which was contrary to us,
end took it out of the way, nailing it to his
cross."
Soprano-Tenor
Die kla- gen-de Hand-schrift
The brand-iEg in-dict- nent
iet vol- lig zer-ris-sen,
is torn in-to pie-ces,
der Frie- de ver-schla-f et
the blee-airg of peace and
ein ru- hig Ge- wia-sen
good-will ne-ver cea-ses,
und off-net den Sun-dern dag hinm-li- eche Tor.
end op- ens to sin-ners the Ilea- ven- ly Door,
op- en is Hea-ven's wide
4. Pecitativo Tenor
Nun ford- re, LIo-bcb, wie du willst.
Con-front me, Uo-ses, if thou wilt,
das drau-cn- de Ge- setz zu u- ben;
with cru- el law emd reg- u- la-tionj
ich ha- be n-ei- ne 'Juit- tung hier
I have cy quit-tance signed and sealed.
mlt Je- Bu Blut und Wun- den un-ter-schrie-ben.
in Je-sus' life and death is my sal- va- tion.
Die- sel- be giltj ich bin er- lost.
The price is paid, and I am saved,
ich bin be- freit
for- e- ver free
und le- be nun mit Gott in Fried und
to dwell hence-forth with God in Peace and
Ei-nig-keit,
U- ni- ty}
der Kla-ger wird an mir zu-schan-den,
dis-con;- fit-ted ie my ac- cu- ser,
denn Gott ist auf- er-stan-den.
f'-'r Christ the Lord ie ri- sen.
Adap io
Mein Herz das mer-ke dir,
Ky heart for-get not tiia.
5. Aria Eaea 3/8 (D)
(Tr., Fl. Tr., Ob. d'am. T & IT, Vn. I A Tl)
Uer- ke, mein Her- ze, (be- atan-dig)
Mark ye and hark ye, for- get ye
nur dies,
not this,
Venn du al- les sonst ver-gisat,
tho' all else should be for- got,
dass dein Hei- land le- bend iat.
Je- BUS lives, for-get tVds not.
Las- se die- see dei- nerc Glau- ben
Make ye Faith your firm re- li- ancej
ei- nen Grund und Ve- ste blei- ben,
you may bid the world de- fi- ance,
bars 84-87, 157-150:
mer- ke, mein Her-ze, (nur dies)
aark ye for-get ye not this
bars 1<;7-1?0, 137-140, 141-14R, 161-164:
mer- ke, (rein Her-ze), mer- ke nur dies
D.ark ye for- get not, mark ye well this
auf sol- chem '(be- steht er) ge-wisa).
ee- cure a- gainst what-eer be-fall,
what- e'er may
£77.
Cantata 145
Cantata 146
das soil irlr nie- mand
Of this can none de-
6. Recitativo Soprano
Uein Je- sus lebtj
Ky Sa-viour lives J
neh- men,
-prive ne,
drum sterb ich son- der Gra- men,
nor does my death af-fright me,
und bin ge-viss
for I am sure
und ha- be das Ver-trau-en,
it will with Him u- nite me.
dass mich dee Gra- bes Fin- ster-nis lur Him-
and from the gloom and dark-ness of the grave
-mel6-herr- lich-keit er-hebt.
will raise me up on high.
ich ha- be nun ge-nug.
So fear I not to die.
Uein Je- su lebtl
My Je-sus livesi
mein Hers und Sinn
my heart and soul
will heu-te noch zum Him- mel hin,
this day to Hea- ven High will fare,
selbst den Er- lo- ser an- ju- schau-en.
and see my Blest Re- dee-mer there.
7, Chorale 3/4 (f#)
Dr«n wir auch bil- lig froh-lich sein,
Joy- ful we hail this glo-rious day,
sin- gen das Heil-le-lu- ja fein
Bing-ing our Hal-le-lu-jas gay|
und lo- ben dich, Herr Je- zu Christ,
with voi-ces all in sweet ac- cord;
xu Trost du uns er- stan-den bist.
we Join to praise our Ri- sen Lord.
Hal-le-lu-ja.'
Cantata 146
(1740 ?)
Ill Easter
Epistle, I Peter II, 11-20. Be patient in
eufferingi this la acceptable to Cod.
Goepel, St. John XVI, 16-23. In a little
while ye shall see mej ye shall weep and lament
but your sorrow shall b« turned into Joy.
(2 Oboes, 2 Ob. d'amore, Flauto traverse, Taille
Organ, and Strings.)
1. Sinfonia V* (d) 1
(Ob. I * II, Taille, Organ, and Strings.) ■
2. Chorus (Strings 4 Organ) 3/4 (g)
The Acts XIV, 22:
"ConfirL.ing the souls of the disciples, and
exhorting them to continue in the faith, and
that we must through much tribulation enter into )
the kingdom of God,"
Wir miis-sen (durch viel Trub-sal)
Thru bit-ter tri- bu- la-tion
beginning at bars numbers:
Sop. bars 16, 32, 42,47, 57, 63i
Alto bars 16, 32, 43, 47, 57, 63:
Ten. bars 16, 32, 43, 47, 51, 57, 63:
Bass bars 3j^8,16,21,32,37,43,47,52,57,63,68,82t i
durch viel Trub-sal
thru much trou-ble
(in das Reich Got-tes) ein- ge- hen.
we en- ter in-to God's King-dom.
beginning at bars numbers:
Sop. bars 7, 22, 39, 81:
Alto bars 6, 22, 35, 38, 80:
Ten. 7, 23, 35, 39, 66, 81:
in das Reich Got-tes ein- ge- hen
en-ter we in-to God's King-dom
3, Aria Alto (Vn. ) 3/4 (g)
Ich will nach dem Him-
Up to Hea-ven will
nach dem Him-cel
up to Hea-ven
mel zu,
I fly,
will ich zu,
will I fly
Bchno-des So-dom,
wick-ed So-dom,
sind
must
nun- mehr
hence-forth
ich und du
thou and T
Genesis XIX
ge-schie- den.
be par- ted.
eev-ered.
Uei- nes Blei-bens 1st nlcht hier,
Here would I no Ion- ger stay;
denn ich le-be doch bel dlr
Peace for me is far a- way,
(nlm-mer- mehr) (in Frle-den.)
far from thee for- ev- er.
klQ.
Cantata 146
4. Recitativo Soprano (Strings.)
Aohi *er doch schon im Him-mel warl
Ab! now would I to Hea-ven gol
' TTie dran-get n.ich nicht die bd- se Welti
How hate-ful to me thie «ick-ed world.
Lit TS'ei- nen steh ich auf,
At iLorn I riee in tears,
mat "'ei-nen leg ich nich zu Bet- te,
and lay me down at ev'-ning wee-ping,
wie trug- lich wird car nach-ge-stelltl
op-presa'd by b^^ae de- ceit and fearsi
■lerrJ iter- ke, sci'au- e drauf,
LordJ har-ken if Thou wilt
sie has- aen mich, und oh- ne Schuld,
Ab-horred am I, tho' free from guilt,
als wenn die ''.'elt die Uacht
the wick-ed- nesa of lian
mich gar lu td-ten hat- te;
would ahame and e- ven slay me
und leb* ich dann mit Seuf-zen und Ge- duld
my life ia all an- xi- e- ty and sighs,
ver-laa-aen und ver- acht,
for-sa- ken and de-apised,
eo hat aie noch an mei-nem Lei- de
my foes re-joice at all my sad-ness
die grda-ate Freu- de,
with hor- rid glad-ness;
Lein Gott, das fallt inir schwer*
0 God, bov aore op-prsssedl
AchJ wenn ich doch; mein Je- au , heu- te
Ah, %ould that I to Je-sus might be
noch
nigh,
bei dir im ilim-mel war I
and aafe in Hea-ven rest J
5, Aria Soprano (Ob. d'am. I 1 II, Fl. ) 4/i (d)
Ich la- • mei- ne Zah-ren
I sow the tears of sor-row
(odt ban- gem Her- len) aua.
with ev- er an-xious ftvr*
with trou-bled spi- rit
Js- doch mein Her- le- leid
But yet my heart's de-spair
Cantata 146
wird mir die Herr-lich-keit
will turn to glo- ry There
am Ta- ge der ae- li- gen Ern- te
when Har-voat Day dawna for ua all on
ge- ba- ren.
the mor-row.
6. Recitativo Tenor
Ich bin be- reit mein Kreuz i^e-dul-dig
"Tith pa-tience I. pre-pare , ray hea- vy
2u er- tra-gen;
Cross to bear; i
ich weiss, daa al- le mei-ne Pla-gen
I know that T may not con-pare
nicht wart der Herr-lich-keit,
my suf-f'ringa of to- day .
die Gott an den er- wahl-ten Scha-ren
with all the eight and ma- jes- ty
und auch an nir wird of- fen-ba-ren.
to be re-vealed one day to me,
Romans VTII, 18:
"For I reckon that the suffering of this
present time are not worthy to be compared with
the glory which shall be revealed in ua."
Jetzt wein ich, da das Telt- ge- tum-irel
Yet weep I, for it seems the Rab-ble
bei mei-nem Jam- mer froh- lich acheint,
re-gard my grief with fiend-iah glee.
Bald komirt die Zeit, da sich mein Herz
But soon the day, when joy-ous 1*11
er-freut ,
a- way,
und da die 7/elt einst oh- ne Tro-ster wsin
and then the world will weep in sore dis- may
"'er mit dem Fein- de ringt und schlagt,
On him who strives to fight the foe
dem wird die Kro- ne bei- ge-legt;
will God the Grown of Life be-etow;
denn Gott tragt kei- nen nicht mit Han- dsn
when He shall bear us up, to Join the
in den Him-mel
Saints in Hea-Tsn.
279.
Cantata 146
7. Duet Tenor-Bass (Ob. I * II, Str.) 3/? (F)
77ie will ich (nich freu-en) wie will ich
Ah how I will glo- ry in song and
mioh la- ben
re- joi-cing,
wenn al- le ver- geing- li-che Trub- sal
when all of these earth-ly af-flic-tions
vor- bei.
are past.
Ta glanx ich wie Ster- ne und leu- chte wie
The sun of my soul will in splen-dor be
Son- ne,
shi-ning,
da 3to- ret die hinin-.-li-3che se- li- ge
the bles-eings of Hea-ven will ban-ish re-
Ton- ne
pi-niog^
kein Trau-«m, Heu- len und Ge-schrei,
all earth-ly woe will end at last.
Cantata 147
(1716-27)
Libretto 1, 3, 5, 4 7 by Franck
(Rest by Bach)
Visitation
Epistle, Isaiah XI, 1-5. Prediction of the
Messiah; a rod shall come out of Jesse.
Gospel, St. Luke I, 39-56. Mary's visit to
Elizabeth} the Magnificat.
(Tronba, 2 Oboes, Ob. d'am., 2 Ob. da caccia,
Fagotte, and Strings. )
Part I
1. Chorus (Tr., Fag., Str.) 6/4 (c)
Hen und IJund und Tat und Le- ben
Heart and lips, thy whole be-ha-viour
muss (von Chri-sto Zeug- nis ge- ben)
wir- ness bear to Christ thy Sa-viour,
at- test to -Alto bar 17, Bass 33,
(oh- ne Furcht) (und Heu- che- lei,)
fal-ter not, nor doubt nor fear,
(dass er (Gott und Hei- land) sei.)
own Him, God and Sa-viour dear.
8, Chorale V* (F)
(Bach-Gesellschaft has no words. These are
per Terry and "/ustmann. )
1.
Denn wer se- lig da- hin fah-ret.
On the doors of Hea-ven yon-der
da kein Tod mehr klop-fet an,
dread-ed Death will ne- ver knock;
der iet al- les des ge-wah-ret,
there the Blee-sed ev- er wan-der,
was ,. ihm nur wiJn-Bchen konn,
hap-py with the Cho-sen Flock.
2.
T.T let in der fee- ten Stadt
There in God'a se- cure a- bode
da Gott eel- ber Woh- nung hat|
nel-ther moth nor rust cor-roda;
•r ist in das Schloss ge- f'tih- ret,
to }{!• Bo-BOQ will he cill ua,
dai kein 'Jh-ge-lUck be-riih- rot.
vhere no ev-il may be-fnll ue.
2. Recitativo Tenor (Strings.)
Ge- be- ne- dei- ter Uund!
Ah, ti-dings doub-ly blesti
Ua- ri- a macht ihr In- ner- stes der See-1>
When Ua-ry, Joy- ous, and with deep e- mo-ti<
durch Dank und Ruh- men kund;
her thanks and prGiise ex-pressed,
sie fan- get bei sich an,
and told E- li- la-beth
St. Luke I, ?9-56.
dee Hei-lands 'Vun-der lu er- tah- len,
the won- der of the Sa-viour's co-ming
was er aji ihr ale sei- ner Uagd ge- tan.
that He be born to her, a low-ly maid*
0 mensch-li- ches Ge-schlecht,
0 sin- ful Race of Man,
des Sa- tana und dar Sun- de Knacht,
the Da-vil's slave since time be- gan.
du bist be- freit
thou wart set fraa.
durch Chri-sti tro-
thru Ja- BUS Chriat'a
-■ten- doe '^r-schel- nen
aup-raroa a-tona- mant.
280.
Cantata 147
Cantata 147
Ton die-ser Last und Dienet-bar-keitl
from all thy for-mer sla- ve- ryJ
Je- doch dein Uund und deln ver-stockt
let still, thy lips and thy too stub-
doch die- ser Arm er- hebt,
yet He whose arm can shako
ob- schon vor ihm der Br- ae Krels er- o«bt,
the ve- ry earth, be-fore whom moun-taine quake
Ge- mu- te
-born api-rit
rer-achweigt, ver-leug-net sol- che Gu- tej
con- ceal and will not own this bles-aingj
doch wis- se, dasa dicli nach der Schrift
for- get not, how the Scrip-tures tell
•in all- lu- Bchar-fea Ur- tail trifft,
that such will feel the pains of Hell.
3. Aria Alto (Ob. d'amore) 3/4 (a)
Jcha- me dich, 0 See-le, nicht,
joul of cine, be not a- shamed
lei-nen Hei- leind zu be- ken- nen,
hy Re-deem- er to ac- know-ledge,
toll er dich die eei-ne nen- nen
'or in this-*l3e, by the Fa-ther,
■or des Va- ters An-ge-sichtl
one of God will ye be named.
■och wer ihn auf die- ser Er- den
im who here a- mong the mor-tala
su Ter-leug- nen eich nicht scheut,
'Ould His God-head now de- ny,
oil Ton ihm ver- leug- net *er- den,
od will bar from Hea-ven's por-tals,
enn er kocnt ( zur Herr-lich keit).
here He reigns a- bove on High.
• RecitatJYo Bass
er-Btock- ung kann Ge- wal- ti- ge
er-Terse-ness of- ten-tirres will blind
▼er-blen-den
the migh-ty,
it sle dee Hoch-sten Arm vom Gtuh- le
A- til from off their seats God hurls their.
stosst;
down;
•• St. Luke I, 52.
hin- ge- gen die E- len-den, so er er- lost,
will helD the poor and nee-dy, for pi-ty's sake.
0 hoch-be-gluck-te Chri- stei , auf.
Ye rich-ly bles-sed Chri-stians, up,
ma- chet euch be- reit, jetzt ist (die
watch ye, now, and pray; comes soon the
an- ge-neh- me Zeit ) ,
long ex-pect-ed day,
ec-cept-ed
jet at
this
ist der Tag des Heils:
is the day of hopel
II Corinthians VJ, 2:
"Behold now is the accepted time; behold
now is the day of 8alve.tion."
Der Hei- land heisst euch Leib und Geist
The Sa-viour asks your heart and soul,
mit Glau-bene-ga- ben ru-sten,
naught less is fit to of- fer;
in brun-sti- gem Ver-
with fer-vent, ard-ent
auf, ruft zu ihm
cry out to Him,
-Ian- gen,
long-ing.
uni ihn im Glau- ben zu em- pfan- gen.
to Him with Faith in wor-ship throng-ing.
5. Aria Soprano (Vn. solo) 4/4 fd)
Be- rei- te dir, Je- su, noch .1et-zo die Bahn,
Pre-pare for Thy co-ring the way to our hearts,
nein !!ei- land, er- wah- le die glau- ben-
re- ceive as Dia-ci- pies the Faith-ful
-de See- le
Be-lie-vers,
und sie- he (mit Au- gen der Gna-de
and grant us the Grace that Thy mer-cy
mich an).
im-parts.
Be- rei- te dir, Je- su, noch jet-zo die Pahn.
Pre-pare for Thy co-rr.ing the T.ay to our hearts.
S;81.
Cantata 147
Cantata 147
6, Chorale Extended (Jesu Joy) 3/4 (G)
(Troraba, and Strings.)
Wohl D.ir, dass ich Je- eum ha- be,
Hap- py T who have my Sa-vioir;
0 wie fe-ste halt ich ihn,
from Him ne-ver will T part,
daas er mir mein Her- ze la- be,
He re-stores my droop-ir-g epi-rit,
wenn ich krank und trau-rig bin.
be I sad and sick at heart,
Je- sum hab ich, der nich lie- bet
Cares may vex and trou-bles grieve me,
und sich mir zu ei-gen gi- bet}
yet will Je-Bus ne-ver leave me;
ach drum lass ich Je- sum nicht,
Him I ne- ver will for- sake,
wenn mir gleich mein Her- ze bricht,
ev- en tho' my heart should break.
wirkt im Ver-bor-ge- nen der Er- den,
are past our mor-tal un-der-stan-ding.
Jo- han-nes muss mi.t Geist er- ful- let
The Ho-ly Spi- rit quick -ened John the
wer- den,
Bap-tist,
ihn zieht der Lie-be Band be-reits in seii
as yet un-born and while with- in her worn'
-ner tJut- ter Lei- be,
his Mo-ther bore him,
dass er den Hei- land kenot,
to know and greet his Lord;
ob er ihn gleich noch nicht
and tho' he could not speak
mit sei- nem Mun-de nennt,
that Name, by all a-dcred,
er wird be- v;egt, er hupft und sprin-get,
he stirred and lept in sal- u- ta- tion
in- dem E-li-za-beth das V7un-der-werk
the while E-li-za-beth, with Ma-ry stand-
7. Aria Tenor
Part II
V4
aus-spricht ,
-ing by.
St. Luke I, 41.
(F)
dass ich auch dich
that I may not
Hilf, Je- su, hilf.
Help, Je-sus, help,
be-ken- ne
de-ny Thee
in ?/ohl und Weh, (in Freud) und Leid«
thru weal and woe, in joy and grief,
dass ich dich mei- nen Hei -land nen- ne
and as my Sa-viour not be- lie Thee;
im Glau- ben und Ge- las- sen-heit,
that I with stead-fast firm be-lief
dass stets mein Herz von dei- ner Lie-be bren-
and heart a- flame with love may mag-ni- fy
-ne.
Thee,
stets von dei- ner Lie-be bren- ne,
fired with love may mag-ni-fy Thee.
8. Recitativo Alto (Ob. da c. I * II)
Der hoch- sten All- macht V/un- der-hand
The won-drous works of l.;igh-ty God
in- dem lia- ri-a Mumd der Lip~ pen
ob-served the mi-ra-cle, in hushed and
Op- fer brin-get.
whis-pered won-der=
Wenn ihr, 0 Glau- bi- ge, des Flei- chesi
If ye, 0 Faith-ful Ones, be-csuse the
Schwach-heit merkt,
flesh is weak,
wenn eu-er Herz in Lie- be bren-net,
from du-ty oft- en-tirr.es are turn-ing,
und doch der Mund den Hei- land nicht
yet if your hearts with love for Him
be- ken- net,
are burn-ing,
Gott ist es, der euch kraf- tig starkt,
then God will give you strength to speak,
er will in euch des Gei- stes Kraft er-re-
and cou-rage to pro-claim your ob- li-ga-tJ
ja, Dank und Preie auf eu- re
yea, hear- ti- lyy with love and
Zun-gen le- gen.
a- do- ra-tion.
S82.
Cantata 147
9. Aria Base (Tr,, Strings.)
4/4 (C)
Ich will von Je-au 77un-dern sin- gen
Of Je- BUB am I ev- er sin-ging,
und ihn der Lip-pen Qp- fer brin- gen,
my of- fer-ing of praise am brin-ging;
er wird (nach eei- ner Lie- be Bund)
for Me, be-cause He loved us so,
das Bchwa- che Fleisch den ird-echen Uund
h&B filled our hearts to o- ver- flow
durch heil-ges Feu-er kraf-tig zwin- gen.
with love from God Al-cdgh-ty sprin-ging.
Cantata 148
1. Chorus / (D)
(Tromba, and Strings.)
Paalm XCVI, 8:
"Give unto the Lord the glory due unto his
nar-.e; bring an offering and con-.e unto his Courts."
Brin-get dem Herrn (Eh- re) (sei-nes Na-mes ) ,
Give to the Lord glo-ry due the L'as-ter
fbe- tet) an) (den TIerrn) im hei- li-gen Schmuck,
bring an of- fer- ing and come to His Court,
to Him a gift
bring a gift
bring ye
10. Chorale Extended (Tr., & Str.) 3/4 (g)
Je-8U8 blei- bet mei-ne Freu- de,
Jesus, source of ev'-ry bless-ing,
mei-nes Her- zens Trost und Saft,
He my heart's sup- reme de-light;
Jo-BUB weh- ret al- lem Lei- de,
Je-3U8 light-ens all my trou-bles
er ist mei- nee Le- bens Kraft,
thru FJ.S love's re-deem-ing might.
mei-ner Au- gen Lust und Son- ne,
He ny eyes' most pre-cious plea-sure,
mei-ner See- le Schatz und Won- ne|
He my spi-rit's choi-cest trea-sure,
da- rum lass ich Je-sum nicht
fast and firm with-ln my heart;
aus dem Her-zen und Ge- eicht.
He and I will ne-ver part.
2. Aria Tenor (Vn. solo) 6/8 (b)
die Leh-ren dee Le- bens zu
to fath-ora the sec-ret of
(Ich ei- le,)
I has-ten
ho- ren
Heg.-ven,
und su- che mit Freu- den das hei-le- ge Ha us.
to dwell in de-light with the Hea-ven-ly King.
das fro- he Ge-
how joy-ful-ly
\7ie ru- fen so echo- ne
How sweet-ly re-sound-ing,
-to- ne
Bound-ing,
zum Lo- be des Hoch-sten die Be- li- gen
the songs that the An- gels e- ter-nal- ly
aus.
sing.
Cantata 148
(1725)
XVII Trinity
Epistle, Ephesians TX, 1-6. Exhortation to
meekness and unity.
Gospel, St. Luke XTV, 1-11. One with dropsy
healed on the Sabbathf Farable of the seating of
the guests at the wedding feast.
(Trcir.ba, 3 Oboes, and Strings.)
3. Recitativo Alto (Strings.)
So, wie der Hirsch nach fri-schem ".'as-ser
Lo, as the hart doth crave the wa- ter
Bchreit,
brooks,
80 schrei ich,Gott^2u dir.
so pemt-eth my soul for Thee.
Psalm XLII, Ij
"As the hart panteth after the water brooks
80 panteth my aoul after thee, 0 God."
Denn al- le mei- ne Ruh
For my tran-quil- i- ty
ist nie- mand aus- ser du.
I look a- lone to Thee,
23S.
Cantata 148
Cantata 148
77ie hei- lig und wie teu- er
Ah, pre-cioua con-se- cra-tion,
ist, Hoch-ster, dei- ne Sab-baths-fei- erj
Thy Ho- ly Sab-be.th ce- le- bra-tion.
Da preis ich dei-ne llacht
I glo- ri- fy Thy eight
in der Ge- mei- ne der Oe- rech- ten,
in wor-8hip with Thy Con-gre- ga- tion.
0, wenn die Kin- der die-ser Nacht
0, would that those with-out Thy light
die Lleb-lich- keit be- dach-ten,
mi^ht un- der- stand this ma.r-vel:
denn Gott wohnt selbst in mir.
God dwells, Hdm- self, in me.
cein lie-
be- lo-
ber Gott,
ved God,
mit dir
with Thee,
den gro-ssei
may ce- le-
4. Aria Alto (3 Oboes) V* (G)
fciund und Her- ze steht dir of- fen,
Lord I need Thee, cose Thou, heed me,
Hoch-ster. sen- ke dich hin- eini
en- ter Thou ny in- most heart,
Ich in dich und du in aich,
I in Thee and Thou in me,
Glau- be, Lie- be, Dul- den, Hof- fen
Faith and Love and Hope and Long-ing,
soil mein Ru- he- bet- te sein,
these a- lone will peace ics-part.
5. Recitatjyo Tenor
Bleib auch, mein Gott, in mir,
A- bide, 0 Lord, in me,
und gib cir dei-nen Geidt,
and let Thy 3pi-rit be
der mich nach dei- neo 'Vort re-gie- re,
B.y guide in life tor me to heed
dasa ich eo ei- nen '.Van-del f'uh- re,
that tnru Thy V/ord By rr'-ry deed
der dir ge- f'al- lig heiset,
be pl«a-eii)g un- to Thee
da- alt ich nach der Zeit
■0 will there oone a tiae
in dei-ner Herr-lich-k^it ,
vtk«a I Ib Joy aub- liae
Sab-bat no- ge hal- ten.
-brate a glo-rious Sab-bath.
6, Chorale
Fiihr' auch mein Herz und Sinn
Di- rect for me my way,
durch dei-nen Geist da- hin,
that I go not a-stray,
dass ich m'og* Al- les mei-den
teach me to shun for- e- ver,
was rd.ch und dich kann schei-den,
what me from Thee would se- ver,
und ich an dei- nem Lei- be
in all with Thee a- gree-ing
ein Gleid-mass e- wig blei-be,
u- ni- ted with Thy be-ing.
Cantata 149
(1731)
St. ifichael
Epistle, Revelation XII, 7-12. War in Heaven;
St, Michael and the angels against the dragon.
Gospel, St. Matthew XVIII, 1-11. Become as
little children. If thy right hand offend
thee, cut it off.
(3 Trombe, Timpani, 3 Oboes, Feigotte, Strings.)
1. Chorus finstr. as above) 3/8 (D)
Psalm CXVIII, 15i
"The voice of rejoicing and salvation is
In the tabernacles of the righteous j the right
hand of the Lord doeth valiantly."
Uan sin- get (mit Freu-den), vom Sieg
The voice of Re- joi-cing and Hope
Sopranot
in den Hut- ten der Ge- rech- tenj
fills the Tom-pies of the Right-eousi
Alto, Tenor and Bassi
fills the Tem-ples of Right-eous-nessi
^34.
Cantata 149
Die Rech- te des Herrn be- halt den Sieg,
The Right Hand of (^od up-holds Hie Folk,
die Rech- te dee Herrn ist (er-hd- het.)
the Right Hand of God will ex-alt them.
Poalm CXVIII, 16.
2 . Aria Baa s
V4 (b)
(Kraft und Star-ke) sei ge- eun- gen
Uight and po-wor rise ric-tor-ious,
Gott, dem Lam- me, daa be-iwun- gen
Cod the Lani), a- gain is glo- rious,
und den Sa- ta- naa (den Sa- ta- nae)
Sa-tan's horde has fled, hia horde haa fled
rer-jagt,
a- way,
der una Tag und Nacht ver-klagt.
who re-vile us night and day.
Revelation XII, 10i
"...for the accuser of our brethern is caat
down, which accused them before our God night
and day."
(Khr und Sieg) ist auf die From-men
Thru Hia death and de-gra- da-tion
durch dea Lam- mea Blut ge- kom-men.
Right-eous Onea have gained aal-va-tion.
3. Recitative Alto
Ich furch-te c.ich vor tau-aend Fein- den nicht
I fear me not a hun-dred thou-aand foes,
denn CJot-tes En-gel la-gern aich um mei-ne
the .Aji-gela of the Lord are camped a-bout on
Sei-ton her;
ev'-ry aide;
wenn al- lea fallt,
tho' earth should break
wenn al- lea bricht,
and all hope fail.
80 bin ich doch in Ru- he.
yet atill may I be tran-quil.
Wie war es mdg- lich lu ver- 2a- gen?
What cause it there for vain de-spair-ing?
Gott achickt air feur- ge Rosa und "Va- gen
With fl»- ry steeds and trua-pets bla-ring
und gan- ze Scha-ron En- gel zu,
this host of An- gels will pre-vail.
Ceuitata 149
4, Aria Soprano (Strings.)
3/^ (A)
Got- tea En- gel (wei- chen) nie),
Hea-ven'a An-gela watch will keep
keep, will keep
-io Bind bei mir (al-ler- en- den),
.hey are atand-ing ev-er near me.
Wenn ich achla- fe, wa- ohen sie.
They are watch-ing while T sleep,
wenn ich ge~ he, wenn ich ste- he,
yea, what-e- ver my en- dea-vor,
tra- gen sie mich auf den Han- den.
bars 93, 117:
for- ti- fy, atrength-en and cheer me,
bar 121:
for- ti- fy, up- hold and cheer me,
bar 129:
they will for- ti-
fy and cheer me.
5, Recitativo Tenor
Ich dan-ke dir, mein lie- ber Gott, da- fur.
Be- lo-ved God, my thanks T bring to Thee,
da- bei ver- lei- he mir,
BO grant Thou now to me,
dass ich mein aund-lich Tun be- reu-e,
that I re- pent my ev- il ways.
dass sich mein En- gel dru- ber freu- e,
My An- gel will not then for-sake me,
da- mit er mich an mei- nem Ster-be- ta- ge
when death shall come at last to end my days,
in dei-nen Schoas zum Him- mel tra- ge,
but in Thy bo- som will a-wake me.
6, Duetto .Uto-Tenor (Fagotto) V^ fG)
Seid wach- sam, (ihr hei- li-gen Tach-ter,)
Be watch-ful, ye guar-di-an An- gela.
die Ilacht ist
the dark- nesa
schier da-hin,
cones a-pace.
(Ich seh- ne mich) (und ru- he nicht,)
I yearn to be at rest with Thee
bis ich vor dem An-ge- aicht
to gaze on Thy ho-ly face,
(mei-nes lie-ben Va-tera) nei-nes lie-ben
see my lo-vin^ Fa-ther, seat-ed on the
Va- tere bin.
Throne of Grace.
28&.
Cantata 149
Cantata 150
7. Chorala V* (C)
(Vn. I, Ob. I with Sop.j Vn. II, Ob. II 4 III
with AltO| Va. with Tenor. Tromba I, II» *
II, Tijnpguii. Fagott* with Baas.)
Acb Herr, lasa dein lieb En- ge- lain
Ah Lord, when comes that last aad day
ac letz-ten End die See- le mein
may an-gele bear my bouI a- way,
in A- bra- hama Schoaa tra- gen;
to A-bram's bo- aom take it;
See St. Luke VIJ, 22.
den Laib in aeinn Schlaf-kam-mer- lain
let then my bo- dy'a an-guiah cease
gar aanft, ohn ein- ge Qual und Pein,
that it may rest in pain-less peace
ruhn bis am jung-sten Ta- ge.
'til Thou a- gain a- wake it.
Als-dann vom Tod ar- w»- eke mich,
Oh, what a joy it then will be
dass mei-ne Au- gen se- hen dich
the ve-ry Son of God to see,
in al- ler Freud, 0 Got- tes Sohn,
and there to meet Him face to face,
mein Hei- land und mein Gna- den-throni
my Sa-viour on the Throne of Graced
Herr Je- su Christ, er- ho- re mich.
Lord Je-8U8 Christ, now hear Thou me,
Ich will dlch prei- sen e- wig-lichi
Thy name I praise e- ter-nal- lyj
"0 my God, I trust in thee; let me not be
ashamed; let not mine enemies triumph over me."
Nach (dir, Herr,) (rer- Ian-get mich).
To Thee Lord lift I my soul.
Sop. bars 3-4, 15-16, Ten. 2, 10,17-18. Bass 9
0 Lord,
Uein Gott,
liy God,
A-T-B 21-22 J
ich hof- fe
ir Thee do
I trust Thee
auf dich.
I trust.
Lass mich (nicht zu-schan-den ver-den,)
Let me not then be con-foun-ded.
Soprano bars 28-29:
nicht zu-Bchan- den, nicht lu-schan-den wer-denf
let me not then ev- er be con-foun-ded;
Alto bars 28-29t
lass' mich nicht zu Scban-den, zu Schan-
let me not then. Lord, ev- er be
-den wer-den
con-foun-ded
Tenor, bars 28-29i
nicht zu Schan-den wer-den
ne- ver be con-foun-ded
Bass, bers 28-29:
nicht zu Schan-den wer-den zu Schan-den 7/er-de
not then 0 my God «▼- er be con-foun-d«
bars 29-32:
( zu-schan-den) war- den,
be ne- ver a-B>iamed,
dass sich mei- ne Fein-de ^ nicht freu- en)
let not. Lord, mine e- ne- cies tri-umph
not
(ii-ber mich. )
o-ver me.
Sop. bar 45. Alto bars 37,41,42,44,46,50:
Tenor, 37,43,47,50: Bass, 40, 51:
sich nicht freu- en
no, not tri-umph
Cantata 150
Unspecified
(Fagotte, 2 Violins)
1. 5infonia flnstr. as above) V4 (b)
3, Aria Soprano (Violins) V* (b)
Doch bin und blel-be ich ver-gniigt,
And 80 my soul may rest con- tent,
ob- gleich hier zeit- lich to- ben
tho' earth- ly cures be- set met
2. Choru* flnstr. as Mo. 1) V* fb)
Psala XXV, l-2i
"Unto thae. Lord, do I lift up my toul.
Kreuz, Sturm und an- dre Fro- ben,
7?hat- o'er the ills that threat me,
(Tod, Holl) und was sich fugt.
for denth are Im- po- tent
and hell -bur 11.
aae.
t^antata 150
Cantata 150
bar 12:
'od, Holl'
,hey both
b 'Jn- fall echlagt den treu-en Knecht
e-apite the trou- blea which as- sail
echt let und bleibt.
■t laet, at last,
t lot und blei- bet e- wig recht.
::t last will right-eoue-neoB pre- vail.
oft viel Un- ge- Each em- pfin- den»
oft- en-timea are bruised and shat-tered
oft-male wer- den sle ver-kehrt.
by the tem-pest'a etor-ny blast.
Rat und Tat auf Gott ge-stel-let,
Give ye heed to God's di-rect-icn,
Qch- tet (nicht,) was wi- der-bel- let,
count for naught all oth-er coun-eel,
denn sein Tfort (gam an-ders) lehrt.
to His Word hold ev- er fast.
I. ChoruB (Ir.str. stune as No. 1) 4/4 (b)
'•alai XXV, 5t
"Lead me in thy truth, end teach me; for
£hou art the God of my salvation; on thee do
( wait all the day." ■ i i
j»i- te mich in dei- ner '.7ahr- heit
;j«ad Thou ae, lead Thou r.e in Thy truth
[und (leh- re mlch; )
•nd teach Thcu me,
l«nn (du bitst) (der Gctt), der cur hilft
for Thou art the God of my sal-
J.
der car hilft,
-▼a- tiOR,
Sop., bare 19-21j
lich har- re ich doin,
on Thee dc I wait
6. Chorus (Instr. as in No. 1)
6/fl (d)
Psalm XXV, 15:
"Tiine eyes are ever toward the Lord; for
he shall pluck my feet out of the net."
Mei- ne Au-gen se- hen fstets)
Mine eyes ev-er turn to God,
bars 6, 8, 10, 12;
steta zu dec. Herrn,
turn to the Lord,
Sop., Alto, bars 4 4 5i
etets, stets
mine eyes
Tenor and Baas, bar 5t
Btets
turn
Alto bars 20-22, Tenor 21-24i
aar-re ich, tag-lich har- re ich dein
ill the day long, en Thee do T wait
1
' Sop. bars 21-22, 23-25, 27-28:
Alto bars 23-25, 27t
Ten. bare 20-21, 24-25, 25-27:
ccea bars 20-21, 21-22, 23-24:
-e ich dein
the day long
^Sop. bare 28-29, Alto 27-29, Baas 25-29:
tag-lich har-re ich dein
wait I all the day long
^Tenor, bars 27-29t^
tag-lich har- re, tag-lich har-re ich dein,
on Thee wait I, wait I all the day long.
S. T»r«ett A-T-B (Fagotto) 3/4 (D)
2»- dern dub- sen von den Win- den
High- ty c»-dars oft are bat-tered,
S-A-T-b, bar 15:
se-hen etets
ev-er turn
S-A-T-B, bars 16-17:
se-hen stets su der: Herrn,
ev-er turn to the Lord,
denn er ward mei-nen Fuss
V.e shall pluck out my feet
(aus dem Net- ze zie- hen.)
from the net that binds me.
7, Ciaccona (Chorus) (Instr. es in No. 1) 3/2 (b)
Uel- ne Ta- ge in dem Lei- de
Days which here are filled with sad-neis
en- det Gott den- noch zur Freu- de;
God at last will turn to glad-nese.
287
Cantata ISO
Chri-sten auf den Dor- nen- we- gen
By the thorn- y path He takes us
fuh-ren HiiL- mels Kraft una Se- gen,
to the Bles-sed- ness that waits us;
Blei-bet Gott mein treu-er Schutz,
ev- er firm with God I stand,
(ach- te ich nicht) L'en-schen-trutz,
fear-ing no- thing, -bars 41-42.
fear-ing; naught from nor- tal can. -43-45.
Chri-stus, der una steht zur Sei- ten,
TTe who have the Lord be-side us
hilft mir tag- lich (sieg-haft strei-ten.)
stead-fast face what- e'er be- tide us.
S ft A 75-81: what be- tide us.
Tenor 78-80:
strei- ten sieg-haft strei-ten
face what e'er be- tide us
298.
Cantata 151
(1735-40)
III Christmaa
Epistle, Hebrews I, 1-14. Christ in person
and office is preferred to the angels.
or EcclesiasticuB, XY, 1-8. "Wisdom embraces
those that fear God.
Gospel, St. John I, 1-14. In the beginning
was the "Vcrdj John was sent as a witness to the
Light) the Word was made Flesh.
or St. John XXI, 15-24. Feed my sheep and
lambs.
(Flauto traverso, Oboe d'Eimore, and Strings.)
1. Aria Soprano (Instr. as above) 1^8 (g)
(sU-sser Trost ), (mein Je-sus) kommt,
Com-fort sweet that Je-sus caii;e,
_ bars 17, 23i
au-saer Trost
Je- BUS came
Je- 3U3 wird aji- jetzt ge- bo-ren,
pro-miaed long and long ex-pect-ed;
Hen und See- le.
Heart and Spi-rit ,
freu-et sich,
joy-ous be
denn mein lieb-ster Gott hat mich
that the Lord has cho-ssn thee
thy God will wel-come thee
nun ( zum Him- nel aus-er- ko-ren. )
to His Keav'n with His E- lect-ed.
2. Recitative Bass
Kr-freu- e dich, mein Herz,
Re-joice thee now, my heart,
denn jet- io weicht der Schmerr,
and bid the cares de- part
der dich so Ian- ge Zeit ge-drilckt hat,
which lofig have trou-bled and op-pressed thee.
Cott hat den lieb-sten Sohn
For God hath sent His Son
den er so hoch und teu-er halt.
His dear-est, best be-lo-ved One,
auf die-ser VTelt ge-schi-cket.
from ev-il to dl-vest thee.
Cantata 151
au8 ih- ren Skla- ven-ket-ten
He burst our chains a- sun-der
und ih- rer Dienst-bar-keit er- ret-ten.
and cured the curse we la-bored un-der,
0 wun- der-vol- le Tati
Oh, what a won-drous deedj
Cott wird ein Llensch und will auf Er- den
that One from His ex- al- ted sta-tion
noch nied-ri-ger als wir
be- came a man, to bleed
und noch viel iir- mer wer-den.
for low- ly man's sal-va-tion.
3. Aria Alto (Ob. d'am. * Str.) /( (e)
(In Je- su De- mut) kann ich Trost,
In Je-sus' meek-ness is my hope,
in sei-ner Ar- mut Reich-tum fin- den.
as He was poor so I have plen-ty.
Uir macht des- sel- ben schlech-ter Stand
He chose a state of low de- gree,
nur lau-ter Heil und Wohl be-kannt,
and yet from sin He set me free,
Ja sei- ne wun-der-vol- le Hand
and lo. His ma-gic Hand for me
will mir (nur Se- gens-kran- ze) win-d»n«
will wreath a bles- sed crown of glo- ry.
a crown of glo- ry
4. Recitativo Tenor
Du teu-rer Got-tes-sohn, nun hH.Bt du mir
Be- lo-ved Son of God, Thou hast for me
den Him- mel auf- ge- macht
un-locked the Hea-vens' gate.
und durch dein Nied-rig-sein
To Thine hu- mi- li- ty
das Lieht der Se- lig-keit zu-weg-ge bracht,
«• ow« our bles-sed and ex- al-ted stated
Er lasst den Him- mels- thron
He left His Heav'n- ly Throne
und will die gan-ze Telt
for sin-ners to a- tone.
^•11 du nun ganz al-lein
Since Thou for us a-lone
des Va- ters Burg und Thron
didst leave Thy Fa-ther's throne
£;89.
Cantata 151
Cantata 152
aus Lie- be ge- gen una ver- las- sen,
and Hea-Ten's high and roy-al splen-dor,
80 wol-len vir dich aucb da- fur
so now do va In love to Thee
in un- ser Her- se fas-sen.
our hearts and souls sur-ren-der.
bars 21-23:
der Zi- on halt und tra- get,
Rock of our sure aal- va-tionj
The Rock of our -33-39,
bars 43-46j ,
(Uenach, sto-sse dich nicht) drani
Uan, stuD-ble not there- on.
Uan, stum-ble thou not -bars 40-43.
See I Peter II, 8.
5. Chorale V* (of ■
(Fl. tr., Ob. d'am., Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II
with Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
I .,
Heut schleusst er wle-der auf die Tur
The gates of Hea-ven o- pen wide,
lum scho-nen Pa- ra-deis,
with- in is our re-ward,
der Che- rub steht nicht
the guard-ian an- gel
mehr da- fur,
stands a-side*,
Gott aei Lob, Ehr und Preis.
all praise to Sod the Lord.
3. Recitativo Bass
St. Luke II, 34t
"And Simeon blessed them, and said unto
Uary his mother. Behold, this child is set for
the fall and rising again of many in Israel;
and for a sign which shall be spoken against,"
Der Hei-land iat ge- aetzt
A sym-bol is this child
in Is-ra-el zum Fall
in Is-ra-el, of death
und Auf-er- ste- henj
and Re-sur-rect-ionI
Der ed- le Stein ist son-der Schuld,
The Rock of Faith is not at fault
Cantata 152
(1715)
Libretto by Franck
Sunday after Christmas
Epistle, Calatians IV, 1-7, Cod sent His Son
to redeem us; we are sens and heira.
Ooapel, St. Luke II, 33-40. Childhood of
Jesus; Anna's prophecy of the Redemption.
(Recorder, Oboe, Viola d'amore, Viola da gamba)
1. Concerto (Instr. aa above) 4/i 3/8 (e)
wenn sich die bo- se Welt so hart an ihm
al- tho* the wick-ed world is bruised in its
ver-letzt,
as-sault;
ja, u- ber ihn zur Hoi- le fallt,
yea, head-long hur-tles straight to Hell,
weil sie bos- haf- tig an ihn ren- net
the wlok-ed ones, in wrath at-tack-ing,
und Got-tes Huld und Gna- de nicht
with-in whose hearts the Grace of God
er- ken-net I
is lack-lng.
2. Aria Bass (Oboe) 3/4 (e)
Tritt auf die Glau-bens- bahn.
Tread thou the Path of Faith.
burs 18-20i
Gott hat den Stein ge- le- gat.
There is our firm foun-da-tion;
On this -bare 31-32.
Doch se- lig iat ein aus- er- wahl- ter Christ,
How blea-aed is that fav-ored Chria-tisin soul
(der aei- nen Glau-bena-grund)
who on this Rock of Faith
auf die- sen Eok- stein le- get,
haa built his firm foun- dn-tion,
weil er da- durch,
ftnd thus will i^Hln
Heil und Kr- lo- sung
re-domp-tion and eal-
ii90.
Cantata 152
Cantata 152
fin- det.)
-va-tion.
die blin- de Lei- te- rin rer- fuhrt die
when blind vould lead the blind both stixn-bl*
from end of bar 18:
Er- 1*0- Bung fin- det,
and thus will gain him,
well er da-durch Heil
will gain re-demp- tion
und Er- lo-sung, Heil imd Er- lo- sung fin- det.
and sal-va-tion, re-demp-tion and sal- va-tion.
geist-lich Blin-den,
to die- as- ter.
St. Matthew XV, 14j
"...and if the blind lead the blind, both
shall fall into the ditch."
4. Aria Soprano (Rec, Va. d'am.) V^ (^)
Stein, der vi-ber al-le Schat-xe^
Rook of A-ges ne-ver fail-ing,
hllf, dass ioh zu al-ler Zeit
fort- rees firm for a-gea past,
durch den Glau- ben auf dich set- ze
strong a-gainst all foes as-sail-lng,
■ei-nen Grund (der- Se- lig-keit,)
hope of blea- sed-ness at last,
our hope at last
und mich nicht an dir ver- let-' ze.
•u- re- ty for Right pre-vail-ing.
6. Duet Soprano-Bass
(Gli Stromenti, unison.)
6/4 (e)
Soprano
Wie soil ich
How may I,
dich, Lieb-ster
Be- lo- ved.
der See-len,
in- her- it
um- fas- sen?
sal- va-tion?
Jesus
fDu ^musst dich)
By prayer and
ver-leug- nen und al-
a- tono-ment, and true
les ver-las- sen.
ab- ne- ga- tion.
Soprano
Wie soil ich
How may I
er- ken-nen das E- wi- ge Licht?
dis- co-ver the hea-ven-ly path?
5. Recitativo Base
Es arg- re sich die klu- ge Welt,
It an-gers all the world-ly-wlse
ver- lasst den ho-
should leave His Throne
daas Got- tee Sohn
that God's own Son
Eh- ren-thron,
mor-tal guise,
dass er in Fleisch und Blut sich klei-det
•n- dur-ing death in hu- man fash-ion,
und in der Uensch-heit lei- detl
with bit-ter Cross and Pas-sionl
Die gros8-te Weis-heit die- ser Er- den
Our bu-BOLn wis-dom seems but fol-ly
muss vor des Hoch-sten Rat
ooiB-pared to that of God,
«ur gross-ten Tor-helt wer-deni
our wit but mel- an- cho- lyi
Was Gott b»-«chIo«asea hat.
The ways of Uigh- ty God
kann die Ver-nunft doch nicht er-griin-deni
are far be-yond our pow'r to mas-teri
JesuB
Er- ken- ne mich glau-big und ar- gre
Be-lieve in me tru-ly, nor give way
dich nicht.
to wrath,
hen
for Soprano
(Komm,) leh- re mich, (Hei- land,) die Er-
Come, teach Thou me, Sa-viour, to eoorn
-de ver-schma-heni
mor-tal plea-sure.
(Konim, Hei- land)
Come, Sa- viour
JesuB
Komm, See- le, durch Lei- den zur Freu- de
Thru sor-row and pain thou wilt gain thee
zu ge- han.
thy trea-sure.
Soprano
Ach, (zie- he mich,) (Lieb-ster), so folg ich
Ah lead Thou me Uas- ter, I cleave to
dir nach.
Thee fast.
Jesua
Dir schenk ich die Kro- ne (nach Trlib- sal
So thou wilt in- he-rit sal- va- tion
und Schmach. )
at last.
291.
Cantata 153
(1727)
Epistle, Titus III, 4-7. The grace of God
brings salvation; lead righteously a godly life
or Titus II, 11-14. By His grace He saved us.*
or I Peter III, 20-22. Jesus' resurrection
saved us.
Gospel, St. katthe* II, 13-15. The flight
into Egypt.
JoZ.^^' "^**^®' "^' ^3-17. Jesus baptised by
(strings)
1. Chorale 4/4 f^)
(Vn. I with Sop., Vn. II with Alto; Va. with
Tenor. )
Schau, lie- ber Gott, wie mei-ne Feind,
See, dear-est God, the ma-ny foes
A. T.4B.: how my
da- mit ich stets muss kam-pfen,
that con-stant- ly as- sail me.
Cantata 153
in kur- zer Zeit
they will not wait
den Ga- raus
to mas- ter
vol-lig ma- chen.
and to slay me.
l°r, /^T ^^^^ "^^ ^° '"^ch-tig seind,
so foul- ly deal such migh-ty blows,
dass Bie mich leicht-lich dSm- pfen.
that strength I fear will fail mel
H6rr, wo alcfa del- ne Gnad* nicht hSlt.
The De-vil, Flesh and Wick- ed World
80 kann d.r Tau- fal, Fleisch uad Welt
had long my soul to Hell have hurled
mich leicht in Un- glUck stUr-zen.
did not Thy Grace a- vail me.
2. Recitativo Alto
Mein lieb-ster Gott, ach lass dicl^s doch
Be- lo- ved God, with pi- ty do
er- bar- men,
Thou hear me,
ach hilf doch, hilf mir Ar- men:
pro-tect me, ev- er near me.
A- round me here are ev-il beasts which sore
bei Dra-chen,
die-may me,
und die- ae wol- Ion mir
I live in con-stant fear
durch W»rt und Grim- ndg-kelt
that in their rage and hate
3. Aria Bass 3/8 (e)
Isaiah XLI, 10:
"Fear thou not; for I an with thee; be m
dismayed, for I am thy god, I will strengthen
ii^^* ^!! IJ^^^ ^®^P *^*5 yea T will uphold
thee with the right hand of my righteousness.'
F^rch-te dich nicht, (ich) bin mit dir
1?%1 pf dis-mayed, I am with thee.*
J.',Zl,23j a- fraid
T7ei- Che nicht.
Fear thou not.
ich bin dein Gott,
I am thy God.
ich stir-ke dich, ich hel- fe dir
Help will I give, xxp- hold thee and
auch durch die rech- te Hand mei-ner
strength- en thee by the right hand of
Ge- rech- tig- keit.
my right-eouB-ness.
4. Recitativo Tenor
Du sprichst 2war, lie- ber Gott,
Thou speak- est, dear-est God,
2u mei- ner See- le Ruh*
a word of hope and peace,
mir ei- nen Trost
that calms my soul
in mei-nen Lei- don
and bids my sor-rows ceai
Ach, a- ber mei- ne Pla- ge
Ah, day by day my trou-ble
ver-gro-esert oich von Tag zu Ta- ge
m- crea-ses and my woes re-dou-blej
denn mei-ner Fein- de sind so viel
my ma-ny foee are bent on strifi
mein Le- ben let ihr Ziel,
and aim to take my life,
ihr Bo- gen
their b
wird auf mich go- spannt,
with fell in- tent they bend,
ale rich-ten .. _^,
de-etroy
-nd .^ ♦v, , ^^" ^• P'«i-1» 'U" Ver-der- ban,
and aim their cru-.l ar-row. to de-atrov ma.
292.
Cantata 153
Cantata 153
ich soil von ih- ren Han- den eter-bonj
I fear, leat at their hands I per-ieh.
Gott,' mei- ne Not lot dir be- kannt,
Cod, Thou my need well com-pre- hand,
die gem-ze Welt wlrd mir lur
with all the world a Hell and
epricht mir dooh
thus my God
ich bin dein Hort
"I am thy Lord
Gott trost-lioh tui
vill bid you ceaaei
und Er-ret-ter.
.nd Re-dee-mer."
Uar-ter-hoh- le;
de- 80- la-tioni
7, RecitatJTO Baee
hilf, Hel-fer, hilf; er- ret- te mei-
help, Hel-per, help.* for Thou art my
Ge- troet, nein Hen, er- dul- de
Fret not, my soul, hold atead-faat
-ne See- lo]
eal- va-tioni
dei-nen Schmeri,
to thy goal,
5. Chorale (Inatr. as in No. 1) V* (a)
Und ob gleich al- le Teu- fel
Tho' all the fiends are stri-ving
dir woll-ten wi-der-stehn,
o'er Hea-ven to pre- vail,
so wird doch oh- ne Zwei- fel
all Tain their fell con- tri-ving,
Cott nicht lu- ru- ek« gehn;
their Hell- ieh raid will fail.
was er ihm fur- ge- ncE-cen
Ihat God has well pro- vi-ded,
und was er ha- ben will.,
no mor-tal can a- mend,
das muse doch end-lich koc-men
and what He has de- ci-ded
zu sei-nec Zweck und Ziel.
vill hap-pen in the end.
6. Aria Tenor (Str.) V'i (a)
(Sturmt nur), st'urnt, ihr Trub-sals-wet- ter,
Stom and rage ye seas of trou-ble
rage ye
wallt, ihr Flu- ten, auf ciich los,
roll ye bil-lowB o- ver ne,
Schlagt, Ihr '■hn- gliicks-flam- men,
Strike, ye light- ning flash- es,
u- ber cich zu- sair- ii^en,
roar, ye thun-der craeh- es.
•tort, ihr Fein-de, nei-ne Ruh,
'oea which rob rae of my peace,
lass dich dein Kreuz nicht un- ter-druck- en,
fear not to face the trials be-fore thee,
Gott wird dich echon zu rech-ter Zeit
in God 'a good tiiLe will He at last
er-quick- en;
re-atore thee.
muaa doch aein lie- ber Sohn,
Did not Hia well-loved Son,
dein Je- a us, in noch zar-ten J ah- ren
when but a ten- der lit-tle in-femt,
viel gro8B-re Not er- fah-ren,
en- dure the great-est dan-ger;
da ihm der Wu- te-rich He- ro- des
for wick-ed Her-od would be-tray Him
die auB-ser-ate Ge- fahr dea To- dea
and in hia fu-ry sought to alay Him
■iit m'or-de- ri- achen Fau-sten drohti
with mur-der-ous fe- ro- ci- ty,
Kaum kommt er auf die Er-den,
new- born a hu- man be-ing,
80 muse er achon ein Flucht-ling wer- deni
in hu- man ter- ror heed- long flee-ingi
St. Matthew TI, 13-15.
Wohl- an mit Je- su tro- ate dich,
Take hearti be com-for-ted in Him,
und glau- be fe- stig-lichi
nor let your faith grow dim;
Andante
den- je- ni- gen, die hier mit Chri- sto
they f;ho, like Christ, en-dure their Cross aa
lei- den,
mor-tala,
will er dae Him-mel-reich be- schei-den.
with Him nay en-ter Hea-ven' a por-tala.
293.
Cemtata 153
8. Aria Alto (Strings.) 3/4 (g)
Soil ich mei-nen Le- bens-lauf
Tho' I suf-fer all life long
un- ter Kreux und Trub-sal fuh- ren,
care and pain and tri- bu- la-tion,
bort es doch im Him- mel auf,
Hea-ven soon will hear my song.
Da ist lau- ter Ju-bi-li- ren,
Sing I There in ju-bi-la-tion;
Allegro
da- selb-sten ver- wech-selt mein Je- sue
There Je- sue will ban-ish my care and
das Lei- den
my sad-nee 8,
mit 86- li-ger Won- ne, mit e- nd- ger
and win me e- ter-nal sal-va-tion and
Freu- den.
glad-ness.
9, Chorale (Instr, as in No. 1) 3/4 (c)
Drim will ich, well ich le- be noch,
Lord, here on earth, my sovil pre-pare,
das Kreuz dir froh-lich tra- gen nachj
pa- tient and glad my Cross to bear;
mein Gott mach mich dar- lu be-reit,
fill me with Faith and Hope and Love,
es dient lum be- sten al- le-seit.
rea- dy to serve Thee There a-bove.
Cantata 153
Je- su, mein Trost, hor mein Be- gier,
Je-Bus, my com- fort, hear my prayert
0 mein Hei- land, war' ich bei dirl
"Sa-viour would I were with Thee ThereJ"
Cantata 154
(1724)
Libretto by Weiss, Sr. (?)
I Epiphany
Epistle, Romans XII, 1-6. We are all memberE
of Christ's body.
Gospel, St, Luke II, 41-52. Jesus in the
temple.
(2 Oboes, 2 Ob. d'amore, Str., Cembalo)
1. Aria Tenor (Strings.) 3/4 (b)
Mein lieb-ster Je- bus ist ver-lo-ren;
Uy bles-sed Sa-riour gone for-ev-eri
0 Wort, das mir Ver-zwei- flung bringt,
0 word of woe, of black- est hue.'
0 Schwert, das durch die See- le dringt,
A sword to stab me thru and thrui
St. Luke II, 35i
"Yea, a sword shall pierce through my
soul also, and the thoughts of many hearts
be revealed."
0 Don- ner-uort in mei-nen Oh- ren.
0 Word of Doom and de-so- la-tion.
» 2.
Hilf mir mein Sach recht grei- fen an.
Hold my en- dea- vor broad and high,
daes ich mein Lauf voll-en- den k«uin,
let me ful- fill it ere I die;
hilf mir auch zwin- gen Fleisch und Blut,
help me my way-ward flesh to tame,
vor
fur Suna und Schan-den mich be- hilt.
keep Thou me free from sin and shame.
I 3.
Er- halt mein Herr Im Glau- ben rein.
Strength-en my Faith, from doubt-ing free,
•o leb und eterb ich dir al- lein;
li-vlr.g and dy- ing all for Theef
2. Recitwtivo Tenor
Wo treff ich n.ei- nen Je- sum an,
Where may I find my Lord to-day,
wer zei- get mir die Bahn,
who points me out the way?
wo mei- ner See-le brun-stl-ges Ver- Ian-gen,
my Sa-viour, He for whom my soul is burn-ing,
mein Hei-land hin-ge- gan- gen?
with love for-ev- er yeam-ing?
Kein Un-gluck kann mich so em-pflnd-lloh
Ah, how my heart will rue the ev- 11
riih-ren,
day
£;94.
Cantata 154
ale wenn icb Je-sum soil ver-lie-ren.
on which my Je-siis went a- way.
Cantata 154
5. Arioso Baae ^4 (f#)
St. Luke II, 49t
"Wist ye not that I must be about my
father's business?"
3. Chorale V* (A)
(Ob. I, II, Vn. I with Sop.| Vn. II with Alto}
Va. with Tenor.)
Je- 8U, mein Hort und Er-ret-ter,
Ja-sus, Thou my blest Re-dee-mer,
Je- su mei- ne Zu- ver- sicht,
J»-8U8, safe re-treat froni strife,
Je- SU, star-ker Schlan-gen- tre-ter,
Je-eus, foe of foul blas-phe-mer,
Je- su, mei-nes Le-bens Lichti
Je-su8, bea-con of my life*
Wie Ter- Ian- get mei-nem Her- zen.
How my heart will joy-ous greet Theei
KoniL, ach kocnr, ich war- te dein.
Come, 0 cocie, I wait for Thee,
komm, 0 lieb-stes Je- su-leini
come, my Je- sua dear, to mei
4. Aria Alto IIV'S (A)
(Ob. d'am. I t II, Strings, CeiiA>alo.)
Je- su, lass dich fin- den,
Je-Bua safe- ly guide me,
lass dooh mei- ne Sun- den
let my sins not hide Thee,
kei- ne dl-eke Wol- ken sein,
like a thun-der cloud from me;
wo du dlcb zum Sahre-ekan
sore-ly would it grlere me
willst fur micb rar- ate- ekaa,
shouldst Thou chance to l«aTe me;
stel- le dich bald wie- der einl
come Thou aoon, 0 Lord, to mei
at the endi
bald, bald stel- le dich bald, bald wie-der ein.
come Thou, 0 Lord, come 0 come soon to me.
Wis- set Ihr nicht, dass ich sein muss
Wist ye not that I must now be
in dem , das mei- nes Va- ters ist?
a- bout my Fa-ther'e bus'-ness here?
bars 6-10, 14-15, 18-22t
in dem v das itei- nes Va-ters ist?
that T must serve my Fa-ther here?
6. I 9citatiY0 Tenor
Dies ist die Stim- me mei-nes Freun-des,
T hear the voice of my Re- deem- er.
Gott Lob
to God
und DankJ
be praise.
Uein Je- su,
my prayer by
mein ge-treu- er Hort,
Je-8U8 has been haard,
sioh wie- der troat-lich
I find a- gain my
lasst dvirch sein Wort
and thru His Word
ho- ren}
com-fort;
ich war Tor Sehmsr-zen krank,
for I was sick at heart;
der Jam- mer woll-te mir das Mark in Bei-nen
my trou-bles, like a CEin-ker, gnawed me to the
fast rer-zeh-renj
ve- ry mar-rowj
nun a- ber wird mein Glau- be wie- der stark,
but now at last my Faith is strong and sure,
nun bin ich hochst er-freut,
e- ter-nal Joy se-cure, .
denn ich er- bll- oke mei-ner See-la Won-ne,
my soul's aal- va- tion is . for- ev-er won,
den Hei- land, mei- ne Son-ne,
my Sa-viour, like the sun,
der nach be-trub-ter Trau-er-nacht
has put a-way the gloo-my night,
durch sei- nan Glanz mein Her- ze froh-
and shines a- gain, my heart's su-preme
lich macht.
de- light.
295.
Cantata 154
Cantata 154
Auf, See- le, ma- che dich be- reiti
Uy soul, a- rise^ for God pre-pare,
Du muset zu ihn in sei-nes Va-ters Haua,
for thou must soon to Him in Hea-ven fare,
bin in den Tern-pel ziehn;
to find His Tem-ple There}
da lasst er sich in sei-nem Wort er- bli-
80 let His word and sac-ra- ment pro-Tide
-cken,
thee
da will er dich im Sa-cra-ment er-qui- cken;
with Faith and Hope and Cha-ri- ty to guide thee
doch willst du wur-dig- lich sein Fleisch
thus, by re-pen-tence Christ thy Lord
und Blut ge- nie-ssen,
may deem thee fit
so inusst du Je- sum aueh
at His com-mun-ion ta-^le
in Buss und Glau-ben kus-sen.
vith Him at last to sit.
8. Chorale V* fD)
(Ob, I « II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with
Alto} Va. with Tenor.)
Uei-nen Je- sum lass* ieh nieht)
(je- sum lass'ich nicht von mir)
Je- sua part Thou not from me,
geh' ihm e- wig an der Sei- ten;
stay Thou ev-er close be-side me,
Chri-stus lasst mich fur und fur
keep me near and dear to Thee,
«u den Le-bens-bach-lein lei- ten.
to the li-ving wa- ters guide me.
Se- lig der mit mir so sprichtt
Bles-sed who with me can sayt
Mei-nen Je- sum lass ich nicht I
"Je-suB Christ have I al- way."
7. Duet Alto-Tenor V* 3/8 (d)
(Oboe d'amore I & II, Strings.)
(Wohl mir), Je-sus ist ge-fun-den,
Hap- py I, to find my Je-sus,
nun bin ich
now will I
nicht mehr
no more
be-trubt.
re- pinej
Der, den mei-
He, my Lord,
ne See- le llebt«
and Sa-viour, mine.
ceigt sich mir lur fro- hen Stun-den.
source of life and Joy e- ter- nal.
3/8
Ich will dich, mein Je- su, nun nim- mer
Ah Je- BUS, my Je-sus, no more will
aehr las- sen,
I leave thee,
ich will dloh im Glau- ben be-stan-dig
But atead-fast in Faith will I ev- er
iBD- fas- son.
re-caivo Thee.
Cantata 155
(1716)
II Epiphany
Epistle, Romans XII, 6-16. Christian duties
ennumerated; each should fill his station
faithfully.
Gospel, John II, 1-11. Miracle of the water
turned to wine at the marriage in Cana of
Galilee.
(Fagotto, Strings.)
1. Recitative Soprano (Strings.)
Ueln Gott, vie lang*, ach lan-ge?
hhf God, my way is wea-ry,
des Jam- mere ist su- viel,
my trou-bles are too great)
ich se- he gar kein Ziel
it seems that cru- el fate
der Schmer-zen und der Sor-genI
to chae- ten me is bid-den.
Dein BUS- aer Gna- den-blick
Thy kind-ly glance is gone.
296.
Cantata 155
Cantata 1S5
hat un- ter Hacht und Tol- ken aich ver-
In black-eat night and clouds of dark-neea
-bor-gen,
hld-den,
die Lie-bes-hand zieht aich, ach ganz
the lov-irg Hand which helped me ia
tu- ruck,
with-drawni
urn Troat iat mir eehr ban- gei
my life and hope are drea-ryl
Ich fin-de, waa mich Ar-men tag- lich
Each day my carea and ma-ny woea are
kran-ket,
grow-ing,
der Thra- nen Uaaa wird ateta voll ein-ge-
By teara in end- leaa streama are ev-er
-schen-ket,
flow- ing,
der Freu-den V/ein ge-bricht, mir sinkt faat
the joy of life haa fled, and ein- kir^
al- le Zu- ver- eichti
hope will soon be dead*
als ob dein iieb-ster Freund aich gani
that God, thy dear-est Friend, has quite
von dir ge-achle-den;
froD thee de- par- tedj
wenn er dich kur- te Zeit
for bet-ter times are near,
ver-laaet,
fear not,
Herz,
heart,
glau-be feat,
per-ae-vere.
es wird ein klei-nea aein,
in but a lit-tle while
da er fur bit-tre Zah- ren
thy bit-ter la-men- ta-tion
dir Treat und Freu-den - wain
will be a hap- py smile,
und Ho- nig-aeim fur Wer- mut will ge-wah- reni
thy bit-ter-nesa will turn to ju- bi- la-tionj
Achi den-ke nicht,
Ahi fan-cy not
daas er von Her-
that God in truth
-zen dich be- tru- be,
in- tenda to grieve ua;
er pru-fet nur durch Lei- den dei-
•tia mere-ly that, be- fore He can
-ne Lie- be,
2. Cuet Alto-Tenor V'4 (a) (Fagotto)
Du muBst glau- ben,
77e muat truat Him,
du musst hof- fen,
we must heed Him.
du musst Gott (ge- las- aen aein.)
we must hear the Sa-viour'a voice.
Je-Bue weiss die rech- ten Stun-den,
Je-oua knowa when we ahall need Him,
dich mit Hil-fe zu er-freun.
in Kia I'er-cy we re- jcice.
T/enn die tru- be Zeit ver-echwun-den.
Care and trou-ble may aa- aail ua,
ateht (eeir. gan- zea Herz dir of- fen.)
His com-paa-sion will not fail ua.
His Uer- cy
er ma-chet, daas dein Herz bei tru- ben
He tries our faith and proves our hearts by
Stun- den wei- ne,
trial and trou-ble,
(arioao)
da- mit aein Gna-der-licht dir de- sto
where-by the glo-ry of His Grace may
lieb- li- Cher er-echei- ne;
shine vath aplen-dor dou- ble.
er hat,
Thy God
waa dich er-gotzt,
re-serves for thee
zu-letzt
at last
zu dei- nem Trost dir vor-be- hal- tenj
thy soul'a moat prec-ious joy and plea-eure,
drum less ihn nur, 0 Herz, in al-lem wal- ten.
BO yield thy he^irt to Him in full-eat mea-aure.
3. fiecitativo Easa
So sei, 0 See- le, sel zu- frie-denJ
Fret not, my aoul, nor be down-hear-tedi
Tenn ea vor dei- nen Au- gen acheint,
Al- though at times it iray ap- pear
4, fijia Soprano 4/4 (?) (Stringa.)
Wirf , rrein Her- ze, wirf dich noch
Up my heart and givo thy-self
in des Hoch-aten Lie- bes- ar- me,
whol-ly to the Lord' a pro-tect-ion.
^97.
Cantata 155
Cantata 156
dass er dei- ner sich er-bar- me,
rest se-cure in His af-fect-ion;
Le- ge dei-ner Sor-gen Joelv»
Cast thy bur-den on the Lord,
und was dich bis- her be- la- den,
let Him shoul-der thine af-flict-ion,
auf die Ach-seln sei-ner Gna- den,
seek His sav-ing Be- ne- diet-ion.
5. Chorale V'4 (F)
(Vn. I with Sop.} Vn. II with Altoj
Va. with Tenor.)
Ob sichs an-liess, ale wollt er nicht,
Tho' God at times may chas-ten you,
lass dich es nicht er-8chre-cken,
be not then ye af-frigh- ted,
denn wo er ist am be-sten mit,
for He re-mains for-ev- er true,
da will er's nicht ent-de-cken;
in love with ue u- ni- ted.
sein Wort lass dir ge- wis-ser sein,
So hold ye stead-fast to His Word,
und ob dein Herz sprach lau- ter Nein,
let not your hearts with doubt be stirred,
80 lass doch dir nicht grau- en.
nor think that you are sligh-ted.
2. Aria Tenor and Chorale Soprano ?/4 fp)
(strings in unison.)
Tenor
Ich steh mit ei- nem Fuss im Gra- be.
My op- en grave I see be-fore me,
(bald) fallt(der kran-ke Leib) hin- ein, )
soon falls my wea- ry corpse there-in,
■ komm, lie- ber Gott, wenn dirs ge- fallt,
come, dear-est God, come when Thou wilt,
komm, ich ha-be schon mein Haus be-stellt,
come, in or-der I my house have set,
nur lass mein En- de (se- lig seini )
AhJ let me meet Thee s^ved from sinj
Soprano ,
Mach's mit mir, Gott, nach dei- ner Gut,
God grant that I, while here be-low,
hilf mir in mei-nen Lei- den,
may live in Thy pro-tect-ion,
was ich dich bitt, ver-sag niir nicht,
and when it comes my time to go,
Wenn sich mein Seel soil schei-den,
with-hold not Thine af- feet- ionj
So niram eie, Herr, in dei- ne Hand,
with help-ing hand my care dis- pel,
1
ist al- les gut, wenn gut das End,
for all is well that end-eth well.
3. Recitative Bass
Cantata 156
(1730)
III Epiphany
Epistle, Romans XII, 17-21. Overcome evil with
good.
Gospel, St. Matthew VTII, 1-13. Christ heals
a leper; and the centurion's servant of the
palsy; the centurion's faith.
(Oboe, and Strings.)
1. Sinfonia 3/4 (F) (instr. as above)
Mein Angst und Not, mein Le- ben und mein Tod)
The care, the woe I suf-fer here be- lowi
steht, lieb-ster Gott, in dei-nen Han- den;
are all, dear God, with-in Thy keep-ing;
so wirst du auch auf mich
so turn Thy gen-tle eyes
dein gna-dig Au- ge wen-den,
to me in ten-der mer- cy,
7/illst du mich mei- ner Sun- den we- gen
And if, for sin, I needs must lan-guish.
ins Kran-ken-bet- te le- gen,
bed-rid- den here in an-guish,
mein Gott, so bitt ich dich,
0 Lord, I pray to Thee,
lass die- ne Gu- te gros-ser sein,
be not Thou mere-ly just to me.
293.
Il
Cantata 156
Cantata 156
alo die Ge-rech-tig-keitj
but ev-er boun-ti- fuli
Doch hast du mich da-zu ver-sehn,
And if per-chance it be Thy will,
dass mich mein Lei-den aoll ver-seh-ren,
that I should suf-fer fur-ther sor-row,
Icb bin be- reit,
I am pre -pared,
dein Wil-le soil an mir ge-sohehi.,
nor do I ask that I be spared}
Ter- echo- no nicht und fah- re fort,
what lot Thou sen-dest I will bear,
laaa mai- ne Not nich Ian- ge w{ih-ren(
but grant that soon my trial be o- vor.
Arioso
je lein-ger hier, je apa-ter dortJ
the lon-ger here, the la-ter Therei
4, Aria Alto V* (Bv,)
(Oboe, Violin I 4 II.)
Harr, was du willst.
Lord, by Thy will
veil dooh dein Rat
Thy pur- pose wise
soil mir ge-fal-len,
shall I be gui-ded,
am bes-ten gilt,
must I ful- fil.
In der Freu- de, in dem Lei- da.
Both in glad-ness and in sad-nesa,
im Ster- ben, in Bit- ten und im Flehn
in death as in TTor-ahip, and in Pray'r,
laaa mir al- le- mal ge- schahn
■ay I all with pa-tienca bear,
Harr, wia du wlllat!
Lord, by Thy will.'
die See- le son-der Krajik-heit sei
from ail-ment and die- or- der free
und al-la- zeit ge- sund ver- blei-be.
to Thee in love for- ev- er boimd.
Nimm sie durch Geist und ^ort in Acht,
Pre-serve my soul un-marred and whole,
denn die-ses ist mein Heil,
its ma- la-dies al- lay,
und wenn mir Leib und Seel ver-schmacht,
and when this bo- dy pines a- way
80 bist du, Gott, mein Trost
my God I look to Thee
und mei-nes Her-zens Teili
my Com-fort-er to be.
6. Chorale V* fC)
(Ob., Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with Alto;
Va. with Tenor.)
Herr, wie du willat, so sohicks mit mir,
Lord, as Thou wilt, so may it be,
im Le- ben und im Ster-ben;
in Life and Death pro-tect me,
al-lein zu dir ateht mein Be-gier,
my hope and joy is all in Thee,
Herr, lass micht nicht ver-der- benj
Lord, Thou wilt not re-ject me,
Er-halt mich nur in dei- ner Huld,
Up-hold me by Thy Sa-ving Grace,
sonst wie du willat, gib mir Ge-duld,
else make me brave, the trials to face,
dein Will, dar ist der be- stel
for which Thou may se-lect mei
5. Racitativo Baas
Uod willat du.
If, Lord, Thou
dasa ich nicht aoll kran- ken,
keep me wall and thriv-ing,
■o werd ich dir von Her- zen dan- kenf
ro-buet and strong for stur-dy atri-ving,
dooh a- bar gib mir auch da- bal,
■y praiaa and thanka are due to Thaa{
daaa auch in mai-nam fria-chan Lei- be
kaap Thou my bo-dy hale and sound.
Cantata 157
(1727)
Libretto by Picander
Purification
Epistle, Ualaochi III, 1-4. T will send my
messenger to prepare the way before thee.
Gospel, St. Luke II, 22-32. Simeon sees tha
infant Jaaua; nunc dimittis.
299.
Cantata 157
(Flauto traverse, Oboe, Oboe d'aiLore, Violine,
and Violetta. )
1. Duet Tenor-Baas ^4 (b)
(Flauto tr., Oboe,. Violin solo.)
Genesis XXXII, 26:
"And he (Jacob) said (to ^od) I will not
let thee go, except thou bless me,"
Ich las- se dich nicht,
I let Thee not go
du se£- nest mich denn;
ex-cept I be blest.
Cantata 157
der Him- mel muss ver-al-ten,
its false de-lights are em-pty,
die Lust der "'elt ver-geht wie Spreuj
like chaff are gone and all for- got.
wenn ich dich nicht, mein Je- sua, hat-t
Ah, Je- BUS mine, didst Thou die- dain ir
an wem sollt ich mich son-sten hal-ten?
who would up- hold rae, who sus-tain me?
Drum lass ich nim- mer-mehr von dir,
So ne- ver will I part from Thee,
dein Se- gen blei-be denn bei mir:
Thy bles-sing ev- er be on meJ
2, Aria Tenor 3/8 (fjf) (Oboe d'amore.)
Ich hal- te mei- nen Je- sum fe- ste,
I clasp and cling to Christ my Mas-ter
ich lass ihn (nun und e- wig) nicht,
nor leave Him now nor ev-er- more,
er ist al- lein mein Auf- ent- halt,
'tis He up-holds me with His might;
drum fasst mein Glau-be mit Ge- wait
His bles-sed face is my de-light,
sein se- gen-rei-ches An- ge-sicht;
my soul to com-fort and re-store,
denn die- ser Trost ist doch der be-ste.
He guards me safe a-gainat dia-as-ter.
Ich hal- te mei- nen Je- sum fe- ste.
I clasp and hold to Christ my Mas-ter.
3, Recitativo Tenor (Vn. I A II, 4 Violetta.)
Uein lie-ber Je- su, du,
Be- lo- ved Je-sus, Thou,
wenn ich Ver-druas und Kuc-- mer lei- de,
•hen grief and wea- ry cure ae-sail me,
80 biot du mei- ne Freu- de,
will ne-\..r, ne-ver fail me,
in IJn- riih mei- ne Ruh
when reat-lesB, Thou my rest,
und in der Angst mein Ban- ftee Bet- te|
In care and grief, my eweet-est com-fort:
die fal- eche 77elt iat nicht ge-treu,
The world a- bout me trust I not,
4. Aria Bass 4/4 (D) (Fl, tr., Violin.)
Ja, ja, ich hal- te Je- aim fe-ate.
Oh joy, I have my Lord for-ev- er,
Je- sus
so geh ich auch zum Him-mel ein,
in Hea-ven High with Him to be
wo Gott und sei-nes Lam-mes Ga- ste
where Fa-ther, Son and Ho-ly Spi-rit
in Kro-nen zu der Hoch-zeit aein.
in glo-ry dwell e- ter- nal- ly.
Da lass ich nicht, mein Heil, von diri
There I with Thee and Thou with me<
da bleibt dein Se- gen auch bei mir.
in peace and love will ev- er be,
Recitativo
Ei, wie ver-gniigt iat mir mein
Yea, well con-tent am I for
Ster- be- kas- ten,
death to take me,
weil Je-3U3 mir in Ar-men liegti
if I but lie in Je-sus' arms,
So kann mein Geist recht freu- dig ras- 1
for He to end- less bliss will wake
Ja ja, ich hal- te Je- sun fe- stel
Oh joyi I have my Lord for-ev- erj
Je- BUS
BO geh ich auch zum Him-mel ein.
in Hea-ven High with Him to be.
Adagio
0 echo- ner OrtJ Komm, Banf-ter Tod,
0 beau-teouB spot, come gen-tle death,
300.
jitata 157
( fuhr mich fort^
\ lay thou not,
|. Gott und sei-nea Lam-meB Ga- ate
tr« Fa-ther, Son and Ho-ly Spl-rit
Kro-nen zu der Hoch-zoit aein.
glo-ry dwell o- ter- nal- ly.
^Itativo
bin er-freut , dae E- lend die-ser Zait
I re-joice, and put a- way the woes
ih Ton mlr heu- te ab-zu- le- gen{
loh here to-day are so op-pres-sing,
i<n Je-8UB war- tet mein im Him-mel
I Je-suB waits for me in Hea-ven
mit dem Se- gen. i
I with His bles-sing.
lass ich nicht,
\f I with Thee
mein Heil von dir,
and Thou with me.
libleibt dein Se- gen auch bai mir.
ipaace and love will eT- er be«
Cantata 158
(1724)
Purificationt Easter Tuesday
Epistle, Malacchi III, 1-4. I will send my
messenger to prepare the way before thee.
Gospel, St. Luke TI, 22-32. Simeon sees the
infant Jesus; nunc dimittis.
(Oboe, and Violin.)
1. Recitativo Bass
St. Luke XXTV, 36t
"And as they (the Eleven) thus spake,
Jesus himself stood in the midst of them and
saith unto them. Peace be unto you."
Der Frie- de sei mit dir,
"May Peace be un-to you,"
du angst- li- ches Ge- wis-sen!
Be still, thou trou-bled spi-ritj
Dein Mitt- lar ste- het hier,
Thy Sa-viour bides with thee,
der hat dein Schul-den- buch
the an-cient curse He halts.
I. Chorale V* (d)
n. tr. in 8va, Oboe, Vn. I with Sop.|
/n. II with Alto} Violetta with Tenor.)
l)-nen Je- sum lass ich nicht,
I gum lass ich nicht von mir)
!« sua peu't Thou not from me,
-B e- wig an der Sei- ten;
-.ou ev-er close be-side me,
'U-ctus lasst mich filr und fur
~.e near and dear to Thee,
i:sr. Le-bens-bach-lein lei- ten.
i;he li-ving Wa- ters guide me.
lig, war mit mir ac sprichtt
••■ad who with ma can say:
■Ben Je- sum lass ich nicht.
••us Christ have I al- way."
und des Ge- set- zes Fluch
the Re-cord-Book of faults
ver- gli- cben und zer-ris-sen.
wipes clean and tears to pie-ces.
Col. II, 14.
Der Frie- de sei cit dirJ
Kay Peace be un-to youi
Der Fur- ste die- ser 77elt,
The Prince of Dark-ness there
der del- ner See- le nach- ge-stellt,
who would thy soul by guile en- snare,
ist durch des Lam- mes Blut
thru Je- BUS Christ the Son
be-zwun- gen und ge-fallt.
is van-quished emd un- done.
Mein Herz, was bist du so be- tr'ubt.
My Heart, why art so filled with woe?
da dich dooh Gott durch Chri- stun liebtj
since God thru Christ has loved thee so?
Er sel-ber spricht zu mirj
•Tis He who speaks to mei
Der Frie- de sei (mit dir.)
"May Peace be un- to thee."
der Frie- de
be with thee
301.
Cantata 158
2, Duet Soprano-Baes (Chorale Soprano) V* (O)
(Oboe vith Soprano* Violin solo.
Soprano
Welt a- de
World, fare-welll of thee I'm wea-ry.
ich bin dein mu- da.
ieh will nach dem Him-mel xu;
I would forth to Hea-ven fare;
da wird aein der rech-te Frie- de
there my soul may rest un-trou-bled,
und die ew« ge See-len- ri^.
per-fect peace for- ev-er there.
Welt, bei dir iet Krieg und Streit,
Here on earth is strife and war,
nichts denn lau-ter Ei- tel- keit;
Va- ni- ty and sore die -tress;
in dem Kim-irel al-le«seit,
there in Hea-ven ev-er-more,
Frie- de, Ruh, vmd See- lig-keit.
Peace, and rest and Bles-sed-ness*
Bass 1
Welt, a- del ich bin dein mu- de,
World, fare-well! of thee I'm wea-ry,
Sa-lems Hut- ten stehn mir an;
Zi-on's To-wers be-ckon me;
wo ich (ich) Gott, in Ruh und Frie- de
'tis there, my God, at peaoe and tran-quil,
(e-*ig) (se- lig) schau-en) kann.
ev-er bles-sed would I be.
bars 41 ft 53: ev-er
(Da bleib ich,) (da hab ich) Ver- gnu- gen zu
Re-joic- ir^, ex-ul-tant with Thee ev-er
woh- nen,
dvell-ing,
Ver-gnu- gen zu
un-trou-bled with
bars 64-68t j
Ver-gnu- gen, da hab ich
un-trou-bled re-joi-cing,
woh- nen, zu woh- nen
Thee ev- er dwell-ing
da prang ich ge-zie-ret mit himm-li-schen
re-8plen-dent in glo-ry all glo-ry ex-
Kro-
nen.
-cell-
•ing.
bar
67 1
zu
here
Cantata 158
3, Recitativo and Andante BasB
Nun Herr, re-gie- re mei- nen Sinn,
Oh Lord, di-rect and guide Thou me,
da- mit ich auf der Welt,
that I, ibile here be-low,
80 lang ee dir mich hiar zu las- sen
un-til that day, when at Thy will I
noch ge-fallt,
forth must go,
ein Kind des Frie- dens bin,
a Child of Peace may be;
und lass mich zu dir aus mei- nen Lei-i
from all my af-flict-ions give me peace
wie Si-me-on in Frie- de schei-den.
like Si-me-on in Peace de-part- ing.
See St. Luke III, 29.
Da bleib ich, da hab ich Ver- gnu- gen zu
Re- joi-cing, ex-ul-tant, with Thee ev-er
woh- nen,
dwell-ing,
> .
(da prang ich ge-zie-ret) mit himm-li-schen
re-splen-dent in glo-ry all glo-ry ex-
Kro- nen.
-oell-ing.
dMJ
4, Chorale
4/4 (e)
Hier ist das rech-te Os-ter- lainn.
The Eas-ter-Lamb for us was slain,
da- von Gott hat ge-bo- ten,
God's pro-mised boon be-sto-wing,
das ist hoch an des Kreu-zes Stanm
high hung He there up- on the Cross,
in hei- seer Lieb ge- bra- tent
with Love Su- per- nal glo-wing.
des Blut zeich- net un-sre Tur
?{i8 Blood, sprink-led on our door,
1
das halt der Glaub dem To- de fur,
with Faith, bade Death to pass us o'er,
3 J..
der Wur- ger kjinn una nicn^ ruh-ren.
The Slay-er can not harm us.
Hal-le-lu-jahl
502.
Cantata 159
(1729)
Qulnquegeslzna
Epistle, I Corinthians XIII, Of charityj
lore.
Gospel, St. Luke XCIII, 31-43. Prediction of
death emd resurrection; sight restored to the
blind man.
(Oboe, Strings, and Fagotti.)
1, Recitatiyo, Arioso Alto-Bass V* (c)
(Strings.)
St. Luke XVIII, 31i
"Behold we go up to Jerusalem! "
Cantata 159
)
hier Bucht man Gei-sscln vor, dort bindt
Thy cru- el foes will lash Thee and
man Ru- ten;
will scourge Thee,
die Ban-de war- ten dein,
nor a- ny tor-ment spare;
ach ge- he eel- ber nioht hin- einj
Ah Lord do not Thou ren-ture there.
Doch, blei-best du ru- ru- eke ste- hen.
Yet, if Thou face not shame and an-guish.
so muset ich selbat
I may not come
nicht nach Je-ru-sa-lem,
to my Je-ru-sa-lem,
Bass
Se- het, se- het.
Come ye, come ye,
Je-ru-sa-lem, )
Je-ru-sa-lem,
wir gehm (hin-auf) (gen
our way is up to
Alto
Komm, schau-e doch, main Sinn,
Come, look ye now, and say
wo geht dein Je- sus hin?
where goes our Lord to-day?
Baas
Se- het, se- het,
CoiTie ye, come ye,
Je-ru-sa-lem,
Je-ru-sa-lem,
wir gehn hin-auf gen
our way is up to
Alto
0 har-ter GangI
0 wea-ry road,
Hin- auf?
to climb.
0 un-ge- heu-rer Berg, den mei- ne Sun- den
0 rock-y, roqgh as-cent, we sin-ners all must
x«i- geni
mount it I
ach lei-der in die Hoi- le ge- henj
yea, ev-er deep in Hell will lan-guish.
2. Duet Soprano-Alto (Chorals in Soprano) 6/8 (E^,)
(Oboe with Sop., Fagotti with Continue,)
Alto
(Ich fol- ge) dir nach
I fol-low Thee still
durch Spei-chel und Schmach
thru Bcof-fing and shame
Eun Kreuz (will ich dich noch um- fan- gen.)
t^)- on the Cross would I em-brace Thee,
bar 55i yea, there
Soprano
Ich will hier bei dir ste-hen,
I stand be-side Thee ev-er,
ver- ach- te raich doch nichtj
Thee will I not for- sake;
Von dir will ich nicht ge-hen,
from Thee will I not se-ver
Wie sau-er wiret du mus-sen stei- geni
How- ev-er hard and steep we count -<tj
Baas
gen Je-ru-sa-lem,
to Je-ru-sa-lem,
Alto
Ach, ge- he nicht S
Ah, go Thou noti
>
Dein Kreuj ist dir schon zu- ge-richt,
for there Thy Cross is now pre-pared,
wo du dich eollst su To- de blu-ten;
where Thou must hang and bleed and suf-fer;
wenn dir dein Her- ze bricht,
al- tho Thy heart should break.
ffenn dein Haupt wird er-blaa- sen
And when Thy head is droop-ing
im letz- ten To-des-stoss
in death's last a- go- ny,
als-dann will ich dich fas- sen
my arms will be a- bout Thee
in mei- nen Arm und SchosB,
and hold Thee close to me.
303.
Cantata 159
Cantata 159
Alto ,
Dich lass ich nicht (aus mei-ner Brust)
I let Thee not from oirt my heart
und wenn du
and if from
end- lich
life Thou
bars 77-79, 83-85 j
und wenn du end- lich
from life Thou needs must,
schei-den musst
needs must part
schei-den musst
needs must part
sollst du dein Grab in mir er- Ian-gen.
then find Thou there Thy fi-nal ha-ven.
bars 89-91:
in mir dein Grab, dein Grab
then find Thou, find Thou there
bars 99-103:
sollst du in
mir dein Grab, in mir dein
then find Thou there, then find Thou there Thy
4. Aria Baas (Oboe 4 Str.) V* (Bb)
St. John XIX, 30:
"It is finished."
Es ist Yoll-bracht, das Leid ist al- le,
}i±s vork is done, the pain is end-ed,
The bat- tie won, (second time)
wir sind von un- serm Sun- den-fal- le,
the curse of A- dam's fall a- men-ded,
in Gott (ge- recht) ge- macht,
man-kind re-deemed from Hell.
Es ist voll-bracht. Nun will ich ei- len
His work is done now will I has-ten
The bat- tie won
und mei- nem Je- su Dank er- tei- len,
to ren- der thanks and a- do- ra- tion,
Grab er-lsji-gen.
fi-nal ha-ven.
(Welt;, gu- te Nachti
World, fare-thee- well.
3, Recitativo Tenor
Nun will ioh mich, mein Je- su, u- ber dich
Ah Je- BUS mine, I grieve in-deed for Thee
in aiei- nam Win-kel gra-men|
in this my lit-tle cor-nerj
die Welt mag im- mer- hin das Gift
the world may che-risb tEiint-ed Joys,
der Wol- lust zu sich neh- men,
the scof-fer and the scor-ner)
ich la-be mich an mei- nen Tra-nen
for me is naught but tears and sad-ness
und will mich e-her nicht nach ei- ner
nor have I a-ny fur- ther hope of
Freu-de seh- nen,
joy and glad-ness,
bis dich mein An- ge- sicht wird in der
un- til mine eyes shall see Thee reign-ing
Herr-lioh-keit er- bli- cken.
High in Hea-ven's splen-dor,
bis ich durch dich er- 1*6- set bin}
where, by Thy grace, re-deemed and saved,
da will ich mich mlt dir er- qal~ck«n.
my soul to Thee I shall sur- ren- der.
5. Chorale V* (E^)
(Ob., Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with Alto;
Ya. with Tenor.)
Je- su, dei- ne Pas- si- on
Je-sus from Thy Pas-sion came
ist mir lau- ter Freu- de,
all my heart's e- la-tionj
dei-ne Wun- den, Kron und Hohn,
Thy de-epair and Cross and shame,
mei- nes Her-zens Wei- dej
were for my sal- va-tion;
J
mei- ne Seel auf Ro- sen geht,
yea, my spi-rit blos-soms forth,
wenn ich dran ge-den- ke,
when I pause to pon-der
in dem Him- mei ei- ne Statt
on the bliss-ful days to come
mir des-we- gen schen- ke.
up in Hea-ven yon- der.
304.
Cantata 160
(1714)
Libretto by Neumelster
Easter
IplttlOt I Corinthians V, 7-8. Purge out the
d leaven; Christ our paasorer is sacrificed
r US.
Gospel, St. Matthew XVI, 1-8. The two Marys
d Salome at the sepulchre on Easter morning.
(Fagotto, Violin)
Aria Tenor (Instr. as above) V* (C)
b XIX, 25t
"For I know that my redeemer liveth; and
at he shall stand at the latter day upon the
rth."
eh weias,) dass raein Er-ld- ser (lebt.)
I know that my Re-dee-mer lives.
lebt^ er lebt und mir zur Freu-de»
lives and so my heart re-joi-ces.
MB eein, lass sein, dass ich im Lei- de,
care not, care not that I suf-fer,
n Ar- beit, Uuh' und Pla- ge
10* strug-gle, care, pri-va-tion
I
•1 Stun-den mei-ner Ta- ge
i6 mine with-out ces-aa-tionj
las auf der T/elt ver-schmer-zen;
ire is but tri- bu- la- tion
iluht doch (der Trost)) im Her-zen.
but There we gain sal-va-tion.
I
Cantata 160
die ifam der Fein-de Gift und Naid
whan Ju-das, His be-tray-er, came
durch den Ver- ra- ter sm- ge- legt;
with poi-aoned words to work His shame;
ward auoh mein Her- ze wund, da man Ihm
my soul was wound-ed deep when Pi-late
80 viel ?7un- den
bade them scourge Him
mit eohar-fen Gei-sseln schniss;
at ev'- ry vic-ious blow.
hab ich so man- chen Stieh
Ah, well I feel euid know
mit Ach und Vah aBp-fun den,
the tor-ment that H* auf -farad
da man sein Haupt mit Dor- nen stach
when by the cru- al crown of thorn
und jam- mer-lich zer-riaei
His. Head was foul-ly torn;
folgt ich halb- tot bis Gol-go- tha ihm nach,
I fol-lowed Him iqj Gol-go-tha's as-cent,
da er die Last und Schmach
by shame and tor-ture bent,
des Kreu-zes sel- bar trug,
where all coro-pas-sion failed.
an sol- ches
our Lord was
ecitativo Tenor
und ihn die Grau- sam-keit
when to the Cross at last
schlugi
nailed;
was mei- ne See- le voll Be- kum-mer-nis,
my heart was sad and in- con-sol- a- ble.
als mem den Leib zu Gra- be bra- chte
:r lebt und iat von To- ten auf-er-stan- as to the Grave the Faith-ful bore Him
» lives, from out the grave He is a- ri-
-dnn'
-senj
ler-auf be-ruht der Grund,
)n this I rest my Faith,
m fe- ston Glau-ben tragt
i-cure from ev'-ry shock.
der als ein Fela
as on a rock,
und al- ler Trau-rig- keit ein traii-rig En- de
and all the sad- nees of His mi- se- ry was
ma- chte
end- ed;
so muss-ten doch bei sel- nem Blut ver-
but yet, in-deed, de-spite the pain He
-gie- saen
suf-f ered.
tr Hoff-nun? m«i- ner Se- lig-keit.
r hope of fu-ture bles-aed-neas.
aus mir zu-gleich auch Freu-den- tra- nen
»-Jam- mert ich im Gar-ten sei- ne Ban- den, j must re-Joice, and joy-ous tears are
•uf-fer'd in the gar-den where they bound Him,
flie-saen,
»• St. John XVIII. flo-wing
305.
Caatata 160
Cantata 160
vail er durch sai-nen Tod
that thru His sae-ri-fiee
die Sehul-den mei-ner Not
He paid for me the price
an mei-ner St el- le wol- len bu- seen,
for all my sins, in full a- tone-ment,
Al- lein ich wa- re schlecht ge-troet
But still my peace were in- ee- cure,
Drtan will ich freu-dig ster-ben.
Id death will I not per-ish
die Freu- de dort xu er- ben,
b'jt joy-ouB ev- er cher-ish
die mir im En- gel- or-den
with An-gele, life im- mor-tal,
von ihm ver- ma- chet wor-den,
ee-cure in Hea-ven's por-tal.
und gar nicht ganz er- lost,
sal- va-tion far from sure,
wenn er nicht war' BlUB eig-ner Kraft
did I not know that Je- sua' re-
ar- stan-den.
-aur-rect-ion.
Nun a- ber ist der Trost Tor-han- den,
would er-er be my firm pro-tect-ion
und der be- ste-het feet,
that nav^ht can cir-cin-vent;
daas auch der lets-te Scberf
for by it ev'-ry cent
fur mich be-iah- let sei,
was du- ly paid for me,
und das Ge- setz an mir nichts mehr cu
and now the law de-mands no more of
J
for-dern ha- be.
me at all.
4, Recitative Tenor
So biet ich al- len Teu-feln Truttl
Now all the fiends may I de- fy,
(Uein Heil, mein Je- sue) ist mein Schutx.
on Christ my Sa-viour I re- ly,
Der Glau- be wird mir nim- mer- mehr xu
my faith I ne- ver need, thru fear, de-
Schan-den.
-ny.
Soil ich ver- lo- ren gehn?
But if the dead rise not.
So ist auch Chri- stus nicht er-stan-den.
then Je-8U8 Christ is not a- ri- sen:
i
Er a- ber lebt.
Yet Je-8U8 lives!
so muss ich auch durch ihn
Sc I too must a- rise
Denn heu-te laest Gott mei-nen Bur- gen
Uy sur-e- ty from out the grave will
aufl dam Gra- be,
God re- call,
xum Le- ben axif- er- stehn
and bid the world fare-well,
und in sein Reich der Ruh
with Him in Pa- ra-dise
ale aus dem Schuld-turm, wie-der frei.
as from a debt- or' a pri-son free.
der Ruh und Eh- re ziehn.
in peace and joy to dwell.
3. f.ria Tenor (Instr. as in No. 1) V* (C)
Gott Lob! (dasB mein Er-lo- eer)
be praise that my Re-dee-mer
Ir libt, 80 wird seln Le- ben im To- det im
Arid as my Sa-viour li-veth, yea 11-veth, new
To- de mir ge-g«- ben,
life to oe Mfl gi-vetK.
(Gott
Lob!)
To
God
Be
praise
lebt.
liveo:
I Corinthians XV, 13:
"But if there be no resurrection of the
dead, then is Christ not risen,"
5, Aria Tenor V^ (a, ende C)
(Fagotto, and Violin.)
(Mun) (ich hnl-te mich bo-reit)
Now am I pre-pared to go,
mei- n«»B Lei- bee Sterb-lJ ch-keit
glad to leave this earth be- low.
306.
Cantata 160
(auf der Er- den) ab- zu- le- gqn.
and to Hea-Ton High be-take me.
KomEt , ihr En- gel, kocint ent- ge- gen,
Coice, ye An-gels, come and wake me,
tra- get moi- ne See- le bin,
bear my eoul thru Hea-ven'e gates,
da«B ich (bald) bei Je-eus bin!
take me eoon where Je-oue waits!
Ach (T.ie herz-lich) wunach ich miri
Ah, how hap- py would I be
war ich (heu- te) nooh bei dlr.
were I dwel-ling there with Thee.
heu- te, heu- te noch bei dir.
if I were dwel-llng There a-bove with Thee.
o07.
Cantata 161
(1715)
XVI Trinity
Libretto by Frsmck
Epistle, Ephesians III, 13-21. The strength
and fulness of (Jod's lore.
Gospel, St. Liik VII, 11-17. The widow's son
brought back to life.
(2 Flutes, Organ, and Strings.)
1. Alto Aria 4/4 (C)
(Flauto I 4 li, Organ.)
Koran, du su- sse To- des-stun- de,
Coie, eweet death, thou bles-sed Hea- ler,
bars 15-17:
thou bles- aed, bles-sed Hea- ler,
da mein Geist, Ho- nig speist,
wel-coKe rest, per-fect peace,
aus des Lo-wen ILxm- de;
qui-et ev-er- last-ing.
See Judges XIV, 8.
ma- che mei- nen Ab- schied su-ase,
Uake my pas-sing swift and ea-ay,
aau-me nicht, letz-tes Licht,
tar-ry not, cone 0 comei
dass ich (mel-nen Hei-land ku-sse.)
Take me to my fi-nal ha-Ten.
2. Recitativo Tenor
Cantata 161
■)
Drum seufz' ich recht von Her-rens-grun- de
So, tho* I sigh, I ea-ger wel-come
nur nach der leta- ten To- des- stun-de.
the fi- nal hour when death shall take me.
Ich ha- be Lust bei Chri- sto bald zu wei-den,
Ah, what a joy to leave this Vale of Sor-row,
ich ha- be Lust von die-ser '^elt zu schsi-den.
and join my Sav-iour on that hap-py mor- row.
See Philippians I, 23.
3. Aria Tenor (Strings.) 3/4 (a)
(Uein Ver- Ian- gen) ist, den Hei- land zu
Ah what rap-ture mine, at last to gain
um- fan- gen
eal-va- tion.
und bei Chri- sto bald
there with Christ so soon
zu sein.
to be.
Welt,
World,
dei-ne Lust ist Last,
all thy joys are brief.
Ob ich sterb-lich' Aach' und Er- de
The' to earth- ly dust and ash-es
Genesis XVIII, 27. Job XXX, 19.
dureh den Tod zer-mal-met wer- de,
this my bo-dy I must ren-der,
wlrd der See- le rel- ner Sehein
yet my soul will then be free,
den- noch gleich den En- geln pran- gen.
with the An- gels clad in splen-dor.
dein Zu- cker ist mir als ein Gift ver-hasst,
a sug-ared poi-son brin-ging naught but grief,
dein Freu- den-licht ist mein Ko-me- te,
a flash-ing star, that burns to cin-der,
und wo man dei- ne Ro- sen brieht,
thy ro-ses filled with hid-den thorns.
Bind Dor- nen
un- num-bered.
oh- ne Zahl
which will prick
zu mei- ner See- le Qual.
ny soul to touch the quick.
4. Recitativo Alto (Flauto I * II, Strings.)
Der Schlues ist schon ge- macht,
I hear my last hour knell)
Welt, gu- te NachtJ
World, fare-thee welll .
Und kann ich nur den Trost er- wer- ben,
And 80 for so-lace sweet I sigh
in Je- su Ar- men bald zu ster-bent
in Je-sus' lo-ving arms to die.
Der bl&s-s* Tod, iat mei- ne Uor-gen- ro- te.
To me pale death is like a ro- ay morn-ing, er ist (mein sanf- ter Schlaf).
and there in peace to sleep,
mit aol-cher geht mir auf die Son- ne
when, o- ver gloom-y night vlc-to-rlous, Das kuh-le Grab wird mich mit Ro-sen de-cken(
Up- on my grave a bed of ro-aea make me,
der Herr-llob-keit uad HIb- m«la-won- ne.
the aun a- ri- aaa bright and glo-rloua. bis Je-eue mich wlrd auf-er-we- oken,
where I may lie 'til He a-wake me
J08.
Cantata 161
Cantata 161
bis w sain Sohaf
to l«ad Hla thaep
fuhrt auf dl« ••- •■• La- bans-wai- da»
thru h«a-T«na fair and far-tila maa-dova,
daaa mlch dar Tod ron Iha nlcht achai-da.
Thara to ba ona with Hiia for- a- Tar.
80 brioh bar- ein, du froh-ar To-das- tag,
So eoaa thou aoon, thou Day of my ra-leaaa,
■0 (achla- ge dooh), du latc-tar Stun-dan-
and atrika tha hour whan I may rest in
-schlag.
paaoa.
wird lawh-tan ala die Son-na
with Ood in nf-diaBk glo-ry,
und la- ban oh-na Not
from oara for- a-rar fraa.
in mil- ncher Freud und Won- na«
in haar'n- ly Joy and rap-tura.
waa aohad't mir dann der Tod?
What faar haa Death for me?
5. ChoruB 3/8 (C)
(Flauto I ft II, and Strings.)
Wenn ea mei-nes Got- tea Wil- le.
If my God to- day ahall will it
wunach' ich, dass das Lei-bes Leist
would I that my bo- dy rest
hau-te noeh die Er- da ful- la,
qui-et with the earth a-round me;
\md der Geiet, dee Lai- bea Gaat,
that my aoul, my bo-dy*B guest.
Bit Un-aterb-lioh-keit sioh klei- de
rise to Hear'n for life e- ter-nal,
in der au-esen Him-mele-freu- de.
olad in ma-Jes- ty au- per- nal.
Je- au, (komm
"Je-aua, come.
und nimm mich fort I)
and take Thou mei"
Die- sea sei mein letx- tes Wort.
This my fi-nal word shall be.
Cantata 162
(1715)
XX Trinity
Libretto by Franok
Kpietla, St. Matthew XXII, 1-14. Parable of
the marriage of tha king's son to nhich tha
guests would not come.
(Paraphraae of Parable.) A king made a banquet
for his son's marriage. The invited guests ig-
nored their invitations and slew the messengers
who inrited them. The angry king sent his armiea
and slew them. He then sent his servants to the
highways and they gathered all they found both
bad and good, and tha wedding was furnished
with guests.
When the king came to see the guests he
saw one which had not on a wedding garment,
and when this one could not explain it
Then said the king to the servants, Bittd
him hand and foot and take him away and cast
him into outer darknees; there shall be weeping
and gnashing of teeth.
For many are called but few are chosen.
Gospel, Ephesians V, 15-21. Behave wisely,
soberly and devoutly, and do not waste your
time.
(Gorno di tirarsi, Strings, Fagotto.)
6. Chorale embelished V* (•) (Phrygian)
(Flauto I 4 II, and Strings.)
Dar Leib zwar in der Er-den
Tho' worms our flesh de-vo-ur
Ton Wur-mern wird Ter-xehrt,
deep bur-ied in tha earth,
doch auf- er- weokt aoll wer-den,
our aouls will all a- wa- ken
durch Chri- stum achon ver-klart,
thru Christ aa- aurad re-blrth{
1. Aria Baas V* (a)
(Instr. aa above.)
Ach, ich ae- he.
Saint a and ain-nare
Jetxt da ieh zvr
to the bem-quat
Hooh-teit ge- he,
all are bid-den.
bare 10 ft 15-16 t
Hoch-aelt ge- he,
God haa bid-den.
309.
Cantata 162
Cantata 162
ach web»
Ah 7«a;
imd Te- he,
and 8in-nerBt
(wohl und we-he. )
good and av-ll.
S«*- len-gift und L«- bens- brot,
High and lo«^ ly, small and great,
Him- sel, Hoi- le, Le- ben, Tod,
Bl«S8-ing Curs-ing, Lore and Hate,
Hia- mels-glans und Hoi- len- flam-men
souls ex- al- ted, spi-rits bllght-ed,
slad bei-sam-men.
all in-vl- ted.
Je- su, hilf, dass ich (be- ste- he) , (hilf).
Je-sus, help, that I be etead-fast, help.
2. ReeltatlTO Tenor
als Braut und Lieb-ste kus-sen.
and vel-eomes us with ho- nor!
Das Hoch-ieit-mahl ist an- ge-stellt.
The feast of Lore is rioh-ly spread,
das Uast-Tieh ist ge-sehlach-tet^
the rl- ands all pro- vi- ded,
wie herr- lleh ist doeh al- les
oom-plete are all the sonp-tuous
xu- be- rei- teti
pre-par-a- tiona!
Wie se- lig ist, den hier der 61au- be
How blest the Fyd.th-f ul as they take their
lei- tet,
sta-tions,
und wis 7er-flueht ist doeh,
but thrice ae- cur- sed he
0 gre*sss« Hoeh- seit-fest,
0 won-drous Feast of Lore
dar- lu der Him- mels-ko- nig
to which the King of Hea-Tsn
die Men- sehen ru- fen lasst!
has called us from a- bore.
Ist denn die ar- me Braut,
But are not we, poor souls
die ■saseh-li- ohe Na- tur,
of day azxl oom-mon clod,
nieht Tiel xu achleeht und we- nig,
by far too mean and hum-ble
dmss sieh mit ihr der Sohn des Hoch-sten traut?
to sit at ta-ble with the Son of God?
0 gro-ssM Hoeh- xalt-fest,
0 won-arous Feast of Lots,
der die-ses Uahl Ter-aeh-tet!
who has this Feast de- ri-dedi
3, Aria Soprano 1^8 (d)
Je- su, Brunn-qusll al- Isr Gna- den,
Je-sus, fount of er'-ry bless-ing,
la- be mleh e-len-den Gast,
feed me tho* I be the least
weil du mieh be- ru- fen hast.
Thou hast bid-den to Thy feast!
Ich bin matt,
I am faint.
schwaeh
weak,
und be-la-den,
hea-ry-la-d en ,
Ach: er-qui- eke mei- ne See-le,
quiok-en Thou the soul with»in me.
wie ist das Fleisch xu sol-cher Eh- re koaH-men^Aoh!) wie hun-gert mioh (nach dlr}!
how can it be that mor-tal flesh so lov-ly ah, how hun-gry I fbr. Thee.
dass Got-tes Sohn es hat auf e- wig an-
■ay be the hon-ored guest of Him of all
>ge- noB-men?
most ho-ly7
Der Hlflt-mel ist seln Thron,
For Hea-Ten ie His Throne,
die Ir- de dient xum Sche- mel sei-oen F^
and Karth beneath but serres Hia for a foot-
-S%«<01,|
•oeh will er die- ae Welt
and yet He bids us come
Le- bens-brot, das ich er- wah-le.
Bread of life whioh I would win me.
( koDm) ,
come
Tsr-ei- ne dioh
and be Thou one
mit mlr.
with a*.
4. ReoitatiTO Alto
Uein Je- su, lass mioh aiefat xur Hooh-xelt
Lord Je-sus, let me not ap-pear in
un-be-klei-det koa- men,
un-be- fit-ting gar-mente,
310.
Cantata 162
da«c mieh nlcbt traf- f* dain G«-riobt|
lest I diB-grace Thy Ho- ly Plaodf
■it Sehre-oken hab* loh Ja Tcr-nom-meiit
for I ob-oerra with per-tur-ba-tion
wl* da dan kuh- nan Hooh- sait- gaatf
bow onoa a bold, pra-siai9>-tuou8 guaat
der oh- na IQaid ar-sohia-nan*
in-ovirrad Thina in- dig-na- tlon
war- wor-fan imd rar-dam-mat hastS
whan ha ap-paarad not fit-ly draasad.
lob weisa auob main* Un-wur-dig-kaltt
I know my own un-wor-thi-naaat
Aoh, sohen-ka mir das Glau-bana Hooh-xait-
Lat Lora and Faith than ba my ban-quat
-Uaidi
draaa*
laaa dain Vair-dlanat su mai- nam Schmu-cka
lat loy- al- ty and aar-rioa ba my
die-nanl
Jev-als,
Gib mir zum Hoeh-zait-klai- da
■y cloak ba Thy aal- ra- tion,
dan Rock das Hails* dar Un-achuld wai- saa
and In- no- canoe my ooat of whlt-ast
Sai- da:
sa-tin.
Aoh, lass dain Blut, dan ho- ban Pur-pur,
Ah, whan Thou diad it wiped out ev'-ry
da-okan
bla»-i8h
dan al- ten A-dams- roek und sei- ne
with which old A-dam*B curse be-spot-tsd
La»rt er-f la- ok asy
my ap- par- al,
•o ward ich schon und rain
and left me fair and pure,
und dir will-koa- loen sein,
and of Thy wal-eoaa sure)
so werd* ich wur- dig-lieh das Uahl das Lam-
so may I coma in wor-thy garb to share
-mee schme-cken.
Thy ban-quet.
Cutata 162
5. Duat Alto-Tenor ^/^ (C)
bars 13-22, 26-29, 97-112t
In mai-nem Gott bin ich mr^trmvtl
God is my Joy, Ha my da-light,
bars 23-25, 32-34, 73-81, 113-121t
In mei-nem Gott bin ich er-freut J
In God the Lord is my de- light
die Lie-bes-maeht hat ihn be- wo- gCBf
thru-out my life His Grace has blest aa,
dass er air in der Gna- den- teit
mored by His Lore's tri- um-phant might;
au* lau- ter Huld hat an-ga- zo- gan
in brigbt-est gar-ments He has dressed r^-
die Klei-der (der Ge-reoh- tig- keit.)
spot-lesB-ly clothed in Right-eous-ness.
Ich weiss
As-sured
er wird nach die- sem Le- ben
am I of Life E- tar-nal
der Eh- re wei- sees Kleid
ar-rayad in whit-eat dress,
mir auoh (im Him- mel ge- ben)<
and joy in Hear'n su-per-nal.
6, Chorale V* («)
(Cor. da t., Vn. I with Sop.i 7n. II with
Altoi Va. with Tan} Fag. with Bass.)
Ach, ich ha- be Bchon er- bll-ak«t
Now the Lord's e- ter-nal king-dom
die-se gro-sse Harr-lich-keit,
in its glo-ry I will view.
Jet- zund werd* ich schon ga-sefaBU-ckat
clad in rich and fair ap- par- el,
mit dem wal-saen Him- melB-kleid|
Hea-ven'a garb of bright -est hue,
mit der guld-nen Eh- ren-kro-ne
with a gold-en Crown iq)-on me,
steh' ich da fur Got-tos Thro-ne,
by the Throne of God Al-migh- ty,
schau- e sol- che Preu-de am,
ah, what Joy will fill me than,
die kein En- de neh-men kazm.
Joy be-yond all mor-tal ken.
311.
Cantata 163
(1715)
Franc k
XXIII Trinity
Cantata 163
Ufa,
du hast UBS ge-g»- ben
hone and dal-lv ra-tion,
und Hab* und Gut
all we poB-seas,
und Ehr' und Staivij
or hope to be.
Spistle, St. Uatthew XXII, 15-22. The Pharieees Geist, See-le, Leib imd Le- ben
to confute Christ, asked him if it were lawful to heart, bo-dy, soul, and sta-tion,
give tribute to Caesar or not. He asked them to
show thec^ a penny and whose image was on it.
They say unto him, Caesar's. Then saith he
unto them, Render therefore unto Caesar the
things which are Caesar's, and unto God the
things which are God's.
Oospel, Philippians III, 17-21. Follow not
carnal things, as many do; He shall change our
▼ile body and make it glorious.
(Oboe d'amore, 2 Violoncello, and Strings.)
1. Aria Tenor V* (b)
(Ob. d'am., Vn., Va. , Violoncello.)
Nur Je- dem das Sei- ne.
Do Just-ice to all men.
Hues Ob- rig- keit ha-ben
So pay what thou ow-est
Zoll, Steu-ern und Ga- ben
to high-est or low-est,
bare 25-27t
Zoll, Steu-em, Zoll, Steu-ern und Ga-ben
pay all aeUf pay all that thou ow-est
BUSS 0- brig-keit ha- ben
to high-est or low-est
nan weig'-re sioh nicht
to du- ty be true,
d«r Sebul-di- gen Pflicht:
giro Cae-sar his due.
Doch blei- bet da^ Her- xe
Thy heart shall thou ren-der
lem Hooh-sten
to God In
dea Hooh-sten (al- lei-ne).
the High-est I none oth-er.
Was sol- len wir dsnn dir
What is there than that ws
lur Dank-bar- keit da- fur ar- !•• ^tnt
with ttaans-f ul hearts aay lay b«*for« Tbesi
da nn- ser ganx Ysr-ao- gm
tc show how ws a-dors Th*«7
nur dein und gar niefat un- ser let?
Our all is not our own but Thine.
Doch ist nooh eins, das dir, Gott,
Yet this one thing Thou may- est
wohl-ge-fallt|
wish of mine,
das Her- xe soil al- lein,
my heart I of- fer Thee,
Hsrr, del- ns Zin- se-mun- xs Min.
Lord let Thou this my tri-bute be.
Aeh, a- bar aoh! ist das niobt
Ah, wos is meJ for Sa- tan's
schlsoh-tes Geld?
fiend- ish faee
Bar Sa- tan hat dein Bild dar- an
is stamped there-on, euid worth-less coin
Tsr- Ist-xst,
will aaks it.
dis fal- sohs lAu* ist ab- gs- set- xst.
nor will the Lord as tri-bute take it.
2. ReoitatiTO Bass
Du bist BSin Gott,
Thou art, my God,
Ga- beai
bless-ingi
der Ge- ber al- ler
the soiree of er'-ry
sir ha- ben,
the trea-sures
was wir ha- ben,
that ws ohe-rish
al- lein von dci-ner Hand,
are ow- ing all to Tbse,
3. Aria Bass 4/a {•)
nrTolonoeUo Obligato I * II)
Lass main Herx die Uun- xs ssin
Let ay heart ny tri-buts be,
(dis ioh) (dir) , main Je- ««, stsu'-rs,
all to Thse, to Thee I pay it.
bars 14 and 23i
dir
all
bar 22i
-su, dir, aoh u-.
I pay it all
312.
•Bta\« 163
•t •!• glelch nlobt all- lu rein,
t i8 not from al-loy free.
Mb, BO koom docb)
Mlt it, work It.
und er-neu*-re,
new as-say It,
r, den echo- nen Glanz bei Ihr.
• tre bright to it im- part.
I, (ar-bei- te,) aofamels iind prii- ge,
oa», my tri-bute Thee I ren-der,
aea dein E-ben- bild in mir
'^ tamp Thine i-mage on my heart
II
ganz er- neu- ert glan- xen) mo- ge.
deep en-grared in bright-eot eplen-dor.
L RecitatJTo Soprano-Alto A Aria V* (f)
ch woll-te dir, 0 Gott,
0 gire to Thee my heart,
ger- ne ge-ben.
Lord, for-eT-er,
tr Will ist ivar bei mir;
1th spi-rit rea-dy, yet
das Her- ze
I etrive, 0
doob rielaeh und
the flesh is
Blut (will im- mor wi-der-atre-ben. )
weak and thwart a my beat an-dea- ror.
it. Mark XIY, 38t
"Vatoh ye amd pray, lest ye enter into
•optation. The spirit truly is ready, but the
leah is weak." See also St. Matthew XXVI, 41.
daa Herx (ge- fan-
haa anatched my heart
den Raub nieht neh- men
re-leaae me tho* I
|d*- weil die Welt
"he world to- day
-gen halt,
a- way,
Jia
•0 will aie aioh
»r will the world
laa- aen)
hat e it ,
!•- doeh ieh muaa aie has- een.
tad deep a- bo- mi- nate it.
iHm ich dieh lie- ben aoll.
-•t me be whol-ly Thine,
So ma- che doch ceic Here
*f heart to Thee re- sign,
lit dei- ner Gna- de toIIi
lad fill M with Thy Grace
leer' ea ganz aua ron Welt (und al-len
^ba world to face, end acorn ita em-pty
Cantata 163
Lu- at en)
plea-aure
und ma-che mich
that I mav true
Chri-aten).
mea-aure.
(zu ei- nem reeh-ten
to Chri-atian ata-ture
5. Duet Soprano-Alto 3/4 (D)
(Violina and Viola in uniaon.)
Ninm mich mir
Take Thou me.
und gib mich dir
Thine own to be.
Nimn mich mir und mei- nem Wil- len,
taJce my will in full aub-Jec-tion,
dei-nen Wil- len (zu er-ful- len)j
I am Thine for Thy di-rec-tion.
gib dioh mir mit dei-ner Gu- te,
with Thy boun-ty me pro-vi-ding
no- thing Thee from me di- vi-ding,
daea mein Herz und mein Ge-m'ti- te
let my api- rit be a- bi-ding,
in dir blei-be (fur und fur).
er-er, ev- er- more with Thee.
bsura 49-50j er- er- more.
6. Chorale V4 (D)
Fuhr auch mein Herz und Sinn
Lead Thou my heart and will,
durch dei- nen Geiat da- hin.
Thy bid- ding to ful-fil,
daaa loh mog al- lea mei-den,
and grant that no-thing ev-er
waa mich ron dir ktum achei-den,
can me from Thee die- ae- rerj
und ich an dei-nem Lei- be
in lore for- ev- er pligh-ted
ein Gllod-maaa e- wig blei- be,
with Thee aa one u- ni- ted.
213.
Cantata 164
(1723)
Franck
XIII Trinity
Epistl*, Galatians III, 15-22. The covenant
with Abraham.
Gospel, St. Luke X, 30>37. Parable of the
Good Sanaritan.
(2 TlJiuto traverBO, 2 Oboes, Strings. )
1. Aria Tenor (Strii«8.) ^4 (g)
Ihr, die ihr eueh Ton Chri-ato nen- net.
Ye who pro-fees tr call you Chri-stians,
wo blei- bet die Bann-her-xig- keit,
■here is that mer-cy now re-vealed
da- ran man Chri-eti Glie- der ken- net?
by which we know our Chris-tian bro-there?
Sie ist Ton euch aeh all-zu- weit.
From you 'tis fled, ah far a- field.
Die Her- ten soil-ten lieb-reich sein.
Your hearts nhould glow with love a- lone,
80 sind sie (har-ter) als ein Stein,
yet they are har-der than a stone.
far than
Zechariah VII, 12.
2. RecitatiTo Bass i Arioso
St. Uatthew V, 7t
"Blessed are the merciful, for cuey shall
obtain mercy.**
Cantata 164
Er klopft an un-ser HerSf
He knocks up-on our heart,
doch wird's nicbt auf-ge- tan
his pray- ers are de-nied
prayers are all
Wir se- hen zwar sein Han- de- rin- gen,
We no-tiee not his out -stretched banda,
sein Au- ge, das von Tra- nen fleusst;
nor that his eyes are filled with tears,
doch lasst das Hers sieh nicht zur Lie-
our hearts p^e a- da- mant to love's
-be twin- gen.
de-mands.
Der Prie- ster und Le- vit, der hier lui
The priest who draws not nigh, the Le- vit j
Sei- te tritt,
pas-sipg by.
bi, Luke X, 31-32.
sind ja ein Bild lieb-lo- ser Chri- sten;
are like to some be-nigh-ted Chri-stians,
sie tun, als wenn sie nichts von frem-
thay who their neigh-bor in mis-for-t
E- lend wuss-ten,
would ig- nore;
sie gie-ssen we- der '6l noch Wain
no an- y-dyne, no oil or wine
ins Nach-sten Wun- den ein.
vgp- on his wounds would pour.
Tir ho- ren swar, was selbst die Lie- be
We hear in-deed the words our Sa-vioiur
sprichtt
saidi
Arioso
Die mit Earm-har-ilg-keit
"Blest ye, the mer- ci-ful,
den Nach- sten hier um- fan- gen,
your neigh-bor not dis-dain-ing;
die eol- len vor Ce- richt
be- fore the Judg-ment seat,
Barm-her-iig-Veit er- Ian-gen.
will ye ob-tain God'e mer- cy."
RecltatJTO
Je- doch wir sich- ten eol-chee nicht I
And yet we hold oio'-selTee a- part,
Wir ho- ren noch dee Hach-etan Seuf-ier anj
and paas our neish-bor on the oth-er side.
See gospel for the day.
3. Aria Alto (Fl. tr. I * II) V* (d)
Nur (durch Lieb' und durch Er- bar-men)
By our love and ten- der mer-oy
by
wer-den wir Gott sel-ber gleich.
may we be like God a- bove;
Sa- ma-ri-ter-glei-che Her-ien
like Sa-ma-ri- tans to la-bor
St. Luke X, 33.
las-sen frem- den Schmert slch schmer-ten
in the eer-vloe of our neigh-bor, ^
und sind (an Er- bar- mung reioh).
filled with pi-ty, rich in love.
bars 35-37:
I
und sind an Er- bar-mung, em Er-bar-mung i
filled with pi-ty, rich in pi-ty and in 3
il4.
Cantata 164
4. RacltatJYO Tanor (Strlogs.)
Aeh, 8chmel-S8 doch dureb del- nan Lie- baa-
Ah, melt Thou, Lord, with Lore'e hot-bur-ning
I -atrahl
■ ray
dee kal-tan Her- zena Stahll
my i- cy heart a- way,
daas Ich die wah- re Chrl-atan-lie- be,
that I, with naigh-bor^ly af- feet-ionf
mein Hei-land, tag- lich u- be,
may feel my friend 'a de-Ject-ion,
daas mei- nea Naeh-aten We- he,
and com-fort hie af-fliot-lon,
er eei auch, war er iat,
who- er- er he may be.
Freund o- der Feind,
Friend, Sin- ner. Saint,
Held* o-der Christ,
or Pha-ri- aaa,
mir elIs mein eig- nea Laid
as tho* it were mine own,
tu Her- zen all-zeit ge- ha!
and gain hia be- ne-dict-ion.
Cantata 164
6. Chorale V* (Bb)
(Ob. I ft II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with
iUto} Va. with Tanor.)
Er- tot una durch dein Gu- te,
Trana-form ue by Thy kind-neaa,
ar-weck' una durch dein Gnad'!
a- wake ua thru* Thy Grace,
Den al-ten Lien-echen kran- ke,
that we put on the New Uan,
daas der neu' le- ben mag Eph. It, 24.
the Old Uan'a pow'r af-face. Col. Ill, 10-11.
wohl hier auf die-aer Er- den.
While here aa mor-tala ll-ving
den Sinn und all* Be- ger- den,
with hear-ti- eat thanka-gi- ving
und 6*dan-ken hab'n zu dir.
our truat in Thea we placel
Uein Herz eei lieb-reich,
Keep me de- to- ted,
aanft
pure
und mild,
in heart,
80 wird in mir Ter-klart dein E- ben-bild.
that in me Thou may sea Thy ooun-ter-part.
Cantata 165
(1724)
Franc k
¥
5. Duet Soprano-Baas ^2 (g)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Ob. I ft II, Vn. I ft 11.]
Han- den, die aioh nicht Ter-achlie-aaen,
Hands in Cha- ri- ty ex- ten- ded
wird (der Hia- mal auf-ge- tan),
find the Hea-Tena o- pan wide;
Au- gen, die mit- lei-dend flie-aaen,
eyes wbieh flow with tears of pi- ty,
sieht der Hei-land gna- dig an.
Jo- sua ne-Ter casts a-side.
Her- zen, die (nach Lie-be etre- ben).
Hearts for lore for- err- er stri-Ting,
will (Gott solbst sein Her- te) ge- ben.
rich in God's re- gard are thri-Ting.
af- fect-lon
Epiatla, Romana XI, 33-36. Who can know the
richea of the wiadom and Judgmenta of God.
Goapel, St. John III, 1-15. Chriat and
Nicodemua. Except a man be born of water and
the spirit he cannot enter the kingdom of God.
(Strings, and Fagotto.)
1. Aria Soprano A/4 (G)
(instn. ae aboTe. )
0 heil*-ges Geiat-und Was- ser-bad,
0 ho- ly foun-tain, aanc-tl-fied,
daa Got-tas Reich una ein-Ter-lei- bet
which op-ena God* a e- ter-nal King-dom
und una ina Buoh das Le- bens achrei- bet!
and in the Book of Life in- scribea us!
0 Flut, die fal- le) Uia-ae- tat
0 fount, which awal-lows sin and pride,
durch ih- re Wun- der-kraft er-tran-ket
whoae ma-gie drowna all trr- il do- ing,
und una daa (neu- e) Le- ben aohan-ket!
our atrength and hope and life re- new- ing J
315.
Cantata 165
2. Reel tat ivo Bass
Die Bun-di- ge Ge- burt ver-danm- ter A-
The aw-ful af-ter-math of A- dam's base
-dams-er- ben
se-duct-ion
ge- bie- ret Got-tes Zorn den Tod und
vas God's e- ter-nal vratb, our death and
das Ver- der- ben,
our de-struct-ion}
Denn was Tom Fleiseh ge-bo-ren 1st,
All that is born of A-deun's flesh
ist nichts als Fleiseh, von Sun-de an- ge-
ls naught but flesh, from ev-il foul-ly
-ste-cket,
rot- ted,
ver-gif- tet und be-fle-cket.
en- V en- owed, and be-spot-tedl
Wie se- lig 1st ein Christ:
How blest we Chri-stians all! ,
Er wlrd Im Geist-und Was- ser- ba- de
Bap-ti-sed in- to Christ we drsst
ein Kind der 5e-lig-keit und Gna-de,
in whi-test silk of bles-sed-ness
er zie-het Chri-stum an
we put on Christ Him-self,
Galatians III, 27:
"For as many of you as have been baptised
into Christ, have put on Christ,"
und tfei-ner Un-schuld wei-sse Sel-de,
and His un- sul- lied pu- ri- ty,
er wlrd mit Chri-sti Blut,
and so will we be dressed
der Eh- re Pur-pur-klei- de,
in bright-est pur-ple rai-ment,
im Tauf-bad an-ge- tern,
and glo-ry ma-ni-fest.
3, Aria Alto 12/8 (e)
Je- su, der aus gro>8ser Lie- be
Je-Bus, who has loved me dear-ly,
in der Tau- fe mir ver-sohrie-be
who thru bap-tism pro-mised clear-ly
Le- ben, Hell und Se- lig- keit,
life and hope and bles-sed peace}
Cemtata 165
hllf , dass ieh mich des- sen freu- e
let us. In this rite re- joi-cing,
Gna-den-bund (W. )
und den Le-bens-bund er- neu- e
faith and firm al- le-giance voi-cing,
in der gan-aen Le-bens- zeit,
our de- vo-tion ne-ver cease.
4, Recitativo Bass (Strings * Fag.)
Ieh ha- be, ja, mein See-len-brau-ti- gam.
Thou art in-deed be- lo- ved of my soul^
da du mich neu-ge- bo-ren,
thru Thee am I re-born i
dir e- wig treu zu sein ge-schwo-ren,
and true to Thee for- ev- er sworn,
hoch-heil'-ges Got- tes-lammj
Thou ho- ly Laznb of God!
Doch hab' ieh, aeh!
Yet have I, oft.
den Tauf-bund
bap-tis- mal
oft ge- bro-chen
pled-ges bro- ken,
und nicht er- fullt, was ieh ver-spro-chen,
nor have ful-filled the vows be- spo- ken.
er-bar-me dich aus Gna-den u- ber mich!
In pi-ty. Lord, be mer-ci-ful to me!
Ver- gib mir die be-gang'-ne Sun- de,
For-give my faults and in- dis-cre-tions.
du weisst,
Thou who
mein Gott, wie sehmert-lieh ieh
dost know, my sor- row- ful
•iBD-fin- da
trana-gress-ions ,
der al- ten Sohlan- ge Stieh}
pluck out the ser- pent's sting,
das Sun-den-gift ver-derbt mir Leib and Se**le*
whoso ev-il ven-om taints my soul and bo-dy,
hilf , dass ieh g^u- big dich er- wah- le,
keep Thou me stead- fast, true and trust-ing.
St. John III, 14i
"And as Uoses lifted iip the serpent in
the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be
lifted up,"
blut-ro-tes Sehlan-gen-bild,
As Uo-ses lift- ed up
das an dem Kreuz er- ho- het,
the ser-pent in the de-sert,
316.
Cantata 165
daa al- le Schmer-zen etillt
so liks-wlse, on the Cross,
und mich er-quickt, wsnn al- le Kraft
the Son of man was lif-ted up
ver- ge- net,
to save us.
Cantata 166
(1725)
(Chr. ".'eiss Sr.?)
(TV Easter ?)
Epistle, James I, 17-21, Every good gift is
from above; be swift to hear slow to speak,
slow to wrath.
Gospel, St. John XVI, 5-15. It ia expedient
for you that I go away but the spirit of truth
will come and guide you.
(Obos and Strings.)
5, Aria Tenor (Vn, I 4 II.) 4/4 (g)
Je- Bu, (mei- nes To-des Tod),
Je-sus, Sa-viour of my soul,
lass in mei- nem Le- ben
thru my life pre-serve me,
und in mei- ner letz-ten Not
when I nesLT my fi- nal goal
vor (W. )
Mir fur Au- gen schwe- ben,
let not an-guisb swerve me;
(Er- lo- ser)
dass du mein Heil-schlang-lein seist
keep me ev- er true to Thee;
(von dem)
fur das Gift der Sun- de.
foil the ev- il Sche-mer,
Hei- le, Je- su, Seel' und Geist,
help and heal and con-fort roe,
dass ich Le-ben fin- de,
be Thou my Re-dee-mer,
6. Chorale 4/4 (G)
(Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Va, with
Tenori Fag. *lth Baas.)
Sein Wort, sein' Tau- fe, sein I'iacht-mahl
Thy Tford, com- mun-ion, sa- era- ment,
dient wl- der al- len Un-fall,
will ward off all di- sas-ter;
der heil'- ge Geist Ira Glau-ben
our faith in Thee un- sha-ken,
lehrt uns da-rauf ver- trau- en.
di- rect Thou us, dear Lias-ter.
1. Aria Bass 2/8 (Bb)
(instr. as above. )
St, John XVI, 5»
"But now I go my way to him that sent me;
and none of you asketh me, Either goest thou?"
Wo ge-hest du hin, wo- hin?
Where go-eat Thou Lord, ah where?
bare 16, 36, 46 52i
wo, wo
ah where
2. Aria Tenor (Oboe) 4/A (g)
Ich will an den Him- mei den-ken
All my thoughts to Heav'n are turn-ing,
und der T7elt mein Herz nicht schen-ken,
for the world have I no yearn-ing,
this -bar 10,
Denr (W, )
(Wenn ich ge- he o- der ste- he).
The* I wan-der hith-er, yon-der,
BO liegt mir (die Frag' im Sinn)t
ev- er- more I ask me now:
Mensch, ach UenschJ wo gehst du hin?
"Man, ah man] where go-est thou?'
3, Aria Soprano fUnison Chorale) 4/4 'c)
(strings in unison.)
Ich bit- te dich, Merr Je- su Christ,
I crave of Thee, Lord Je-sus Christ,
halt mich bei den Ge- dan-ken
main-tain me by Thy fa-vor,
und lass mich ja xu kei- ner Frist
and let me not an in-stant brief
317.
Cantata 166
Cantata 166
Ton die-ser Uei-nung van-ken,
from my con-vic-tion wai-yerj
son - dem da-bei ver-har- ren feet,
but 8taunch-ly my be- lief con-firm,
bis dass die Seel* aus ih- rem Nest
that Then my soul has senred its term
wird in den Him- mel kom-men.
'twill dwell with Thee in Hea-ven,
Denn ea kann leieht auf Er- den
At eve the plans of nor-ning
vor A- bends an- ders wer-den,
are blast-ed with-out wam-ing,
ale main am Uor- gen nieht ge-dacbt.
and fade a- way like fly-ing chaff.
4, RecitatiTO Baas
Gleich-wie die Re-gen-was- ser bald Ter-
As quick to pass as light-est sum-mer
-flie-ssen,
show-ers,
und man- che Far- ben leioht Ter-sobie-ssent
as soon to fade as sum- mer flow-ers,
BO gebt es auch der Freu-de in der Welt,
80 all the lit-tle joys of earth de- part
auf wel- che man-cher Uenseh so vie- le
which mor-tals here be- low so deep-ly
Stu-cken halt;
take to heart,
denn ob man gleich zu- wei-len sieht
tho' man may oft- en-times as-sume
dass sein ge-wunseh-tes Glu-cke bl'uht,
that gol-den days will ev-er bloom,
80 kann doch wohl in be-sten Ta- gen
yet, just when all is to our li-king,
ganz un-ver- mut
quite un- a-wares,
8chla-gen,
Btri-king,
die letz-te Stun-de
our fi-nal hour is
5. Aria Alto ^4 (B^)
(Oboe and Strings.)
Han neh-me sich in acht,
Light as is fly-ing chaff,
-lu- eke lacht.
fic-kle laugh.
bars 17, 22, end 24t
nan neh- n*
as light as
wenn dee Ge-
ls For-time's
6. Choral ' V* (g)
(Ob. Vn. I with Sop,; Vn. II with Alto;
Va. with Tenor.)
Wer weisB, wie na- he mir mein En-de,
Who knows how near is my last ho-ur,
hin geht- die Zeit, her kommt der Tod.
for there goes time, and here comes death,
Ach wie ge-echwin-de und be- hen- de
Ah, how too sud- den-ly and swift-ly
kann kom- men mei-ne To-des- not,
will come my fi-nal dy-ing breath.
Mein Gott, ich bitt' durch Chri-sti Bluti
In Je- sue' Name I ask of Thee,
mach's nm* mit mei-nem En- de guti
send Thou a gen-tle death to mel
Cantata 167
(1725)
Feast of St, John
Epistle, Isaiah XL, 1-5, A voice crying in
the wilderness, Prepare ye the way.
Gospel, St. Luke I, 57-80. Elizabeth bears
John the Baptist. Her prophecy; and Benedictus.
(Oboe da caccia. Oboe, Clarino, and Strings.)
1. Aria Tenor 12/8 (G) (Strings.)
Ihr t!en-8chen, ruh- met Got-tes Lie- be
Ye mor- teds, praise ye God 'a af-fect-ion,
und (prei-set eei-ne Gu- tig-keit).
and mag- ni- fy His kind- li-ness,
Lobt Ihn (aus rel- nem Her-zens-trle- be),
that in the time of His se- lect-lon
318.
Cantata 167
Cantata 167
dass er una zu be-stimm-ter Zelt
True Be-lleT-ars at last poe-aess
das Horn des H«lla, den V7eg zum Le-ben
the Horn of Hopej the Way to save us,
an Je- su sel- nem Sohn, ge- ge-ben,
that Je-6U8 brought to us and gave us.
3. Duet Soprano-Alto ^4 (a)
(Oboe da caccia.)
Got-tes Wort das tru- get nicht,
God is true, His Word en-duree,
es ge- schieht, was er ver-sprlcht.
He will do what He as- sures}
Was er in dem Pa-ra- dies
as He vowed in a- ges past.
a, Recitativo Alto
0«- lo-bet sei der Herr Gott Is-ra-els,
Kx-alt the Lord, the God of Is-ra- el,
der sich in Gna- den zu uns wen-det
for all the Uer-cies that were won,
und sei- nen Sohn vom ho- hen Him-
rtien froui His Throne, for sin-ners to
-mels-thron
a- t one , .
tuir Welt-er- lo-ser sen-det.
He sent His on-ly Son.
Irst stell-te sich Jo- lian- nee ein
First, John the Bap-tist came to us
und mu88-te Weg und Bahn
that by him might be cleared
See Isaiah XL, 3. St. Luke I, 76.
dezn Hei-land zu- be- rei- ten;
a High-way for the Sa-viour.
hier- auf kam Je- sue sel- bar an.
And then, our Lord Him-self ap-peared,
die ar- men Uen-schen-kin- der
the Child of mor- tal Uoth- er,
und die Ter- lor'-nen Sun- der
to save each sin- ful broth-er,
Adagio
bars 13-16i
Bit Gnad' und Lie-be
with love and mer-cy,
bar 14i
■it Gnad' und Lie-be zu er-freu'n
that we might know His sa-ving grace
und sie zum Him-mel-reich zum Him-mel-reich,
to lead us Joy-ful- ly our God to face,
(in wah- rer Bums*) zu lei-ten,
re-pen-tant all, in Hea-ven.
und vor so viel hun- dert J ah- ren
to the Pa-tri-archs be- fore us
See St. Luke I, 72-73.
de-nen Va- tern schon ver-hiess.
He will wel-come us at last,
ha- ben wir (gott-lob* ) er- fah-ren.
mer-ci- ful at last re-etore us.
4. Recitativo Bass
Des Wei-bes Sa- men kam.
Of wo- man was He born,
nach-dem die Zeit er- ful- let;
when God the Fa-ther willed it;
der Se- gen, den Gott A- bra- ham
as God to A- bra- ham had sworn,
dem Glau-b ens-he Id, ver- spro-chen.
He ver- 1- ly ful-filled it;
let wle der Glanz der Son- ne an-
80 will He cause His light to shine
-ge- bro- Chen,
re-splen-dent ,
und un- ser Kum- mer let ge-stil-let,
that all our sor-rows may be end- ed,
Ein stum- mer Za-cha-ri-ae preist
The speecb-less Za-cha-ri-as * voice
mlt lau- ter Stim- me Gott
was loosed euid praised the Lord
fur sel-ne Wun-der- tat,
for all the won-dere wrought,
die er dem Volk er- xei- get hat.
to all His folk, and bless-lngs brought.
Be-denkt, ihr Chri- sten, auch,
Be-thlnk, ye Chri-stiana, too,
319.
Cantata 167
was Gott an euch ge- tan,
vbat God has dons for you,
Chorale (lat time)
und stim-cet ihm ein Lob- lied an,
and in His migh-ty »orks re-joice,
Recit. (2nd tine):
und stim-cet ihm ein Lob- lied an.
and in His migh-ty works re-joice.
Cantata 168
(1725)
Franc k
VIII Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthians X, 6-13. Take hee#i
lest you fall; you will not be tempted beyo]^
your power to resist; shun worldly lusts.
Gospel, St. Luke XVI, 1-9. Parable of thai
dishonest steward and his accounting.
(2 Oboe d'amore, Strings.)
1. Aria Bass (Strings.) V* (b)
5. Chorale Extended 3/4 (G)
(Clarino, Obce, and Strings.)
Sei Lob una ^rels mit Eh- ren
Be ho- nor praise and glo-ry
Gott Va- ter, Sohn, hei-li- gem GeiatJ
to all the bles- sed Tri- ni- tyl
Der woll' in uns ver-meh- ren,
Ab God to us has pro-mised
was er uns aus Gna-den /er-heisst,
so in His mer-cy will it be;
dass wir ihm fest ver-trau-en.
Be* cure in Him a- bid-ing,
ganz-lich ver-lass'n auf ihn,
sub- mis-sive to His will,
Ton Her-zen auf ihn bau- en,
with hear-ty trust con-fid-ing,
dass uns'r Herz, Uut und Sinn
His pur- pose to ful-fill;
ihm fe- stig-lich an-han-gen;
with all the firm re-li-ance
d'rauf sin- gen wir xur Stund'i
that faith in Him im-parts,
A-men, wir werd'n's er-lan- gen,
A-cen, we join in ein-ging
glaub'n wir aus Her- zens Grund.
from out our heart os hearts.
Tu- e Rech-nungI
Thine ac-count-ingj
das die Fel- sen
^en the moun-tains
Don- ner- wort,
Judg-ment Dayi
selbst zer-spal-tet.
split to piec-es.
Wort,
Hark,
wo- von mein Blut er- kal-tetl
the blood with- in me freez-es.
Tu- e Reoh-nungi
Thine ac-count-ingi
bar 25 t
fort, fort'
thy debt
bars 26-27i
ach,ach,
ah yea
See- le, (fort)'
Thou must payi
f
Ach,
All
du musst Gott
thy chat-tels
wie- der ge- ben
thou must ten-der
sei- ne Gu-ter, Leib und Le- ben.
life and bo-dy must sur-ren-der.
Tu- e Rech-nungi Don- ner- wort.
Thine ac-oount-ingj Judg-ment Dayl
i
2. Recitative Tenor (Oboe d'amore T * IT)
Es ist nur frem-des Gut,
This life is not mine own
was ich in dle-sem Le- ben ha- be;
which I to-day on earth am li-ying,
Geist, Le-ben, Uut und Blut ,
soul, bo-dy are a loan,
und Amt und Stand ist mei-nes Got- tes Ga- b
my lot and sta-tion are the Fa-ther's gi-vi
es ist mir «um Ver-wal- ten
The goods whieh God is lend-ing
und treu-lich da- mit Haus xu hal- ten
are held in trust a-gainst the epend-ing
von ho- hen Han-den an- ver-trauti
of more than T can well af-ford.
Z£0.
L
Caatata 168
Ach,
Ah:
a- ber achi
woe is me:
mlr graut,
0 Lord,
VMin leh in mein Ge- wia-sen go- be
I ask my cons-cience oft in ter-ror
so ▼oil De-fek-te
so full it is of
und mei- ne Rech-nun-gen
how stands my reck-on- ing?
ee- hal
er-rorj
Ich ha- be Tag und Nacht
I tren-ble day and night
die Gu-ter, die mir Gott ver- lie- hen,
lest I de- fault in my ac-count-ing,
kalt-sin- nig durch-ge- braohtj
and shud-dor, cold with fright i
Vie kann ich dir,
What may I do,
flie- hen?
judg-ment?
Ich ru- fe fle-hent-lich,
0 har-ken to my plea.
ga-rech-tor Oott, ent-
ray Sod, to pass Thy
ihr Ber- ge, falltl
ye moun-tains fall,
mich,
me.
ihr Hu- gel de-cket
ye hill-ocka co-ver
Tor Cot- tea Zorn-ge-rich- te
take note of my re- pen-tance
und vor dem Blitz
and 80 with- hold
von sei-nem
from me Thy
An- ge-aich- tei
aw-ful sen-tencei
3. Aria '^enor 3/8 (f#)
(Oboe d'amore I 4 II in unison.)
(Al-le 5c'nul-den die ich ha- be
Ka-pi-tal und In- tor- es- aen
Ca-pi-tal and In-t'reat pay-ment
al-le)
mei-ner Schul-den grosa und klein
all my do- bits great and small
mus-sen einst ver-rech- net sein,
I must soon ac-count for all;
(Was hier un- be- rahlt ge-blie-ben)
Al- las, was ich schul-dig blie-ben,
Er'-ry fail-ing, base and aor-dld,
ist in Got- tes Buch ge-schrie-ben
in the Book of God re- cor- dod
Cantata 168
als mit Stahl und De-mant-»t#in.
as if gra- von deep in stone*
4. Recitativo Bass
Je- doch er-Bchrock'-nes Hen, leb
Take heart, and trem- ble not; live,
und ver- ra- ge nichtj
nor be-moan thy lot,
Tritt freu-dig vor Ge- richti
but Joy-oua meet thy Godi
Und u- ber-fuhrt dich dein Ge-wis- sen
If, bur-dened by thy guil-ty con-science,
du wer- dest hier ver- atum- men mus- sen,
be-fore the Judge thy words shall fall thee,
so schau' den Bur-gen an,
thy Su- re- ty is by,
der al- le Schul- den ab-ge-tanj
Who all thy debts will sa-tis-fy.
(bis auf den leti-ten Rest)
Ea ist be-zahlt und vol- lig ab- ge-fuhrt,
Be not a-fraid, the debt is whol-ly paid
was du, 0 Mensch, in Rech-nung
which thou, 0 . man, didst owe to
schul-dig blie-ben;
God a- bove, i
des Lam-mea Blut, 0 groa- sea Lie- beni
by Je-suB blood. 0 migh- ty lovei
pre-cious love.
hat dei-ne Schuld durch-stri-chen
Of ev'-ry wrong com- mit- ted
und dich mit Gott ver-gli- chen.
in full art thou ac-quLt- ted,
Ss iat be-zahlt, du bist quit-tiertj
Be not a-fraid, thy debt is paidi
In- des- sen weil du weisst, dass du
So, stew-ard, make no slip, but heed
Haus-hal- ter seist,
thy stew-ard- ship,
30 aei be-muht und un- ver-ges- sen,
be sure to use thy ta-lent wiae-ly,
den Uam-mon kliig-lich an- zu- wen-den,
in- vest it well, nor vain-ly spend it,
den Ar- men wohl-zu-tun,
in good-ly deeds ex-cel,
321.
Cantata 168
■o Tirst du, wenn sieb Zeit imd L«- ben
■o vilt tbou, wben tby life on earth is
en-den^
en-ded,
in Him-mels- but- ten ei-cher ruh'n,
in Haa-7en*s Uan-slons ev- er dvell.
Cantata 169
(1731)
X?III Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthians I, 4-8. Thanks for
God's Grace to the Corinthians,
Gospel, St, Matthew XXII, 34-46, The great
commandment; whose son is Christ,
(2 Oboes, Taille, Organ, and Strings.)
5, Duet Soprano-Alto 6/8 (e)
Hen, ler-reiaa' dee Uajn-mons Ket- te.
Rend, my heart, the chains of Uam-mon,
Han- de streu- et Gu- tes ausi
scat-ter, hands, the seeds of Graced
11a- chet sanft (main Ster-be- bet- te),
Uake ye soft my cru- el death-bed,
bai^ et mir ein fe- stes Haus,
bid. Id in Heav'n my rest-ing-place,
das im Him-mel e- wig blei- bet.
There for- ev-er loved and cher-ished
1, Sinfonia V* (D)
(Inetr, as above. Org, Obligato,)
(Same as first movement of Clavier Concerto
in E,)
2. Arioso A Recitative Alto 3/8 (b)
Arioso
Gott soil al- lein mein Her-ze ha- ben,
God has my heart, there He a- bi-deth,
bars 12-13»
al-lein
a- lone
bar 34 Soprano, bar 36 Altoi
•- wig, e- wig
•v-er loved and
(wenn) der Er- de Gut zer-stau- bet,
when the Earth in diet haa per-ished.
6, Chorale V* (b)
(Ob. d'am. I * II, Vn, I with Sop,} Vn, II
with Alto, Va. with Tenor.)
Stark* mich mit dei- nem Freu-den- geist,
By Thine a-tone-ment make me strong,
hell mich mit dei- nen ^un- den,
Thy love and grace re-veal me,
wanch' mich mit dei- nem To- dea-schweiss,
wash Thou my soul of ev'-ry wrong,
in mel-ner letz- ten Stun-den;
of ev'-ry tree-pass heal mel
und nlmm nich einet, wenn dlr'e ge-fallt.
And take me, when it plea- see Thee,
in wah-reo Glau-ben von der 77elt
In Hea-ven ev- er-more to bo
xu dei- nen Au«- er-wahl-ten.
with Thee and Thine E- leo- ted.
Recitative
Zwar merk' ich aji der Welt,
I know the things of earth
die ih- ren Kot un-schatz-bar halt,
are naught but dust, of lit- tie worth,
well sie so freund-lich mit mir tut,
tho' they ap- pear to me so dear;
sie woll- te gem al-lein
the world would have me stray.
das Lieb- ste mei- ner See- le sein,
and seeks to lead my soul a- way;
Doch neini
But nay*
Arioso
Gott soil al- lein
God has my heart
(ich find' in ihm)
I find in Him
Recitativo
"/ir se- hen zwar auf Er- den
At times we no-tice flo-wing,
mein Her-ze ha- bem
there He a- bi-deth.
das hoch- ste Gut.
my great-est joy.
hier und deu*,
here or there.
ein Bach-lein der Zu-frie-den-heit,
a lit-tle stream of hap- pi-ness,
das von des Hoch-sten Gu- te quil-let|
that tri-ckles from the flllls of Plen- ty;
Gott a- ber 1st der ^uell,
God is a Ulght-y Fount,
an- ge- fill- let,
wa-tors nou-rished.
mit Stro-raen
by mlgh-ty
32£.
i
Cantata 169
da schopf leh,
when wea- ry
was mich al- le-ieit kann
there I come to oat- le-
aatt-eam und wahr-haf- tig la- ben,
-fy my thirst, and there re-freeh me,
Arioeo
Gott soil al-lein mein Her- ze ha-ben,
Ood in my heart a- bi-deth ev-er,
bare 47 and 51t
al-lein
a- lone
3. Aria Alto (Org, Obi,) V4 (D)
Gott Boll al- lein mein Her- la ha- ben,
Cod has my heart and there a- bi-deth.
leh find' in ifam (das hoch- ate) Gut,
I find in Him my great -eat Joy,
(Er liebt mich) in der bo- sen Zeit
He loTes me tho' mia-for-tune fallal
und will mich in der Se- lig- keit
One Day for me in Hea-ven's Halls
Cantata 169
5. /jria Alto 1^8 (f)
(strings, end Organ obligate,)
(Stirb in mir), "Zelt und al- le dei-ne
Die in me. Earth and all thy emp-ty
Lie- be,
plea-aure,
etirb in mir, dass die Brust
die in me, die in me;
sich auf Er- den fur und fur
give rne hope and faith in Thee,
in der Lie- be Got- tee u- bej
and of love a- bun-dant mea-sure,
(Stirb in mir), Hof-fahrt, Reich-turn, Au-gen-luat
Die in me, glo- ry, rich-es, va-nl- ty,
ihr ver-worf '- nen Flei-aches-trie- be,
ev- il things that mor- tale trea-sure,
Vifelt und al- le dei-ne Lie- be,
earth and edl thy emp-ty plea-sure.
See I John II, 16,
Bit Gu-tern sei- nes Hau-ses la- ben.
His rich-eet bless-ings He pro-vid-eth.
4. Recitativo Alto
Wae ist die Lie- be Got-tee?
Whit is the Love of God?
Dee Gei- stee Ruh', der Sin- nen
The soul's re-pose, the spririg that
Luat-ge-nlesB,
ne-ver dries,
der See- le Pa-ra-dies,
the spi-rlt's Pa-ra-dise,
Sie echliesst die Hoi- le lu,
it shuts the Gate of Hell
den Him-mel a- ber aufj
ar.d op-ecs Hea- ven wide,
■ie ist E- li- as' Xa- gen.
To earth I bid fare-well,
da wer-den wir in Him- irel nauf
and in E- li- as' Char-iot ride.
See II Kings II, 11,
in A- brame Sehoss ge- tra-gen.
to rest in Ab- rate's bo-som.
See St. Luke XVI, 22.
mlt eu- rem
"to neigh-bore
6, Recitativo Alto
Doch meint es auch da-bei
Our Lord com-nand-ed you,
Nach-sten treu,
be ye true."
Denn so steht in der Sohrift ge-schrie-benj
The Scrip-txire bids us, "Faith-ful la- bor,
Du sollst Gott und den Naeh-sten lie- ben.
love God, and, as thy-aelf, thy neigh-bor."
St. Matthew XXII, 39.
7, Chorale V* (A)
(Ob. I 4 II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with
Alto| Taille, Va. with Tenor.)
Du »vf a»9 Lie- be, schank' uns
Thou pre-olous love, abed o- ver
dei-ne Gunet,
us thy Grace,
lass uns amp-fin- den der Lie-be Brimet,
and grant that thy teaeh-ings we em-braca,
dass wir uns von Her- zen
that we love our neigh-bors,
ein- an- der lie- ben
and each his bro-ther
323.
Cantata 169
und in Frie- den auf ei- nem Sinn blei-ben,
li-ving peace-Xul all with one an- oth- er.
Ky-rie e-lei-son.
Ky-rie e-lei-son,
Alto and Bass:
Ky-ri-e e-iei-eon.
Cantata 170
(1731)
(Bach 7)
VI Trinity
Epistle, Romans VI, 3-11. Sin and death de-
stroyed by the Resurrection,
Gospel, St, liatthew V, 20-26, Part of senaon
on the mount; agree with thine adversary.
(Oboe d'&more, Flauto traverse, Strings, and
Organ. )
1. Aria Alto 1^8 (d)
(Oboe d'aiEore, Strings.)
Ver-gniig- te Ruh* , be-lieb- te See- len-
0 bles-eed rest, 0 wel-come heart's de-
-lust,
-light,
dich kann rran nicht bei Hol-len- sun-den,
«en find thee not where sin a-bound-eth,
wohl a- ber Kim-Eels-ein-tracht fin- den,
but where the praise of God re- sound-eth,
bare 20 and 46>
du starket al-lein die schwa-che Brust.
Eske strong my weak-ness by thy might,
bar8__21 and 47 1
dii starket al-lein die schwa-che Brust,
and guide my fee- ble soul a- right.
(Drut) sol- len lau-ter Tu- gend- ga- ben
So make thou in my heart thy dwell-ing,
In mei- nem Her-ien Woh-nung ha- ben.
and bring me joy all joy ex-cell-ing.
, bar 38i
Drum.
Cone!
Cantata 170
2. Recitativo Alto
Die Welt, das Sun-den- haus,
The world is full of wrong,
bricht nur in Hol-len-lie- der aus
in ev'-ry throat a ri-bald song,
und sucht durch Hass und Neid
and men would seem to seek
des Sa- tans Bild an sich 2u tra-gen.
in hate and spleen to vie with Sa-tan.
Ihr Uund ist vol- ler Ot-ter-gift,
V.'ith pois-oned tongues, on ev-il bent,
der oft die Un- achuld t*dd-lich trifft,
they strive to wrong the in- no- cent,
und will al- lein von Ra-cha, Ra- cha
and in their mad-ness spesik of naught but
sa- gen,
ven-gence.
Ge- rech- ter Gott,
Ah, Right-eous God,
wie weit ist doch dei
how far does man fal!
Uensch von dir ent-fer- net;
short of Thy com-mand-nentsj
du liebst,
in- deed,
je- doch sein ijfund
vilth cur-ses he
macht Fluch und Feind-schaft kund
in o- pen en- mi- ty
(kran-ken nur und
und will den Nach- sten nur mit Fus- sen
a- gainst his neigh-bor's need his heart has
hoh- nen)
tre- ten,
har-dened.
Achj die- se Schuld
Ah, guilt like this
(ver-Boh- nen)
ver-be- ten.
be par-doned.
iet schwer-llch eu
can scarce in-deec
3. Aria Alto ^/^ (t§)
(strings in unison. Organ obi.
2 ClaT.)
"7ie jam-mem mich do oh die ver-kehr-ten
How sad am I for that per-rer- t«d
Her-ien,
mor-tal
3£4.
SMitata 170
dl« dlr, ^meln Gott), (ao sehr) iu« vi-
■boae heart la hard nor will he hear
bar* 13-14t «jaos« heart
- der aeln}
Thy Toloe,
ieh sitt*-re recht und fuh- le (tau- aend
I treo-ble much and feel a thou-aand
Schmer-ien) ,
tor- oenta
vann ale aleh nur an Raoh*,an Rach'und Haaa,
that auch a one in ren-gence and In hate
an Rach' und Hasa er-freu'n,
can er- er thua re» Jolce,
bar 24-25i
««nn ale elch nur an Each' und Haaa er-freu'n.
that aiich a one In ren-genoe can re- Jolce.
Oa-rech- ter Gott, (was icagat du (dooh
0 Right -eoua God, what must Thou now
ge- den- ken)),
be thlnk-lng,
wenn ale al-leln cdt rech- ten Sa-tane-ran-ken
vfaan man la thus to flend-lah vi-ces slnk-lng,
dain achar-fee Straf-ge- bot so frech
whan Thine ex-preas coic-manda so oft
▼er-lacht.
we flout.
kebi oh- ne Zwel-fel hast du so ge- dachti
khl Thou wilt say with me, I do not doubti
Wle J am-mern izdch doch die ver-kehr-ten
•How sad am I for that per-rer- ted
Her-xenJ
Bor-tali"
Cantata 170
wle Dei-nen be-'ttra Preund
aa If he were my friend
naeh Got- tea Vor-achrift lie-ben aoll,
for thus the Script-urea clear-ly ahow,
ao flieht mein Her- ze Zom und Groll
A- way I ban-lah hate and wrath
und wunacht al- leln bel Gott lu le-ben,
from out my heeirt.and choose the path
der aelbst die Lie- be helsst.
that God has shown to me.
Ach, ein- t'-aobt- Tol- ler Gelst,
Ah, soon from troub-le free
wann wlrd er dir dooh nur sein Him-
my soul will be In Heay'n with Him
J
-mels- xl- on ge-ben?
whose name Is love.
4. RecltatlTO Alto (Strings.)
Wer soil- te aich dec- naoh
Why ahould we here on earth
vohl hier zu le- ber. wun-echen,
re- gard our Urea of worth,
Venn c&n nur Hasa und Un- ge-mach
where hate Is reck-oned far a-bore
fur sei-ne Lie- be sieht?
tha joy of God's own lore?
Doch well Ich auch den Feind
Tet I must love my foe
5. Aria Alto i/A (D)
(Fl. tr. (An stelle der Orgel.) Org, obi..
Oboe d'amore, and Strings.)
(Wle leld lat air daa La- ben)
Ulr e- kelt (mehr ( zu le- ben,)
Uy life la but a bur-den,
drum ntnwi mlch, Je- au, hin.
to end it soon were well,
Mir graut vor al- len Sun-den,
with dread my sins I pon-der*
laas mlch dies Wohn-haua fin-den,
so take me to Thee yon-der
(wo- selbst) ich ru- hig bin.
with Thee in peace to dwell.
325.
Cantata 171
3. RecltatJTO Tenor
Cantata 171
(1730)
Pieandar
New Year
Du 8U- saer Je-sua- Na- me du,
^letle, Gelatians III, 23-29. Faith si^erceded Thou Name of Je-Bus, sweet-eet rest,
the lav} we are all one irtien baptised in Christ,
0«apalt St. Luke II, 21. His name was called
Jesus.
in dir ist mei- ne Ruh',
when I am sore op-presti
(3 Ttoaba, Tis«>ani, 2 Oboe*, Strings.)
1. Chorus Z/Z ■ (D)
( Inatr. as abore)
Psalm XLVTII, lOi
"According to my name, 0 God, so is thy
praise unto the ends of the earth| thy right
hand is full of righteousness."
Gott, wie dein Na- me, eo
God, as Thy Name is, so.
Sop. bars 13, 35, 60. Alto 7, 39,
Ten. 3, 8, 43. Bass 17, 47|
ist auch dein Ruhm ,
80 is Thy praise
Sop. bars 18, 40, 48, 59. Alto 14, 22, 44, 52.
Tenor 8, 16, 27, 48. Base 16. 22t
so ist auch dein Ruhm
so is Thy re-nown
bis (an (der Welt En- de.)
to where the earth doTh end.
end-eth.
Du bist mein Trost auf Er- den.
Thou art my con- so- la-tion,
wie kann denn mir im Kreu- ze ban-ge wer-^eni
why need I then fear trial or tri-bu-la»t4 oni
Du bist mein fe- stes Schloss und mein Pa- nit
Thou eu-t my ban-ner fair, my to- wer big
da lauf * ich hin
to Thee I fly
wenn ich rer-fol- get bin.
when ev-il foes are nigh.
Du bist mein Le- ben und mein Licht,
Thou Eirt my hope, my bea-eon bright,
mein Eh- re, mei-ne Zu- ver-siebt,
my Hel-per and my heart's de-light,
mein Bei -stand in Ge- fahr
the pre-cious gift to cheer
imd mein Ge-schenk sum neu- en Jahr*
my life thru- out the com-ing year.
Sop. bare 15, 37, 62. Alto 9, 11, 41, 62.
Tenor 5, 45, 62. Bass 19, 62i
En' de.
doth end.
Sop. bars 23,44,52,55,65,67,69,72,77. Alto 18,
26, 31,48,55,65,68,77. Tenor 11,14,18,24,30,
52,67,72,77. Baas 26, 31, 49, 53, 58, 68, 72, 77i
En- de.
end-eth.
2. Aria Tenor (Vn. I 4 II.)
Herr,
Lord,
so weit die Wol- ken ge- hen,
as far as clouds in Hea-ven
ge- het dei-nes Na- mens Ruhm.
spreads Thy glo-ry and Thy Name.
Al- les; was die Lip-pen r'uhrt,
Er'-ry crea-ture draw-ir^ breath,
Al- lea, waa nuir 0- dem fuhrt,
er'-ry soul froo birth to dauth,
wlrd dlch in der Kacht er-ho-hen.
Ood Al-mlgh-ty ■««- nl-fi-eth.
Sea PeaLa CL.
4. Aria Soprano (Vn. solo.) 1^8 (D)
Je-sus soil mein er- stes Wort
Je-8U8 first I speak Thy Name
in dem neu- en J ah- re hei-ssen.
first of all this New Year mom- ing.
lacht sein Nam' in mei-nem
Joy- 0U8 voi-ces now are
Fort und fort,
Je- sua Nacei
Hun- de.
call-ing;
und in mei- ner letr- ten Stun- do
when the shades of death are fall-ing,
ist Je-Bua auch (mein letz-tes 'Yort).
my fi-nal word will be the same.
5. ReoitatiTO ft Arioso Daae (Ob. T 4 IT) V^ fO)
St. John XIV, 14i
"If ye shall ask anything In my name,
I will do it."
3S6.
Cantata 171
Cantata 171
^6
Ubd da du, Herr, s«- sagti
And hast Thou, Lord, not said
Bit-tet nur in mei-nem Na- men,
"A- n/- thing which for my Names sake
so ist Al- Iss Jal und A- meni
ys shall ask me, I will do it!"
Recitativo
so fie- hen wir,
so pray now we,
du Hei- land al-ler Welt,
Thou Sa-Tiour of the World,
6. Chorale
(Tromba I, II, III, Timpani. Ob. I 4 II,
Vn. I with Sop. I Vn. II with Altoi Va.
with Tenor.)
Dein ist al-lein die Eh- re,
To Thee a-lone be glo-ry,
dein iat al-lein der Ruhm.
to Thee a-lone be praise.
Ge-duld im Kreuz uns leh- re.
In trou-ble teach us pa- tience,
zu din
to Theet
Ver-stoss' uns
"Be Thou, Lord,
fer-ner nicht,
ev-er near.
be- hut' uns die- ses Jahr
pro-toct us thru the year.
Tom (W. )
fur Feu- er ,
from sick-ness,
Pest und Kriegs-ge-fahri
fire, and threat of war.
Lass uns dein Wort, das hel-le Llcht,
Uain-tain Thy Word, for-ev- er more
noch rein und lau- ter bren-nenj
a bea- con bright -ly burn-ing,
gib un- ser 0- brig-keit
to guide our gor- ern-ment,
und dem ge- sam-ten Lan- de
thru-out our land ajid na-tion,
dein Heil des Se- gens zu er- ken- nen;
de- Tout-ly for Thy Bles-sing yaarn-ing.
gib al- le-seit Cluck und Heil zu al- lem
bring for- tune fair to those in ev-erj'
Stan- de.
sta-tion.
re- gier' all' un- ser Tun,
and go- Tern all our ways,
bis wir ge-trost ab-schel-den
un- til at last in Hea- Ten,
iaa ew'- ge Him- mel-relch,
from care and trou-ble free,
zu wah- ren Fried* und Freu-den,
in peace and joy for- er- er
den Heil '-gen Got-tes gleioh,
we may be one with Thee.
In- des mach's mit una al- len
Our needs €ind Ton-tures mea-sure
nach del- nem Wohl-ge- fal- len.
ac- cor-ding to Thy plea-sure,
Solch's sin-gat heut' ohn' Scher-zen
And so Thy peo- pie, bring-ing
die christ-glau- bi- ge Schar,
to Thee their faith sin-cere,
und wunscht mit Uund und Her- zen
with truat- ing hearts are sing-ing
ein eel*- ges neu- es Jahr.
"Bless Thou this co- ming year."
Wir bit- ten Herr,
Ve pray Thee Lord,
in dei- nem Na- men,
that Thou be near us.
sprich JaJ dar-zu eprloh A- men,
say yea, A- men, edi, hear us,
(A- men:)
hear us.'
327.
Cantata 172
(1724-31)
Whitsunday
Epiatle, Acts II, 1-13. Descent of the Holy
Ghost at Pentecost.
Goipel, St. John XIV, 23-31, Ye who love me
will keep my conraandments; I come again.
(3 Tromba, Tlnqpani, Fagotto, Violoncello,
Organ, Strings, axtd Viola II.)
1. Chorus 2/e (C)
(Tromba I, II, III, Tin*.* Fag.,Vn. I * II,
Va. I 4 II.)
Er-schal-let, ihr Lie- der.
Ye Yoi- ces re- sound-ing,
(er-klin-get, ) ihr Sal- teni
ye psal- te- ries sound-ing,
vi- ols
(0 se- liK-ste Z«i- ten,)
0 glo-ry a-bound-ing,
Gott will sich die See- len
the souls of the Right-eous
lu Tem-peln be- rei- ten,
God ma-keth His dwell-ing.
2. RecitatiTO Baas (See also 74 (1).)
St. John XIV, 23:
"Jesus answered and said unto him (Judas,
not Iscariot) If a man love me, he will kee
my words; and my father will love him, and vs
will oon^ unto him, and make our abode witn
him. "
Her mich lie- bet, der wird mein Wort
He who loves me, keep-eth my com-
hal- ten,
-mand-ments,
und mein Va- ter wird ihn lie- ben,
and my Fa-tfeer too will love him,
und wlr wer-den zu ihm koin-.^en
and we His a-bode will en-ter,
und Woh- nung bei ihn ma-chen.
and dwell with Him for- e- ver.
Cantata 172
3, Aria Bass (3 Tromba, Tinqpani,)
Hei- lig- ste Drei- ein- ig-keit.
Come Thou Ho- ly Three-in - One,
(gro- sser Gott,) gro-sser Gott der Eh- ren,
Uigh- ty God, God in Grace ex-cell-ing,
komm doch in der Gna-den-zeit
Fa- ther, Ho-ly Spi-rit, Son,
bei una ein- zu- keh- ren,
with us meike Thy dwell-ing)
(komm doch) in die Her- zens-hut- ten,
come Thou, in our hearts a- bl» ding,
Bind sie gleich ge-ring und klein,
tho' we of- fer mea- gre fare,
komm doch, komn und lass dich doch er- bit-tem
come Thou, come Thou, by Thy Grace pro-vi-ding!
koLim und zie- he bei uns sini
Hope and Love and Mer-cy there*
4, Aria Tenor 3/4 (a)
(Strings in unison, Va, II,)
0 See- len-pa-ra-dies,
0 Soul, the Pa-ra-dise,
das Got-tes Geist durch-we- hetj
which God Him-self per- va-dethj
der bei der Schop-fung blies,
God's Spi-rit ne- ver dies,
der Geist, der nie ver-ge- het|
His glo- ry ne- ver fa^deth.
auf, auf, be- rei-te dlchl
Vpl soon will He ap-peari
der Geist, der nie ver-ge- het,
His glo- ry ne-ver fa-deth,
der Tro-ster na-het sioh,
God's Grace is ev-er nesir.
His -bar 80, 97.
5, Duet Soprano-Alto
(Vn. solo, Violoncello Obi., Org. Obligate.)
Soprtmo
Konm, lass mich nioht Ian- ger war-ten,
Come Thou Spi-rit which oa- ress-es
lep-hyr
zee.
Caotata 172
Cantata 172
(koiim)t du sanf- tar Hlza-mals-wlod,
oooe, thou breath of Hea-yen mild,
w- he durch den Her- lene-gar-tenl
blow thou thru my heart's re- cess-es!
Alto
(leh er- qui-cke) (dich) mein Kind.)
I will quiok-en thee, my child.
Soprano
Lleb-ste Lde-be, (die so eu- see,)
Beet Be- lo-Ted, pre-cloue trea-eure,
al-ler Wol-luet U- ber-fluss,
•- Ter-flow-lng fount of bllee,
(loh rer- geh*) wann ioh dlch mis- se.
Thou the source of all my plea-sure.
Alto
Nlnm (Ton mlr) (den Gna-den-kuse).
Take from me this Ho-ly kiss.
Soprano
Sel Im Glau-ben mlr will-kom- men!
Tal-come me with hope en-rap-turedl
Hoch-ste Lie-be, komm her- ein!
Best B««lo-Ted, I am Thine,
du hast mlr das Hers ge- nom- men,
whol- ly Thou my heart hast eap-tured,
■•i Im Glau- ben mlr will-kom- men.
firm of faith, with hope en- rap-tured*
Ich er- qui-cke dlch), mein Kind,
I will quick-en thee, my child,
nima (ron mlr (den Gna-den-kuss) ,
take from me this Ho-ly kiss,
(Ich bin deln) und (du blet mein,)
I ac Thine and Thou art mine,
du blst mein (und Ich) bin delnl
Thou art mine euid I am Thlnei
6. Chorale
(strings, ft Va, II, Fag, with continue.)
Ton Gott komnrt mlr eln Freu-den- sohein,
0 God, when Je-sua mine doth chance,
wenn du mlt del-nen Au- ge- leln
to cast on me a klnd-ly glance,
■Ich freund-llch tust an-gli- cken.
Thy Light of Joy In-spires me.
0 Herr Je- su, mein trau-tes Cut,
0 Je- sua, Thou who com-fort-eth.
deln Wort, deln Geist, dain Laib und Blut
Thy Word, Thy Spi- rlt, life and death
mlch in- ner- lich er- qui- oken.
with qulok-ened cou-rage fires me.
Nimm mlch freund-lich in deln' Ar- me.
Take me) keep mej Thy pro- teo-tlon,
dasB ich war- me werd von Gna- den)
Thine af-fec-tlon. Love in-etil-ling)
auf deln Wort komn ich ge- la- den.
at Thy call I come all will-ing.
Cantata 173
(1731)
Whitmonday
Epistle, Acts X 42-48. Descent of the Holy
Ghost on Peter, Corneliua and edl that heard
Peter preach.
Gospel, St. John III, 16-21. Qod so lorad
the world that He gave His only begotten eon,
that whosoever believeth in Him should not
perish but have everlasting life.
(2 Flauto traverse, Strings.)
1, Recltatlvo Tenor (Strings.)
Er-hoh-tes Fleisch und Blut,
Ex-alt-ed Floah and Bloodi
das Gott selbst an sich nimmt,
when God, thru His own Son,
dem er schon hier auf Er- den
as-simed a mor- tal sta-tlon.
•1b hlmm-lisch Hell be- stimmt,
a child of man. Ha won
dee Hoch-sten Kind zu wer- den!
for Man as-sured sal-va- tion.
Er-hoh-tes Fleisch und Blut!
Ex-al- ted Flesh and Blood!
2. Aria Tenor V* (D)
(Fl. tr. I ft II, Strir^s.)
Elr. ge- hei- lig- tes Ge- mu- ta
Faith-ful Chri-stians, God con-fess-lBg,
3S9.
Cantata 173
Cantata 173
sieht tind aehme-cket Got- tea Gu- ta«
come to knoT Hla pre-oioua blesa-log.
Ruh-met, sin-get, etiiont die Sai-teuv
Vi- oIb, Toi-ces, aing the Sto-ry,
Got-tes Treu- e (aua- au- brei-ten).
of Hie good-neaa, chant Hla glo-ry.
3. Aria Alto (Stringa.) V* (b)
Gott will, o ihr Uen-ac hen-kin- der,
Won-droua thizigs will God ae- com-pliab,
an euch gro- ese Din- ge tun.
for the sake of mor-tal man;
Umd
Uiid
und Her-ze,
and bo-dy,
Ohr und Bli-oke
hearta and Toi-eea*
kon-nen nicht bel die- aem Glu-eka
er'-ry hu- man aoul re-joi-cee,
und ao hell'-ger Freu- de ruh'n.
joy-ful all the Chria-tian clan.
4. Duet Baae-Soprano (Aria) V* (G)
(ri. tr. I 4 II, StringB. )
Baaa
So hat Gott die 77elt ge-liebt,
God ao lored the vorld and man
St. John III, 16-21.
aein Kr-bar- men hllft una Ar- men,
that He gare ua, aent to save ua,
daas er aei-nen Sohn une gibt,
gave Hia Well-be- lo- ved Son;
Ona-den-ga-ben zu ge-nie-aeen,
rich-ly on ua grace be-atow-ing,
die wle rel-che Str'6-me flie-eaen.
Btreajta of mer-cy o- rer-flow-ing.
got-rano
Sein Ter-noii-ter Gna-den- bund
By Try co-ren-ant of Grace
let ge-Bcriaf-tig und wird kraf-tig
ne»-ly guide ua, all pro- Tide ua,
in der Uen-ach«n Herz und Uund,
guilt from out our aoule ef-face.
daa* aaln Oelat zu saI- nnr Th- re
So with loT-lng ao- cla- aia-tlon
glau-big zu i>ic ru- fen leh- re.
we wmj Toioe our a- do- ra-tir«n.
Soprano-Baea
Nun wir laa-aen un-are Pflicht
There-fore come we, du-tv bound.
Op- fer brin-gen, dan- kend sin-gen,
pre-sente bring-ing, thank-ful aing-ing,
da sain of- fen-bar- tee Licht
that Thy praise may loud re-aound;
sioh xu sei-nen Kin-dern nei- get
As a Fa-ther safe di-rect us,
und aich ih-nen kraf- tig zei- gex.
by Thy Ho-ly Light pro-tect us.
5. Reoitativo and Arioao Soprano-Tenor
Un-end-lich-eter, den man dooh Va-tar nenn'
E- tar-nal One, oxir hearts go out to Thee
wir wol-len denn daa Herz und Op-fer brin-gen, i
our Fa-thar, in de- vo-tion ne-ver-end- ing; ;
auB uns-rer Brviet, die ganz vor An-dacht
for we will all Thy ohild-ren ©▼- er
brennt ,
be,
soil sich (der Seuf-zer Glut) zim Him- icel
our prayers to Thee in Hea- ven high as-
S. 9-11, T. 10-11,
12-13i in Hea- ven high
Ten. 13i in Heav'n aa-
achwln-gan.
-cend- ing.
6. Chorus (Fl. tr. I 4 II, Str.)
Ruh- re, Hoeh-ater, un- earn Gelst,
Stir. Thou, Lord, our hearta thia day,
daas dee hooh-Bten Gei-ates Ga- ben
let Thy Ho- ly Spi-rit move us,
ih- re Wlr-kung in une ha- ben.
tried and true dia-cip-lee prove ua;
Da deln Sohn une be- ten heisBt,
Je-Bua, teach ub how to pray,
wird as duroh die Wol-ken drin-gen
that thru Thee our eup-pli- cn-tion
und Kr- ho- rung auf una brin-gen.
pierce the olouda for our sal- va-tlon.
330.
* Cantata 174
(1729)
Picander
Whitmonday
Sx>iBtl«, Aota X, 42-48. The Holy Ghost
Itsoends on Peter, Cornelius, and all who
lear Peter preach.
Gospel, St, John III, 16-21. r,od bo loTed the
rorld that he gave His only son that we nilghi
je saved,
'2 Como da caccla, 2 Oboee, Tedlle, 3 Violins,
3 Violas, 3 Violoncelloa. )
L. Sinfonia V* (O)
(Inatr. as above.)
(Third movement of Brandenburg Conoerto. )
t. Aria Alto ^8 (D)
'■ (Oboe I ft II.)
'oh lie- be den Hoch-sten von gan- xem
I love the Al-migh-ty with deep-est
Ge-Mu- te,
de-vo-tion,
>r hat mich guch am hoch-eten lieb,
ind I am sure that God loves me.
bar 59i
•r hat mich auch am hoch-sten lieb«
•ore am I too that God lores me.
[Gott (al-lein) soil (der Schatz der See-len)
God to me will ay trea-sure ev-er
■ein«
be,
la hab' ich (die •- wl-ge Qusl-le) der Gu- te.
I* wide and as deep as the o- cean
as wide and as deep as the o-cean.
B« Recitativo Tenor
(3 Vn. in unison. 3 Va. in unison.)
3 Lie- be wel-cher kei- ne gleiohl
0«- vo-tioni such as ne-ver knownl
0 un-schati- ba- res Lo- se-geldl
0 pre-cioua love, of God a-lone!
Der Va-ter hat des Kin- des Le- ben
Hie on-ly Son the Fa-ther gave us,
fur Sun-der in den Tod ge- ge- ben
to suf-fer death and so to save ua,
Cantata 174
und al- le,
that mor-tals
die das Him-mel-reich
lost to Hea-ven and
ver-scher- zet und ver-lo- ren,
pre-des- tined for dam-na-tion
rur Se- lig-keit er- ko- ran.
may yet at-tain sal-va-tlon.
Al- BO hat Gott die Welt ge- liobtl
Ah, so in-deed God loved the worldj
St. John III, 16-21.
I/ein Herz, das mer-ke dlr
Uy heart, be not a-fraid,
und star- ke dich mit die- sen !Tor-ten;
your strength re-new, your hope a- wa-kenj
vor die- asm mach-ti- gen Pa- nier
for when God's bsui-ner is dis-played
er- ait-tern selbst
the ve-ry gates
die Hoi- len-pfor-ten.
of Hell are sha-ken.
4. Aria Baas V* (G)
(Violins and Violas, all in unison.)
Grei- fet zu^ Faaat (das Heil,; ihr
Guard your fad.th, hold it fart with
and firm
Glau- bens-han- de,
hands ex- ten-ded,
bars 21, 26, 34, 40, 101, 104, 110, 118, 124i
Grei- fet zui
Guard it well:
bar 91j
Grei- fet zui
Keep the faith:
Je-8U8 gibt aain Him- mel-reich
Je-sus o- pens Heav'n to you,
und ver-langt nur dad von eucht
this is all He bids you doi
Glaubt (ge-treu) bia an daa En-de,
"Soul be true, 'til Life is end-ed,"
5. Chorale
(Ob. I, Vn, I 4 II, with Sop.i Ob. IT, Vn, III
with Altof Taille, Va, I, TI, III with Ten,)
Herz-lich lieb hab' ich dich, o Herr|
I love Thee Lord, with all my heart.
831.
Caotata 174
ich bitt'i woll'st seln von mir nicht fern
and pray Thee etay Thou not a- part.
Bit dei- ner Hilf und Gna- den,
btit help me, Lord, and bless me.
Die gan-ze Velt nicht frsu-et micb,
I ask for no- thing here on earth,
nach Hinan'l und Er- de frag' ich nicht,
this vfaole world seems of lit- tie worth,
wenn ich dieh nur kann ha- ben.
if I may not pos-sess Thee*
Und wenn mir gleieh mein Herz zer- bricht.
And er- en tho* my heart should break,
80 bist du doch mein Zu- Tsr-sioht,
Thy ser-Tant Thou wilt not for-sake,
mein Tail und mei- nes Her- zens Trost,
my Hope and Com-fort Thou wilt be,
der mich durch sein Blut hat er- lost*
who on the Cross a-toned for me*
hast died
Harr Je- su Christ, (mein Gott und Herr),
0 Lord I ask, in Je-sus* Ilame
in Sohan-den lass mich nim-mer- mehr!
keep Thou me free from sin emd shame*
Cantata 175
2* Aria Alto (n* I, II, A III.)
Konm, lei- te mich, (es seh- net sich)
Come, lead Thou ma, I long to be
mein Geist auf gru- ne Wei- de,
in Hea- van's fer-tile pas-ture,
mein Herz- ze schmaeh't, achzt Tag
my heart cries out yea« longs
und Nacht,
for Thee,
mein Hir- te, mei- ne Freii-deJ
my Shep-herd, decur-est lifae-ter*
3* Recitativo Tenor
Wo find' ich dich? Ach ' wo bist dui
Where may Thou be? Ah, leave not bwi
ver-bor- genv
in sad-nessj
0 zei- ge dich mir bald!
0 hide Thee not from me.'
Ich seh- ne mich, brich an, er-
I yearn for Thee. Break forth. Thou
-wunsch-ter Uor- gen.
dawn of glad-ness.
Cemtata 175
(1735)
Ziegler-Baoh
Whittuesday
Spistle, Acts VIII, 14-17. The Holy Ghost
desoends on those In Samaria on whom Peter and
John laid hands.
Gospel, St. John X. 1-10. Christ the door
of the shoepfold. Verses 11-16, the good
shepherd.
(3 riauto. Violoncello-piccolo, 2 Trosibe, and
Strings.)
1. Recitativo Tenor (Fl. I, II, 4 III.)
St* John X, 3i
"To him the porter openeth; and the sheep
hear his voioe; and he oalleth his own sheep by
name, and leadoth theiz^ out." C^ K
Kr ru- fet sei-nen Soha- fen mit (Na-men)
He oall-eth His own sheep each by name
und fuh- ret sie hln-aue.
and lead-eth then a- way.
4* Aria Tenor
V4 (C)
Es dun- ket mich, ich seh' dich kon- men,
I seem to see Thee ccme to meet me,
(du gehst zur rech-ten Tu-re) ein*
and en- ter by the o-pen door*
Du wirst im Glau-ben auf- ge- nom- men
With faith I wel-come Thee and greet Thee.
und musst (der wah- re Hir-te sein).
be Thou my Shep-herd ev-er-more.
loh ken- ne dei- ne hoi- de Stim-me,
I know Thy voice so kind and gen-tle,
die vol- ler Lieb' i«id Semft-mut iet,
so full of love emd ten- der carei
dass ich im Geiit da- rob er-grim- me*
it fills my heart with rigfat-eous em-ger
wer zwei- felt, dass du Hei- land ■•Itt'
wl»n doubt-ing • ones their Lord for- swear
382.
Cantata 175
5, RecitatJYO Alto-Baa 8 ( Strings.)
Alto
Sle yer- nah-men a- ber nicht, wae as war,
But they com-pre-hen-ded not what it was
das er lu ih- nen ge- sa- get hat- te,
that thus the Lord un- to them had spo-ken.
St. John X, 6s
"—-but they understood not what things
they were which he spake unto them." (as to
being the sheep who knew their shepherd and
not a stranger. )
gass J)
Ach JaJ Wir Uen-schen sind oft-icals den
Ah yeai We mor- tale are oft- ten-
Tau- ben zu ver-glei-chen,
-times de-void of hear-ing,
•ten die rer-blen-de-te Ver-nunft nicht weiss,
tihen our de- lu-ded sen-ses do not heed
was er ge-aa- get hat-te.
what He is say-ing to us.
Oi To- rin, mer-ke doch,
Thou fool thou, know in-deed,
Urioso
wenr. Je-8ua mat dir spricht,
when Je-sus speaks to th«e«
dass es zu dei-nem lieil ge-schieht.
for thy eal-va-tion it will be.
Cantata 175
wer ihm folgt, sein Kreuz nach-tragt.
you who shure His Cross and woe.
7, Chorale
(Vn. I with Sop.; Vn. II with Alto; Vn. Ill
with Tenor. Flautl I, II, 4 III.)
Nun, wer-ter Geist, ich folg* dirj
Come, Ho-ly Ghost, help Thou raej
hilf, dass ich su- che fur und fiir
to seek Thee and to fol-low Thee,
nach del- nam Wort eln an-der Le- ben,
Thy T7ord my guide and in-api-ra-tion
das du mir willst aus Gna-den ge- ben.
to mould my life for my sal-Ta-tion,
Dein Wort ist Ja der Mor-gen- stem,
Thy Word, a glo-rious mor-ning-star,
der herr-lich leuch-tet nah' und fern,
is shi- ning fair from Hea-ven far.
Drum will ich, die mich an- ders leh-ren,
So, firm in Faith no doubt can se-ver,
in E- wig-keit, mein Gott, nicht ho-ren.
I hold me true to God for- e- ver.
Al-le-lu- ja, Al-le-lu- jaj
Al-le-lu-jah, Al-le-lu-jah:
ia Bass 6/8
"onba I 4 II.)
(D)
bars 9-12:
^'" net euch, ihr
our hearts and
bars 12-17j
off-net euch, ihr
op- en , op- en
bei- den Oh-ren,
ears be op-en.
bei- den Oh- ren
wide and hear you,
J8 hat euch zu- ge- schwo-ren,
-a' pro-mise then will cheer you,
da83 er (Teu-fel, Tod er- legt),
^ .1 and De- vil are laid low,
to43i Hell and Death laid low.
Cni- de, nnu- ge,
Orace and glad-ness
vol- les Le- ben
will at- tend you.
•ill er al- len Chri-sten ge- ben,
He will love and well de- fend you,
bar 63i and
Cantata 176
(1735)
Ziegler
Trinity
Epistle, Ronans XI, 33-36. ^'/ho can know the
riches of the wisdom and judgments of God?
Gospel, St. John III, 1-15. Nicodemue
coding to Christ in the night for fear of being
seen by his fellows.
(2 Oboes, Oboe da caccia, and Strings.)
1, Chorus V^ (c)
(Instr. as above.)
Jeremiah XVII, 9i
"The heart is deceitful above all things,
and desperately wicked; who shall know it?"
333.
Cantata 176
Cantata 176
Es ist ein trot-xig
The heart is ^dck-ed
und ver-ia^ Ding
and de-ceit-fxil
( un (al-ler) Men-schen Her- ze.
im ev'-ry mor- tal crea-ture.
Sop. bars 14-15,31-32,35-36. Alto 10-11,14-15,
28-29. Ten. 5-6,10-11,24-25,31-33.
Bass 1-2,5-6, 21-22,35-36*
ein trot-zig
de- fi- ant
Sop. bar 20-21,34-35. Alto 13-14, 20-21.
Tenor 9-10, 20-21. Pass 4-5i
ein trot-zig und ver- zagt'
de- ceit-ful and a- fraid
soil fur mich um- ne- belt sein,
bright -ene not the shades of night
veil ioh nach dem Uei- ster fra- ge,
when I go to meet the Mas-ter,
denn ich scheu-e mich bei Ta- ge«
for by day I fear dl-sas-ter.
Nie-mand kann die Wun-der tun,
Won-ders none can ev-er do,
denn sein' All-macht und sein V?e- sen,
but that God Al- nigh- ty aid-eth,
seheint, ist gott-lich aus-er- le- sen,
else the Spi-rit him per-vad-eth,
Tenor bars 27-31. , ,
Es ist ein -trot-^ig und ver-zagt, und ver-zagt Got- tea Geist muss auf ihm ruh'n.
The heart is Tdck-ed and a- bove elII de-ceit- his soul quick- en- eth a- new.
Ding in al-ler, al-ler k'en-schen Her- ze.
-ful in ev'-ry, ev'-ry Eor- tal crea-ture,
Bass bars 11-15, 23-25, 28-29, 38-40t
es ist (ein trot-zig' und ver-zagt' Ding)
the heart is *lck-ed a-bove all things
4. Recitativo Bass
So wund*-re dich, 0 Mei-ster nicht,
So won-der not, 0 Mas-ter mine.
2. Recitativo Alto
Ich oiei- ne.
In this wise.
recht ver- zagt,
filled with fright.
dasB Ki-ko-de-mus sich bei Ta- ge nicht,
did i;i-co-de-Dus seek his Lord by rdght,
St. John III, 1-15.
bei Ilacht zu Je- su wagt.
nor dared to cone by day.
Die Son- r.e r.uss-te dort
Cod bade the sun o- bey
bei Jo- su-a so Ian- ge stil-le stehn,
when Joeh-u- a cor.-man-ded it to stay.
so
that
lan-ge bis der Sieg voll-kom-men war
Is-ra-el might rout the A- no-rites'
war- um ich dich bei Nacht aus-fra- gei
that in the dark of night T seek Theej
Ich furch-te , dass bei Ta- ge
for in the light I trem-ble
mein' Ohn- macht nicht be-ste- hen kann,
with fright, nor could I face Thee then,
Doch trdst' ich mich, du nimmst mein Herx
But since Thou art the keep- er of
und Geist y
my heart,
zum Le- ben auf und an.
con-tent I say "A-men".
St. John III, 15:
"That whosoever believeth in him should
not perish, but have eternal life."
ge-Bchehn;
ar- ray,
Joshua X, 12-14.
hier a-ber wun-schet Ki- ko- deiri
yot JJi-co-de- cue feared the light,
0 sah' ich Bie zu Ru- ste gehnj
and ti- Diid, wait-ed for the ni^htl
Andante
Weil al- le,
For aJLl ye
die nur an dich ^lau-ben,
whose faith is stead-fast, ye
nicht ver-lo- ren, nicht ver- lo- ren wer-den.^
will not per-ish, but have life e- ter-nal.
3, Aria Soprano (Strings.)
Delr. Bcnot hell be-li«»b-ter Schoin
Sun, thy cl^ar bfl-lo- ved light.
5. tj-io Alto 3/B (Efc)
(Ob. I A I], Ob. da c. nil in unison.)
Er-mun- tert euch, f urcht-seun'und schuch-
A-rouBO thee, thou ti- odd and fnirt-
3Z4.
Cantata 176
Cantata 177
-ter- ne Sin- ne,
-heart-ed spi-rit,
(er- ho- let euch) (ho- ret) , waa Je-aua
take cou-rage and hear ye what Je-sua
des-pair ye not -bars 28-31,
ver-6pricht|
has saldt
daas ich durch den Glau- ben den Him-rael
that Hea- ven thru' feiith you may one day
IV Trinity
Epietle, Roimne VTII, 18-23. God'e children
avait the glory of the body's redemption,
Goepel, St. Luke VI, 36-42. Part of the
sern.on on the mount; be merciful, forgiving,
generous; can the blind lead the blind? Take
first the beam fron thine own eye,
(2 Oboes, Oboe da caccia. Fagotto, Violin
concertante, and Strings,)
ge-win-ne,
in-her-it. 1. Choral -Fantasia 3/8 (g)
(Ob. I A II, Vn. concertante. Strings.)
Wenn die Ver-hei-ssung er-ful-lend ge-schicht, ,
Thus, will the pro-mise of God be ful-filled; (Ich ruf) zu dir, (Herr Je- su) (Christ)
I cry to Thee, Lord Je-sus Christ
werd' ich dort o- ben mit Dan- ken und
There will we join in thanks- gi-ving emd
Lo- ben
prai-ses,
Va- ter, Sohn und heil'-gen Geist
praise and thank the ho- ly Three,
prei- sen, der drei-ein- ig heisst,
praise the bles-ssd Tri- ni- ty.
6. Chorale
(Ob. I, Vn. I with Sop.| Ob, IT, Vn. II with
Alto} Ob. da c. , Va^ with Tenor.)
Auf dass wir el- so all-zu-gleich
To- geth-er we must ev-er strive
«ur HiiE-mels-pfor- te drin-gen
to en-ter Hea-ven's por-tal,
und der- mal-einst in dei- nem Reich
for there our Spi-rits will sur- vive,
ohn' eil- les En- de sin-gen,
and join in song im-mor-tal,
dass du al- lei- ne Ko- nig seist
to Thee the King of Hea-ven's Host,
hoch u- bar al- le Got-ter,
the Lord of all Cre- a-tion,
Gott, Va- ter, Sohn und heil'-ger Geist,
Cod, Fa-ther, Son and Ho- ly Ghost,
der Frcn>- men Schutx und Ret-ter,
who broMght to man Sal-va-tion,
•in Te-sen, drei Per- so- nen.
One Be-ing in Three Per-sons.
ich bitt (er- hor main Kla-gen),
and would Thy pi- ty wa- ken;
) ■'
(ver-leih mir Gnad) (lu die-ser Frist),
be- stow Thy grace up-on me now,
lass mich doch nicht ver-za-gen;
nor let me be for-oa-ken;
7
den rech-ten Glau-ben, ^Herr, ich mein),
for I en-dea- vor. Lord, in- deed,
den wol- lest du mir ge- ben,
to live as Thou would have me,
dir zu le-ben,
faith-ful ev-er,
mein'rc Nach-sten (nutz zu sein),
to meet my neigh-bor's need
(dein Wort (zu hal- ten) e- ben.
to Thy com-mand ob-ed-ient,
bass
dein Tort lu hal- ten, zu hal- ten e- ben.
to Thy com-mand. Thy com-mand ob-ed-ient.
2. Aria Alto
1
Ich bitt noeh mehr, noch mehr, o Her-re Gott,
I aslf Thee Lord, a- gain in Je-eua' name
du kannst es mir wohl ge-ben»
what Thou may well ac-cord me;
dass ich werd ( nim-mer-mehr ) xu Spott,
hold Thou ne ne- ver-more to shar;e,
die Hoff-nung gib dar-ne- ben,
but hope at last af-ford rae
vor- aus, wenn ich muss hler da-von
that when my time shaJll come to die
335.
Cantata 177
Cantata 177
daas ich dir mog ver- trau-en
I then nay have Thee near me,
und nicht bau- en
for I fear me ;
auf al- les ir.ein Tun,
that irtiat I have been
eonet mocht michs (e- Tig) reu- en,
a- lone will ne-ver clear me.
es kann Nie-mand er- er-ben,
of Thy di- vine crs-a- tion,
ncch er-wer-b'^n
Thy do-na-tion,
durch "/er- ke dei- ne "nad,
for 3ole-ly by Thy Grace
die una er-rett (vom Ster- ben),
may we es-cape dan-na- tion.
3. Aria Soprano 6/8 (S^j)
(Cbce dc caccia. )
Ver- leih, dasa ich aus Her- zene-grund
Grant, Lord, that I may well for-give
nein'n Feir.d- en cog ver- ge-ben,
all them whom T have ha-ted,
ver-ieih' mir auch zu die-ser Stund*,
Tor-give me too, that I may live,
gib mir ein neu-ee Le-ben;
to Thy will con-se-cra-ted.
Dein Tort mein Speis laoe all-weg oein
Thy Word my food shall ev-er be
da-mit mein Seel lu n'ah- ren,
By hun-gry soul to nou-rish,
Dich su weh- ren,
and to feed me
»enn Un-gluck geht da- her,
vhan ev- il threa-tens me,
das mich bald mbcht (ab- keh- ren).
which from my faith might lead me.
bars 59-60, e8-R9t
bald (ab- keh- ren)
which might lead me.
5. Chorale V^ (g)
(Ob. I & II, Vn. T with Sop.; Vn. TI with
Alto; Va. with Tenor; Fag. with continue.)
Ich lieg' im Streit und wi-der-streb.
To strife and strug- gle am I prone,
hilf, 0 Herr Christ, dem Schwa-chenJ
nor can I suf- fer Ion- ger;
An dei- ner Gnad' al^ lein ich kleb,
help Thou my weak-ness; Thou a- lone,
du kannst mich etar-ker ma- chen,
can stay and make me stron- ger,
Kommt nun .\n- fecb-tung, Herr, so wehr',
A- gainst temp- ta- tion guard me, Lord,
dasa aie mich nicht um- eto-saen.
nor let it fur-ther hound me;
Du kannst ma- ssen,
all a- round me
dass mir'a nicht bring' Ge- fahr;
I see the hos-tile horde.
ich Tieiaa, du wirst'a nicht las- een.
Ah, let them not con-found me.
4, Aria Tenor V* (Bfe)
(Vn. concertante. Fag. obligato.)
Lass mlcb (kein Lust) noch Furcht
L«t not. Lord, greed
bars 17-18i not greed or fear
▼on dlr (in die- ser "Jolt ab-wen-den),
hance-forth from ser-vlng Thee di-vert me.
&•• Stan- dig- sein
nth stsad-fast-neas
du hast^ (al- lain)
to ste/id-faat faith
do Thou
und warn du's gibst,
this gift is Thine,
ana End gib mir,
my spl-rlt blaaa,
in Han- den;
con-vnrt ma;
dar n'lts un-aonat;
and Thina a-lona.
Cantata 17 B
(1740)
VIII Trinity
Epistla, Romans VITT, 12-17. Livo not after
the flesh, but after the spirit, "Ve are Joint
heirs with Christ.
Gospel, St. L'atthew VII, 15-23. By thalr
fruits ye shall know them; doers of the Yord
enter the klnj^dom of Ood, nor merely those who
say "Lord, Lord".
(2 Oboes, 2 Oboe d'arr.ore, eind Strings.)
336.
Cantata 178
1. Choral-Fantasia
(Ob. I 4 II, and Strings.)
"Vo Gott.der Herr, nicht bei una halt,
TTere God the Lord not on our side
wer.n un- are Fein- de to- ben,
vhen foes so strong as-sail ua,
und er un-a'ror Sach' nicht lu- fallt
ahould He no Ion- gsr b* our Guld*
im Him- mel hoch (dort o- ben.)
thru all the ills that ail us|
wo er la- ra- els Schutx nicht ist
did He re- main a- loof a bove
und sel- ber bricht der Fein- de List
de- ny to us His care and lore
90 ist'e mat una ver- lo- ren.
ah, then would all hope fail us.
Cantata 178
RecitatiTO
auf Sohlan-gen- list und fal-ache Ran-ke sin-nen,
with se'"- pent-guile the Ev-il one de-vi-aes,
der Bos-heit End-zveck zu ge- win-nen;
his fiend-ish plans in fell dia-gui-ses;
Chorale
so geht dooh Oott ein ' an-dre Bahn
Ood al- ways finds a bet-ter way.
Recitativo
er fiihrt die Sei- ni- gen mit star- kor Hand
He leads the Faith-ful with un- er-ring Hand
durobs Kreu-zes-meer in das ge- lob- te
o'er 8ea8 of Trou-ble to the Pro-nia'd
Land.
Land
da wird er al- les Un-gluck wen-den.
with for-tune fair will them en- do- wer.
Chorale
Es steht in sei-nen Han-den.
All lies with-in Hie po- wer.
■ Uto Chorale and RecitatiYO
rale
7iaa !ien-3chen Kraft und '-Vitz an-faht.^
That wit and strength of men de-vise
:11 una bil- lig nicht schre-cfcen.
ild ne-ver much af- fright us.
itativo
-. Gott der Hoch-ste ateht una bei,
- nigh-ty God will heed our call,
und ma- chet una von ih- ren Stri-cken frei,
and from their irk-aome sha-cklea free us all.
horale ,
t sit-zet an der hoch-sten Statt
'or He who sits be- yond the skiee
•r wird ihr'n Rat auf- de-cken.
di-rects our course de-apite us.
Recitativo
Die Gott im Glau-bon feat un-fas-aen
Vhos* faith in God re-mains un-sha-ken
11 er nie-mala ver-aau-men und ver-laa-sen;
■111 ne-ver be ne-glec-ted or for-sa- ken;
•r stiir-zet der ver-kehr-ten Rat
God puts to shame all e- vil thOMght
hin- dert ih- re bo- se Tat.
9r- il plans foils and brings to nauB;ht.
nn sie's aufa Itlug- st« grei-fen an
fho' Dor- tal man strive as he may
3. Baas Aria (Vn. I * II in unison.)
Gleich wie die wil'-den Mee- res-wel-len
Like rough and an-gry waves of o- cean
mit Un- ge-stum ein Schiff zer-schel-len
which toss a ship in wild com- mo- tion
BO ra- set auch
our ra-ging foei
der Fein-de 7?ut
will ne-ver ceaae
und raubt daa be- ate See- len- gut.
to rob our Souls of all their peace.
Sie wol- len Sa-tane Reich er-wei-tern.
Thus Sa-tan's King-dom is ex-pan- ded,
und Chri-eti Schiff-lein soil zer-achei-tern.
the Ship of God is wrecked and atran-ded.
4. Tenor Unison Chorale (Ob. d'am. I 4 II)
Sie atel- len una wie Ket-zern nach ,
They who would brand me "He- re- tic",
nach un- sere Blut aie trach-ten
and by their guile be- tray me,
noch ruh- men sie sich Chri-sten auch,
pro-claim them Chri-atians, tho- by trlclp
337
Cantata 178
Cantata 178
die Gott al-leln gross ach- ten,
they 9T- er seek to slay me,
Ach Gott, der teu-re !la- me dein
Oh Lord, what cru-el crime and shame
muss ih- rer Schalk-heit De-ckel sein;
has heen com- cdt- ted in Thy name 2
du wirst ein-mal auf- wa- chen,
let this not be, I pray Thee.
RecitatJTO Bass
Gott wird die to- rich- ten Pro- phe-ten
False pro-phets who God's will would hin-der
mit Feu-er eei- nea Zor- nes to-ten
His fie-ry wrath will burn to cin-der,
und ih-re Ket- ze-rei ver- sto-ren
their he-re-sies be all con-foun-ded.
Chorale
Sie wer-den's Gott nicht weh- ren,
God's po- wer is un- boun-ded.
5. Chorale i RecitatiTO (Chorus ft B-T-A-B)
Chorale
Auf sper-ren sie den Ra- chen weit,
Like h'on- gry beasts they rage and roar,
RecitatiTO Baas
nach Lo-wen- art r.it bru- len- dem Ge- te-
as li-ons, op-en-Jawed, and bent on slaugh-
sie flet-achen ih- re Uor- der-rah- ne
they bare their blocd-y fangs and ta-lons.
Chorale
und wol- len uns ver-schlin-gen,
and would their prey de- vo- ur.
Tenor
Je- doch.
But stayl
Chorale
Lob und Dank sei Gott al-le Zeitj
To God be praise for ev-er-more,
RecitatiTO Tenor
der Held aus Ju- da schutzt una noch,
our He- ro fights for us to-day.
See nerelation V, 5.
Chorale
es wird ihn'n nicht ge- lin-gen
He puts to nayght their po-wer,
SecitiitiTo
Sie wer-den wie die Spreu Ter-geh'nj
As fly-ing chaff they ptss a- way;
wenn eei- ne Glau- bi- gen wie gru- ne
tne Faith-ful Dnee will flou-rish as the
Bau- ne eteh'n.
green-ing bay.
Chorale
Er wird ihr* Strick' ler-rei-eien gar
Their ehack-lee Me will rend a-pace
und itur- len ih- re fel-ncho Lnhr
and bare their sec-ret hid-ing pl'icb.
6. Tenor Aria (Strings.)
Schweig'
Peace
nej bars 12, 13, 18, 74, 75, 80|
ter, Schweig' nur schweig'
Fear thou not
bars 14-17, 19-21, 22-25, 76-79, 81-8?, 84-87 t
schweig', sci-weig' nur (tau- meln- de
and fear not faint*-ing heart
thou not** faint heart
Ver-nunft),
of mine
Sprich nicht I Die From- men sjnd (Ter-lorn)
Say not "The Right-eous hope in Tain",
(das Y.reuz) hat sie (nur neu) ge-bor'n.
The Cross a-wakes our hope a- gain,
Denn de- nen, die auf Je-siw hof-fen
To them who trust in Je-sus eT-er,
steht (stets die Tur der Gna-den of-fen,
the Door of Uer-cy clo-ses ne-ver;
(und wenn sie Kreuz und Triib- sal) drvickt,
for they.v'hen Cross and trou-bles press-
so wer- den sie mit Trost er-quickt,
are sol-aced by His ten-der- ness.
♦ luore faithful to Each to associate "faint"
witlj the tottering musical figure,
♦* Sn.oother and easier to sing.
7. Chorale
fob. T * IT, Vn. T wit!. Sop.f Vn. TT with Alti
Va. with T'onor. )
Die Feind* Bind all' in dei-ner Hand,
lord God, we thank Thee ev'-ry hour
338.
Cantata 178
Cantata 179
dar- 8u all'
for all Thy
ihr' Ge- dan-ken;
pre-ciouB fa-vcr|
ihr Ar-Bchlag* sind dir, Herr, be- kannt,
to foil our foes is in Thy poner,
half nur, daes wir nicht u-an-ken.
sup-port us lest *e wa- ver.
Ver- nunft wi-der den Glau-ben ficbt,
Tfhen Faith to Rea-son must euc-cumb,
aufs Kunf'-ge Till sie trau- en nicht,
with no be-lief in Things to cone
da du »-iret sel- ber trd-sten.
our souls are prone to qua-ver.
2.
Den Him- L-el und auch die "r- den
This Earth be-lon' and Keav'n a-bove
hast du, Herr Gott, ge-griln-det
hast Thou, Lord God, ere- a- ted,
dein Licht lass uns hel- le wer- den,
and by the rad-iance of Thy love
das Herz uns werd' ent-iun-det
our hearts il- lu- min- a- ted.
in rech-ter Lieb' des Glau-bens dein,
Tho' men nay scoff, our Faith in Thee
bis an das End' be-stan-dig seint
un-fal-ter-ing will ev- er be,
die Telt lass in-cer nur-ren«
our fer- tout un- a- bat- ed.
Cantata 179
(1724)
(C. 77ei88 Sr. ?)
XI Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthians XV, 1-10. Of Christ's
death and resurrection.
Gospel, St. Luke XVIII, 9-14. Parable of the
hypocritical Pharisee and the humble Pifclican.
(2 Ob., 2 Ob. da caccia, and Strings.)
Sie- he zu, dass dei- ne Got-tes-f urcht nicht
Trust the Lord, come thou to Him with op- en
Heu- che-lei sei,
heart and fear Him,
(und die- ne Gott)
and serve thy God
nicht ((mit) ( f al- schem)
not with false de-
Her- 2 en.)
cep-tion.
Sop.
bars 103-104J
fal- schem. fal- echem Her- ten.
false, with false de- cep-tion.
2. Recitativo Tenor
Das heut'- ge Chri-sten-tian
The Chri-stian »»rld to- day
ist lei-der schlecht be-stellt:
is in a sor- ry state;
die mei- sten Chr^- sten in dnr Welt
for moat the Chri-stiane, sad to < say,
sind lau- li-chte La- o- di- ca- er
are neith-er hot nor are they cold.
Revelation III, 14-16i
"And unto the angel of the Church of the
Laodiceans write}
"I know thy works, that thou art neither
cold nor hott I would thou wert cold or not,
"So then because thou art lukewarm, and
neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of
my mouth." i
und auf- ge- blas'-ne Pha-ri- sa- er,
and filled with pride are ov-er-bold*.
die
tho'
sich von au-ssen fromm
out-ward-ly they seem
t,e_ zei-g«n
most pi-ous,
und wie ein Schilf
sj^d bow and scrape
den Kopf zur Er-de beu-gen;
like Em- y An- a- ni- as,
im Her- zen a- ber stackt ein stol-zer
their hearts are all re-plete with swag-ger
Ei- gen-ruhmj
and de-ceit;
sie ge-hen iwar in Got-tes Haus
they go to Church each Sab-bath Day,
1. Chorus (Strings.) V* (G)
Ecclesiasticus I, 28, 29i
"Distrust not the fear of the Lord when thou
art poor, and come not unto him with a double
heart.
und tun da-selbst
and ev'-ry one
Pflich-ten
ren- ders
die au- sser-li-chen
riis out -ward du- ty
macht a- ber dies wohl ei- nen Chri- sten aus?
tak* gc
•^e not a hypocrite in the eight of men and . . ,, ... .. . , ^u j ** „
, .^ . . . ^. but call you thia the tru-ly Chri-stian way
good heed what thou speakest. '
339.
Cantata 179
Cantata 179
Neinl Heuch-ler kon- nen's auoh
Nayi Ky- po-crites are sue hi
8 0.'
ver-rich-ten,
pre-ten-dersJ
3. Aria Tenor (Strings. Ob. I * II with Vn. I.)
Fal-scher Keuoh- ler E- ben-bild
Hy- po- critee, irtio thus ig-nore,
kon- nen So-doms-ap- fel hei-ssen,
like the So-dom-itee, your du-ty,
Genesis XIII, 13.
die mit Un-flat an- ge- f'ullt
ye are rot-ten at the core,
und von au- seen herr-lich glei-ssen.
tho' ye glow with out-ward beau-ty.
Heuch-ler, die (von au-ssen schon),
Hy- po-orites, tho' fair of face,
kon-nen nicht (vor Gott) be-steh'n.
ye may not at- tain His Grace.
bist du kein Rau-ber,
tho* not a rob-ber,
bars 24-27, and 34-35t
kon-nen nicht vor Gott,
may not come to God,
vor Gott be-steh'n.
nor gain His Grace.
4. RecitatJYO Bass
Wer so von in- nen wie von au- ssen ist,
^0 be in truth as one ap-pears to be,
der heisst ein wah-rer Christ,
pro-claiits the man of Christ,
So war der Zoll-ner in dem Ten-pel,
Tot thus the pub-li-can in the Tem-ple
der schlug in De-mut an die Brust,
did Bcdte up-on his breast and pray
er leg- te sich nicht selbst ein hei-lig
that God have mer- cy on his ma-ny
We- sen bei|
sins that day. See St. Luke XVIII, 9-14.
und die-sen stel-le dir.
And so for thine of-fense,
0 Uenscti, iium ruhm-li-chen Ex-em-pel
0 man, let this be an ex-am-ple
in dei-ner Bu-^ue f'uri
of ho-n«st p*-ni-t«ncei
E- he-bre-cher,
ev-il- do- er,
kein un-ee-rech- ter Eh-ren-schwa-cher,
nor an un-right-eous ma- le- fac- tor.
ach
ah,
bil-de dir doch ja nicht ein,
ev-«n so be ve- ry sure.
;
I
du seist des-we- gen en-gel-rein,
thou art by no means an-gel-pure.
Be- ken- ne Gott in De-mut dei- ne Sun- den,
Con-fess thy wrong when-ev-er thou de-falt-est;
30 kannst du Gnad' und Hil-fe fin-den,
for 'tis the hum- ble God ex-al-teth.
5, Aria Soprano 3/4 (a)
(Oboe da caccia I * II.)
Lieb-ster Gott,
Dear-est God,
er-bar-me dich,
I cry to Thee,
lass mir (Trost und Gnad') er- schei-nen.
Thou my hope, my stay, and an- chor,
bars 30,103t and 33j ny
Uei- ne Sun- den kran-ken mich.
My trans-gres-sions sick-en me,
als ein Ei- ter in Ge-bei-nen,
gnaw my vi-tals like a can-ker;
hilf mir,
help me.
Je- su Got- tes Lamm,
Je-sus, hear my plea,
ich ver-sink*
lest the rare
in tie- fen Schlamm,
shall swal-low me.
6, Chorale (Ob, I A II A Vn. I with Sop.} Vn.Tl
with Alto; Va, with Tenor,)
Ich ar- mer lU . ., ich ar- ffler Sun-der
A fee-ble soul, a fee-ble sin- ner,
steh' hler vo.- Got- tes An-ge-sicht,
I stand be-fore God's Ua-je- sty.
Ach Gott, ach Gott, ver- ftihr' ge-lin- der
Ah God, ah God, deal with me gent-ly,
und geh' nicht mit mir ins Ge-richt.
con-demn me not by Thy de- ores.
Er- bar-me dioh, er- bar-me dloh,
Ah, pi-ty me, ah, pi-ty me,
Gott, mein Er-bar-mer, u- ber mich,
Thcu God of Uer-oy, pi-ty me.
340.
Cantata 180
(1740)
Cruger
XX Trinity
Epiatle, Epheaisina V, 15-21. Bo circumspect,
wise, sober, and pious.
Gospel, St. Uatthew XXII, 1-14. Parable of
the marrieige of the Kir^'a Son.
(2 Fl., 2 Ob. (Ob. da c.) Fl. traverso, Violon-
cello piccolo, and StrinKS. )
1. Chorus 1^8 (B)
(ri. I 4 II, Ob. I A II (Ob. da o.) Strings.)
Schmu-cke dich, o (lie- be See- le).
Deck thy-self, my soul, with glad-nesa;
lass (die dun- kle Sun-den-hoh- le),
shun the haunts of sin and sad-ness{
komm (ans hel- le Licht) (ge-gan-gen),
come in ra- diance rare to ren-der
fan-ge herr-lich an ( zu pran- gen);
ho-mage to His might and aplen-dor.
denn der Herr (voll Heil und Gna- den)
At the feast of our eal-va-tion,
lasst dich jetzt ( zu Ga- ste la- den).
He has bid us tsJce our sta-tion;
Cantata 180
Ob du gleioh in ent-suok-ter Lust
What tho' in this en-chan-ted hour
nur halb ge- broch'-ne Freu-den-wor- te
thy hal-ting words of Joy are fee-ble
lu del- nem Je- su sa- gen musst.
to tell thy Sa-viour all thou wouldst,
bars 79-30:
-gen, zu dei- nem Je- su sa- gen musat.
tell thy Sa-viour all, tell all thou wouldat,
3. Soprano Recitative ft Arioso
(Violoncello piccolo.)
Recitativo
Wie teu- er sind des heil '-gen Mah- lee Ga- ben.'
Ah, what a pre-cious gift the blest Com-mu-nioni
Sie fin- den ih- res Glei-chen nicht.
On earth its like can-not be found,
fur (W. )
Was sonat die Welt vor koat-bar halt sind
Tha things the world holds dear are naight but
Tand und Ei-tel-kei- ten:
vain and id-le tri-fles;
Der den Him- mel kann ver- wal- ten.
He who high in Hea- ven reign-eth.
will (selbst Her- berg' (in dir hal- ten),
yet to dwell with mor-tsJLa deign-eth.
ein Got- tea-kind wijnscht die-sen Schatz zu
the Cldld of God will co-vet well this
ha- ben
trea-sure,
in der hal- ten, in der hal- ten
mor-tals, dwell with mor-tals deign- eth
2. Aria Tenor (Flauto traverse.)
Er-mun- ire dichj dein Hei- lemd klopft,
A- rise thee now, thy Sa-viour knocks,
ach off-ne, off-ne bald die Her-zens-pf or- teJ
ah, op-en, op-en wide thy heart to hail HimI
bare 20-22, 40-42j
off-ne bald die Her- zens-pfor- te. diis
op-en wide thy heart, thy heart op- en
Her- zens-pfor- te.
wide to hail Him.
und sprichtj
and sayt
Arioso
Aoh, wie hun-gert mein Ge- m'li- te.
Friend of man, our souls pos-sea-sing,
Men-aohen-freund, nach dei-ner Gii- tel
how I hun- ger for Thy bless-ingj
Ach, wie pfleg ich oft rait Tra- nen
Ah, we weep with fer-vent year-nlng
mich nach die- ser Koat zu seh- neni
to Thy bleat Com- mun-ion tur-ning.
Ach, wie pfle- get mich zu d'ur-aten
Ah, how thirat we for that Po-tion,
nach dem Trank des Le- bens-f ur-steni
san- cti-fied by Thy de- vo- tion]
bars 45-47i
die Her- zens-pfor- to, ach off- no bald
thy heart, thy heart op- en wide, thy heart,
die Her-zens-pf or- te.
thy heart to hail Him.
Wun-sche atets, daaa main Ge- bei- ne
^ould that mor- tal bones for-sa- ken,
sloh durch Cott mit Gott ver-ei- ne,
one with God we may a- wa-ken.
341.
Cantata 180
Herr, lass an mir deln treu-es Lie- baiiy
Lord, may Thy Love te er- er with me,
BO dich vom Ilim- nel ab- ge- trle-ben,
that Thy de-scent to earth from Hea-ven
ja nlcht ver- geb- llch eeln.
may not have been In vain.
Ent-zun- de du in Lie- be mei- nen Gelst,
En- kin-die Thou my soul with love for Thee;
wenn es sich nicht in das 3e- helm- nis fin- det,
and when I seek to un-der-stand His se-crets,da8s er sich nur nach den, was himm- lisch
in- spire Thou me to no- ble deeds, with
Cantata 180
4. Recitativo Alto (Fl. I ft II)
Ueln Herz f uhlt in sich Furcht und Freu-dej
Uy heart is filled with joy and ter-ror,
es wird die Furcht er- regt,
with ter- ror when I think
wenn es die Ho-hait u- ber-legt,
of God's ex-al-ted Ua-jes- ty,
dies ho- he Werk
the rid-dle of
nocb durch Ver-nunft
or to ex-plain
er-grun-det.
Ore- a-tion.
Nur Got- tes Geist kann durch sein '^ort
His T/ord a- lone, must ev- er be
una leh- ren,
our tea-cheri
wie sich all-hier die See-len nah-ren,
our souls are nou-rieb«u by His Spi-rit,
die sich im Glau-ben zu- ge-scliickt,
here for our sus-ten-ance be-stowed.
Die Freu-de a- ber wird ge-star-ket.
But Joy my fain-ting heart re-stor-eth,
wenn sie des Hei-lands ?Ierz er- blickt
when I re-call the won-droue Love,
und sei- ner Lie- be Gr'6- sse mer- ket.
the mlgh-ty Love my Sa-viour bore me.
5. Aria Soprano (Fl. I A II, Ob. I ft II (Ob,
da c.) and Strings. )
Le-bena Son- ne, Licht der Sin-nen,
Ev- er shi-ning, guide my spi-rit,
Herr, der du meln Al- les bist!
Thou the sun to light my wayj
bare 31-34t
Al- les, cein al-les bist.
light me up- on my way.
Du wirst mei- no Treu-e ee- hen
Let my love to Thee en-denr me,
und den Glau- ben nlcht ver- schma-hen,
in my wask-nees be Thou near me,
der noch schwaoh und furcKt-snin let.
soom me net nor any me nny.
heisst, im Glau- ben len- ke
nor ble thovghts in-stil me,
und dei- ner Lie- be (stets ge-den- ke.)
and with Thy Love for- ev- er fill me.
7. Chorale
Je- su, wah- res Bret des Le- bens,
Je-sus, Bread of Life, sus-tain usj
hilf , dass ich doch nicht ver- ge- bens
thru Thy Love sal- va-tion gain us,
0- der mir viel-leicht zmn Scha-den
by Thy sa-ving Grace en- a- ble
sei zu dei- nem Tisch ge- la-den,
us to ga-ther at Thy Ta-ble.
Lass mich durch dies See- len-es- sen
Sac- red Sup- per, soul- re-ga-ling,
dei- ne Lie- be recht er- mes- sen,
keep our spi-rite ne- ver fai-ling,
dass ich auch, wie jetzt auf Er- den,
that we, while on earth so-jour-ning,
mog ein Cast in Ilim-mel wer- den.
be for Hea-ven ev-er year-ning.
342.
Cantata 181
(1725)
Sexagesima
Epistle, II Corinthians XI, 19. XII, 9. Paul
Justifies himself.
Gospel, St, Luke VIII, 4-15. Parable of tne
eower.
(Flauto traverse, Oboe, Strings, Tromba.)
1. Aria Bass
(Instr, as above.)
Leicht-ge- sinn- te yiat-ter-gei-ster
Scat- ter-bralned and ehal-low peo-ple
rau-ben sich (des 77or-t9s Kraft) ,
rob Thy "TTord of all its pow'r.
(Be-li-al) iLit sei-nen Kin-dern
Be-li-al and eill his fac-tion
II Cor. VI, 15.
Bu- chet oh- ne- dea lu hin-dern,
seek to thwart our sv'-ry ac-tion,
dass es (kei- nen Nut-zen schafft).
ev'- ry day, and ev'-ry hour.
ev*- ry day and hour.
bars 36-37, 60-61:
dass es kei-nen Nut-zen
ev'-ry day and ho-ur
2. Reoltativo Alto
un-gluck- sel'- ger Stand ver-kehr-ter
lucl^-less souls, per-vert- ed, weak and
ck-le
See-len,
dour,
so glsich-sam an dem 7e-ge sind;
your seed has fal-len by the way;
Cantata 181
ihr ei- gen Heil ver-scher-ien
with Grace and Uer-cy tri- fie,
und einst xu Grun-de geh'n.
on bar-ren land and bare.
Es wirkt ja Chri- sti letz-tes Wort,
When Je- sua spoke His dy- ing Word,
ing
dass Fel- sen selbst ler-eprin-gen;
the rocks were rent in pieces.
See St. Uatthew XXVII, 5>\.
des En-gels Hand be-wegt dee Gra- bes Stein,
The An-gels roll a-way the stone with ease*
See St. Matthew XXVTII, 2. St. Luke XXIV, 2.
ja Mo- sis Stab kann dort
one touch of Mo- ses' rod
aus ai-nem Ber- ge Was- ser brln-gen.
the wa-ter from the rock re-lea- ses.
See Exodus XVII, 5-6.
Willst du, o Het .,
Art thou, 0 heart.
noch har- ter sein?
as hard as these?
3. Aria Tenor
Der 80had-li-chen Dor- nen un- end- 11-ehe
The ven- o- mous bram-bles of plea-sure and
Zahl,
gain,
die Sor- gen der Wol-lust, die Schat-ze
will fur-nish to Sa-tan a fu-el
zu moh-ren)
in-fer-nal
und wer will doch des
the fowls of Hell will most of
J die wer- den (das Feu- er der hol-ll-aohea
Sa-tans Ust er-zSh-len, *o feed to the fire and re-doub-le the
it de-vour.
*«nn er das Wort dem Her- zen raubt,
the lit-tle left will soon de- cay;
das, an Ver-stan-de blind,
nor can you know or say
Qual)
pain
in E- wig- keit nah-ren.
of tor-ment E- ter-nal.
den Scha-den nicfat ver-steht
where thus the Word of God
Arioso
Es wer-den Fel- sen- her-xen
In sto-ny hearts they sti-fle
■o bos- haft wi- der-steb'n^
th* Word they scat-ter there.
noch glaut)t.
was strewn.
4. Reoitativo Soprano
Von die-sen wird die Kraft er-stickt,
Uta-less we sow our seed a- right,
der ed- le Sa- me liegt ver-ge-bens,
on good-ly ground of choice se-lect-ion,
S43.
Cantata 181
wer aich nioht recht im Gei-ste Bchickt,
the thomfl will choke it o- Tor- night.
sein Hen bei- lei-ten
So well pre-paxe, i
xiffl gu- ten Lan- de xu be- rei-ten,
and till your good-ly ground with care«
dass un-eer Herx die Su-ssig-keit-en
the ^ord of God in fer-tile soil to
schme-cket
nour-ish,
80 una dies Tort ent- de-cket,
that it may grow and flour-ieh
die Kraf- te die- see und des kunft'-gon
and bring forth fruit, a- bun-dant to per-
Le-bens.
-feet-ion.
Cantata 182
1. Sonata V* (Gf)
(Fl., 2 Vns., 2 Va.)
2. Chorus V* (G)
(Fl., Strings, Violoncello.)
(Him- mela-ko- nig,) (sei will-koiL- men,)
King of Hea-yen, e- ver wel-come,
lass auch uns (dein Zl- on) seinj)
make our hearts Thy dwell-ing-placei
Komm her- eini
Bide th us.
uns,
our
uns
hearts
Du hast una das Herx ge- nom- men.
All our souls are in Thy keep-ing.
3. RecitatiTO Bass
S. Chorus
(Tromba, Fl., Ob., and Strings.)
Last, Hoch-ster, una ( xu (al- len) Zei-ten)
Grant, Lord, to us thru all the a- ges,
des Her- xans Trost , dein hei-lig Wort.
our hearts' de-light. Thy Ho-ly Word,
Du kannst, nach dei- ner All- machta-haod
Thou canst, by Thine Al-migh- ty Handj
(al- lein) (ein frucht-bar gu- tes Laind)
caJta Thou our hearts a fer-tile land,
in un-sem Her- xen xu- be- rei- ten.
whare-in Thy Word laay grow and flou-rish.
Sie-he, sie- he, ich kom- me,
Lo, I come, I am with you,
im Buch ist von mir ge- echrie-bem Psalm XI
for 80 it is writ-ten of Ue: 7-8,
Dei-nen Wil- len, mein Gott, mein Gott,
I de-light 0 my Lord, my God,
mein Gott, dei-nen Wil-len
my God, I de-light to
tu' ich ger- ne, dei-nen Wil- len, dei-nen
do Thy Will, to do Thy Will, to do Thy
Wil- len tu' ich ger- ne.
7/ill, to do Thy Will, 0 God.
4. Aria Baas 4/4 (C) (Strings.)
-tes-sohn, von dem Thron,
own Son cane to us.
Ipistla,
llty aran
Ooapal,
tBphal ant
I Advent.)
Steu'-kes Lie-ben, das dich, gro- aaar Got-
Lore un-end-ing, *twae for love that God**
Cantata 182
(1714)
Franck
Palm Sunday
dai- ner Herr-Hoh-kait ga-tria-ban|
Phlllppiana II, 5-11. Christ 'b huml- down from Hia ax- alt- ad ata-tion|
to death, and Hia aubaequant exaltation.
St. Uatthav XXI, 1-9. Chriat'a tri- atar-kaa Lie-ben, daaa du dioh xun Hell der
ry into Jaruaalem. (Same Gospel aa for love un-end-ing, 'twas /or lore He paid tba
(fl,. Violoncello, and Strings, Vn. ooncertante)
Walt
price.
344.
SaBtata 182
▼or (W.)
lie «in Op- f«r fur-ge-atollt,
ade His crown-ing sac-ri- fics,
lass di dicb mit Blut ver-schrie-ben.
,bat Uan-kind might gain aal- ra- tion.
), Aria Alto V'4 (e)
(Flairto solo. (Violoncello with continue) )
[Jje- get euch) dam Hei- land un- ter»
Bow your heada be- fore your Sav-iour,
)ar-zen, die ihr christ-lich aeid.
»T- er keep as pure aa He;
^KJante
Fragt ein un- be-fleck-tee Kleid
let our light grow ne- ver dim,
n^ res Glau-bens ihm ent- ge-gen,
lat our faith be firm and atea-dy,
[Laib und Le- ben) und Ver-md-gen
life and for-tune ev- er rea-dy
»<i dem Ko-nig jetit ge-weiht.
to be gi-ven adl to Him,
4. Aria Tenor 3^4 (b)
(Violoncello with continue.)
!•- su, lass durch Wohl und Wah
Je-8U8, Lord, thru weal and woe
(siich) auch mit dir) zie- hen.
keep me er-er by Thee,
Schreit die "Velt nur "Kreu-zi-ge"I
TFhen the world shrieks "Cru- ci-fy"i
bars 24, 46, 51:
BO lass mich nicht
lat me ne- ver
bare 26, 48, 53i
•0 lass mich nicht f lie- hen,
lat me not da- ny Thee.
Herr, Herr, von dai-nam Krauz-pa-nier|
Lord, Lord, thru Thy Ra-deem-ing Pain
Cantata 182
7. Choral Fantasia
(Fl., Violoncello, and Stringa.)
Je- su, dei- ne Paa- si- on
Je-sus, from Thy Pass-ion came
iet (mir (lau- ter Freu- de,)
all my heart's •- la-tion,
dei- ne 'Vun- den, Kron' und Hohn
crown of Thorns and Croso and shame
Alto bars 24-25 t
dei-ne 7/un- den, Kron' und Hohn
all Thy tor-ment, crown and ahama
mei- nes Her-zena "/ei- de;
were ^or my sal- ra-tionl
mei-ne Seel' auf Ro- sen geht,
and my spi- rit bloa-soms forth
(wenn ich dran) (ga-dan- ka,)
when I pause to pon-der
(in dem Him- mel) (ai- ne Statt',)
on the bliss-ful daya to come
una des-wa- gen achan-ke,
up in Hea-ven yon-der.
Bass, bars 43-46 j
in dem Him- mel, in dem Him- mel, in dem
on the bliss-ful days to come^the bliss-ful
ei- ne Statt'
daya to coc^e
8, Chorus
(Fl., Violoncello, Strings.)
So laa-set uns ge- hen (in Sa-lem)
So let us then haa-ten to Sa-lem
ton'
Life
und Pal-men find' ich hiar,
E- ter-nal I shall gain.
der Freu-den, )
re- joi-cing,
(Be-glei-tet den Ko- nig) in Lie-ben und
to be with our Uaa-ter for- ev-er and
Le-ben,
er-er,
ar ge- het to- ran (und off-net die Bahn. )
our Sa-viour and Guide, what-ev-er be- tide.
34b.
Cantata 183
(1735)
Sunday after AecensioD
Spietle, I Peter TV, 7-11. Be charitable to
one another.
Gospel, St. John XV, 26. X7I, 4. They shall
put you out of their synagogues.
(2 Ob. d'am. , 2 Ob. da caccia, Violoncello
piccolo, and Strings.)
1. RecitatiTO Bass
St. John XVI, 2i
"They shall put you out of the eynagoguee,
yea the time conseth, that whosoever killeth you
will think that he doeth God senrice."
Sie wer- den euch in den Bann tun
Froiri out their teiL-ples they cast you
es komnrt a- ber die Zeit, dass, wer euch
yea thece cp-ceth the time that who- so
'X%-
to- tet,
kill-eth you
wird mei- nan
will think that
er tu- e Gott ei-nen Dienst da- ran,
le thus do-eth to God a ser-vice.
Cantata 183
3. Recitatiyo Alto
(Ob. d'am. I 4 II, Ob. da c. I * II, Str.)
Ich bin be-reit , mein Blut xind ar-
I de- di-oate my life, my whole
-ces Le- ben
be- ha-viour,
fSr (W.)
vor dich j mein Hei- land, hin-zu-ge- ben,
to Thee to serve Thee, 0 my Sa-viour,
mein gan- ser Mensch soil dir ;e-wid-met
my blood and bo- dy shall be whol-ly
sein;
♦Thine,
dein Geist wird bel mir
to stand in epi-rit
ich tro- ste mich,
I trust in Thee
ste- hen,
near me.
ge-setit ea soil- te mir Tiel-leicht
in ease per-chance the fires of life
lu- viel ge-Bche-hen.
too sore-ly sear me.
2. Pj-ie. Tenor 4/4 (e)
(Violoncello piccolo.)
Ich furch-te nicht des To- des Schre-cken,
No more the fear of death af- fecte me,
ich echeu-e (ganz kein Un- ge- mach),
for Je- SUB keeps me safe from harm;
denn Je- sue' Schuti-ann wird ndch de-cken,
I fol-low Him and He pro-tecte me,
ich fol- ge gern und wil- lig naoh.
and guards o by Has shleld-ing Arm;
Tollt ihr nicht itel- nes Le- bens scho-nen
and so if one should wish to slay me,
und glaubt, Gott ei- nen Dienst zu turn
and think to serve his Cod there-by
er soil euch eel- ber noch be-loh-nen,
or esok re-ward thnt he be-tray me,
wohl- an - es mag da- bei be-ruh'n.
•h, well, what of it, what care I?
4. Aria Soprano 3/8 (C)
(Ob. da c. T ft II, and Strings.)
Hoch-ster Tro-ster, heil'-ger Geist,
Ho- ly Spi-rit, Com-fort Sweet,
der du mir die V7e- ge weis'st,
choose the path-way for my feet,
(da- rauf ich wan-deln) soil,
and guide my waiv'-ring will.
Hilf mei- ne Schwach-heit mit ver-tre- ten.
Help Thou my fick- le in- cli-na-tions.
Ton (W. ) selbst
denn vor mir eel -ber kann ich nicht be -ten
heed Thou my too fee-ble sup- pli- ca-tion»|i
denn vor mir eelbst kann ich nicht be- ten
heed Thou my fee- ble sup- pli- ca-tions;
fur (W. )
(ich weies): du sor-geet vor niein '^ohl.
I know Thou car-est for me still.
Z46.
Cantata 183
Cantata 184
5. Chorale
(Ob. d'aiK. T & II, Vn. I with Sop.; Ob. da c
I, Vn. II with Altoj Ob. da c. II, Va. with
Tenor.)
Du biet ein Geist, der leh-ret,
•Tie Thou 0 Ho- ly Spi-rit
wie man reeht be-ten soil;
thiit teach-eet uo to pray,
dein Be- ten wird er ho- ret,
and Thou, 0 Lord, will hear it
dein Sin- gen klin-get wohl*
and speed our song a- vay;
Ee Bteigt xum Hlm-mel an,
to Thee in Hea-Ten high,
es ateigt und lasst nicht a- be,
far up to Thee as-cen-ding,
bid der ge- hol-fen ha- be,
a cho-ru8 ne-yer end-ing,
der al- lain hel- fen kann.
and hoard be-yond the aky.
aBp-fiD-4«D reich-lich nun,
no eT- il fear we there.
wie Gott xu una den langet er-wunech-ten
We shall not want; with gen-tle hand our
Hir- ten sen- det,
6hep-herd feeds us;
der un- sre See-le epeist
0- be-dient to Hie will,
und un- sern Oang durch Wort und Geist
with rod and staff by wa-ters still,
xum rech- ten 77e- ge wen-det.
to green-eat pae-turea leads us;
Wir, eein er- wahl-tes Volk emp-fin- den
We, as (lis cho- sen flock are con-scious
sei-ne Kraft |
of His power,
in sel- ner Hand al- leln ist, wets
His kind pro-tect-ing Hand, which soothes
una Lab- sal schafft,
in sor-row's hour,
was un- ser Her- xe kraf-tig star-ket.
and fills our hearts a-new with cou-rage.
Er liebt uns, sei- ne Her- de.
Our Shep-herd loves us dear-ly.
Cantata 184
(1731)
(Bach 7)
Whitsunday
die sei-nen Trost und Bei-stand mer-ket^
and is our help and Com-fort ev-er,
er xie- het sie vom Eit-len, von der Er^de^
He keeps us from temp-ta-tion when sin-cere-ly
Epistle, Acta VIII, 14-17. The Holy Ghost de-
scends, in Saicaria, on those on whom Peter and
John laid bands.
Gospel, St. John X, 1-10. Christ the door of
the sheepfold.
(2 Tl, traTerso, Strings.)
auf ihn xu schau-en
we let Him guide us,
und Je-der- xeit auf sei- ne Huld
and no con-ceite of earth from Him
xu trau-en.
di-Tide us.
1. RecitatiTO Tenor (riauto trarerso I 4 II.)
0 Hir- te, so sich tot die Her- de
0 Shep-herd, Thou who died to sare Thy
Er-wunsch-tee freii-den-licht;
0 wel- cone Joy- ous light
das iLit dem neu- en Bund an- bricht
•hich glows a- new with pro-mise bright,
•wch Je-sum, un- sern Hir- ten;
thru Je-Bus Christ our Shep-herd;
»lr, die wir sonst in To- des-ta- lem
tho* we tra-Torse the Tal-ley of death'i
irr-ten,
•ha-<low, See peala IIIII, 4.
gibt,
flock,
der bis ins Grab und bis in Tod sie
but yet the grave and er-en death didst
Uebt:
mookl
Sein Arm keinn de-nen Fein-den weh-ren.
Thine Arm from ev'-ry foe pro-tects us,
■ein Sor-gen kann uns Seha- fe geist-lich
Thy sor-row to a rlgnt-eous life di-
347.
I
Cantata 184
nah- ren,
-rect# us;
Ja, konrt die Zeit, dto-oha
yea, tho' I walk thru
zu ge-hen,
and aha-dov,
so hilft und troa- tet uns
Thy rod and staff will help
Stab.
oe»
fin- Btre Tal
death's dark Vale
sein eanf-ter
and cot-fort
Arioso
Drum fol-gen wir
And 80 to death
mit Freu-den hie ina Grab,
with joy I fol-low Thee.
RecitatJTO
Auf i eilt zu ihm ,
Rise to the skies,
zu ste- ben.
be-fore Thee.
ver- klart vor ihm
trans-fig-ured there
2. Duet Soprano-Alto ^8 (G)
Ce- eeg- ne- te Chri- sten, gluck-ee-
Ye thrice-blee-sed Chri-stians, in glad
-li- ge Her- de
con-gre-ga-tion,
kODEt, Btellt euch bei Je- su nu.t Dank- bar-
come throng ye to Je-eus with thanks and
•keit ein,
with praise,
Ver-ach- tet (das Lo- cken) (der schniei-cheln-
and shun the en-tice-ments of mor- tal
-den Er- de) ,
cr»-a-tion,
daas eu- er Ver-gnu-gen (Toll-kom-aen) kann sein.
thus icay ye be hap-py thru all of your days.
Cantata 184
Dies Lab- sal kann kein Uensch er-«ah- lea,
A balm be- yond all mor- tal tell-ingj
die Freu-de steigt auch un-ter-TOrts
this joy,de-3cend- ing from a- bore,
zu de- nen, die in Sun-den-ban- den la- g«
has con-se- cra-ted eT*-ry base trans-grea- sc
die hat der Held aus Ju- da schon 2u-«chla-ger
and 11-be- rat- ed all from their op-pres- sot
Ein Da-vid steht uns bei.
A. Da-vid now we see,
Ein Hel-den-arm macht una von Fein-den frei.
a He- ro who from foes will set us free.
Wenn Gott mit Kraft die Her-de schutzt,
God guards His flock, with po-wer vast,
wenn er im Zorn auf ih-re Fein-de blitzt,
in fie-ry wrath our e- ne-mies to blast,
wenn er den bit- tern Kreu-zes- tod fur
nor, did He shun the bit- ter Cross to
sie nicht scheu-et,
die and save us
so trifft sie fer-ner kei- ne Not,
80 fear we not our fi>- ture lot,
so le- bet sie in ih- rem Gott er-freu-et.
but lo-ving-ly re-joioe for all He gave us.
Hier sclime-cket sie die ed- le ^ei- de
The Pro- misod Land we see be-fore us,
und hof- fet dort
a fore-taste here
Arioso
(voll-koram'-ne Him- mels-freu- de.)
of joy com-plete in Hea-ven.
4. Aria Tenor 3/4 (b)
(Violin solo.)
3. RecittttJTO Tenor
So fr*i>- et euoh, ihr aus- er- wiihl- ten
JU-Joice ye who in Chri-stian faith are
See- len:
dvsll-lng,
die rr«u-de grun-det sloh in Je- eu Herz,
your hmp' pi-neas la baaed on Je-aua* love.
(Gluok und Se- gen) sind be-relt,
Joy and Bles-sed- ness un-told
Joy and Bles-sing
die ge- welh- te Sohar zu kro-nen.
is pre-pared for God'e E" leo-ted,
Je- eu bringt die guld'-ne Zeit,
Je-sufl brings the Age of Gold-
wel- che aich ( zu ihm) ge-woh-nen,
pro-mieed long, and long ex-peo-ted.
bar 68i yea
346.
Cantata 184
5. Chorala
(Fl. tr. I 4 II, Vn. I with Sop.j Vn. II with
Alto; Va. with Tenor.)
Herr, ich hoff je, du wer-deot die
The staff and rod, of migh-ty God
in kei- ner Not ver-las- sen
will coia-fort and pro-tect me,
die dein Wort recht als treu-e Knecht'
thru-out the strife of mor-tal life,
Iffl Heri'n und Glau- ben fas- sen.
in love and faith di-rect me.
Cibst ihn'n be-reit die 5e- lig- keit
Ajid when at last my time has passed
und lass'st aie nicht ver-der- ben.
let me not be con-foun-ded,
0 Herr, durch dich bitt' ich , lass' mich
but take Thou rae to dwell with Thee,
froh-lich und so- lig ster-ben,
by An- gel host sur-roun-ded.
Camtata 185
(1715)
Franck
IV Trinity
Epistle, Romans VIII, 18-23. God's children
await the glory of the body's redemption.
Gospel, St. Luke VI, 36-42. Part of sermon
on the mount. Be merciful, forgiving, generoua.
Judge not that ye be not judged. Can the blind
lead the blind? Take first the beam from thine
own eye.
(Oboe, Tromba, Fagotto, and Strings.)
1. Duet Soprano-Tenor
(Oboe. (Troinba).)
Barm- her- zi-ges Her- ze
Thou Heart of com-pass-ion.
Lie- be)}
-vo-tion,
tenor, bars 65-66j
be-we- ge durch dich^
de-vo-ted to Thee
(der e- wi-gen
e-ter-neJ. de-
er- re- ge,
in-stil me
be- we- ge
and fill me
(mein Her- ze durch
with love to-ward
6. Chorus
(Fl. tr. I a. II, Strings.)
Gu- ter Hir- te, Trost der Dei- nen,
Gen-tle Shep-herd, watch Thou o'er us,
lass uns nur dein heil-ig Worti
let Thy Word our corn-fort be.
Lass dein gna- dig Ant-litz sohei-nen,
To Thy gra-cious love re-store us,
blei-be un- eer Gott und Kort,
that we know Thy Lla- je- sty;
der durch all-machts-vol- le Han- de
from Thy bour- ty rich pro-vide us,
un- sern Gang zun Le- ben wen- de,
thru our lives ;.ro-tect and guide us.
dich) J
Thee,
da-mit ich Er-bar-men und Gu- tig-keit
in ways of be-ne- vo-lence, mer-cy and
u- be,
kind-ness
(O Flam- me) (der Lie- be), (zer-schmel-ze)
with flame of de- vo-tion, 0 soft- en
thus mel- ow
du mich).
Thou me.
0 Flam-me zer-schnel-ze du mich
with fer-vor o soft- en Thou me.
2. Recitativo Alto (Fag., Strings.)
Ihr Her-zen, die ihr euch
Have pi-ty. Thou whose heart
in Stein und Fels ver-keh- ret,
is cold and hard as gra-nite;
zer-f liesat und wer-det weich,
be mal- leab-le and soft
er- wagt ^ was euch der Hei- land leh-ret,
and live as Christ Him-self would plan it,
?49,
Cantata 185
Cantata 185
ubt, ubt BariD-her-iig-keit
yea, be coa- pas-sion-ate
Arioeo
und Bucht noch c-f der Er- den
and show thy neigh-bor mer-cy
dam Va- ter gleich zu wer-den,
as God has shown thee mer-cy.
RecitatJTO
Achi grei- fet nicht,
Ah, judge ye not,
durch das ver- bot'-ne Rich- ten
lest ye shall coEe to Judg-ment,
dem Al-ler-hoch- sten ins Ge- richt,
and if ye would not be con-demned,
eonst wird sein Ei- fer euch zer-nich- ten,
con- demn ye not your friend and neigh-bor.
Ver-gebt,
For-give
so ward euch auch ver-ge-ben;
and ye shall be for-gi-ven;
gebt,
give
gebt in die- sec Le-ben;
and it shall be gi-ven;
macht euch ein Ka- pi- tal daa dort
lay for your-self a store with God
ein- iLal
a- bore,
Gott wie- der-zahlt mit rei-chen In- ter-
God will with in- ter-eat re- pay the
-es- sen;
treas-urei
Wo, wer Gu- tes aus- ge- aa- et,
he who seeds of kind-nees sov-eth,
froh- lich (nach den Geut- ben) ge- het,
plen-teoue crops at har-vest grow-eth.
4. Recitativo Bass (Fagotto.)
Die Ei-gen-lie-be schmei-chelt sichi
Our va-ni- ty be- gets con- ceit.
Be-stre-be dich, erst dei- nen Bal- ken
Re-move you first from your own eyes the
aus- 2u- aie- hen,
beams that blind you,
dann magst du dich um Split-ter auch
and ha- ving plucked them out you then
be- mu- hen,
may mind you
die in dee Nach-sten Au- gen sein.
to find the motes in neigh-bors' eyes.
See St, Luke VT, 41.
let gleich dein Nach-ster nicht voll-kom-men
Tho' oth- ers be not pure as sum-mer
rein,
skies,
so wis-se, dass auch du kein En- gel,
you are no an- gel, past cor-rect-ion.
Arioso
denn wie ihr meset, wird man euch wie- der
for as ye mete, with-al the Lord will
mes- sen.
mea-sure.
St. Luke VI, 38:
"For with the same measure that ye mete,
withal it sriall be measured to you again."
ver- bees -re dei-ne tlan- gel.'
heal your own im-per-fect-ioni
3. Aria Alto
V4
(A)
(Oboe, Fagotto, and Strings.)
Sei be-muht in die- ser Zeit,
Strive to sow the seeds of love,
Se»- le, (reieh-lich aus-iu-streu-en) ,
fre«-ly seeds of mer-cy ocit-ter,
■oil die Ern- te dich er- freu-en
■ake the har-veut rich-er, fat-tor.
In der rei- ohen E- wlg-keit,
that you reap in Joy A- bovei
J
Wie kann ein Blin- der mit dem an-dern
How can the blind di-rect the blind,
J
doch recht und rich-tig war.-dern?
his pro- per path to find? .
77ie, fal- len sie zu ih- rem Lei-de
Yea, will not both, un-aee-ing, pitch,
nicht in die Gru- bo al- le bei-de?
un- done and help-less, in the ditchV
See St. Luke VI, ?9.
5. Aria Bass
(Dae ist) der Chrl- eter. Kuneti
This is the CI rl?-tian goalt
nur Gott und b1c)i er- ken- nen,
to know thy-eelf dis-creet-ly;
to epOHk and uct
>J.
Cantata 185
von *ah- rer Lde-be bren-nen,
to love thy God coic-plete-ly;
nicht un- »u- las- eig rich-ten,
not wrong-ly judge thy neigh-bor,
noch fraxo-dee Tun ver-nich-ten,
or eet at naught hl« la- bor|
I des N'ach-sten nicht vor-gee-sen,
[ re- cec- ber his pri-va-tion
, Elt rei-cheiD t«- sse ites- eem
with ge- ne- roue do- na-tion.
das macht boi Gott uni L'en-Bchen Gunat,
•TlB thu8 we mark the Chris-tian soulj
Dae let (der Chri-sten Kunet.)
this la the C»irie-tiar goal.
6. Choral erbellished ^/ \ (fjtf)
(Ob., Tr. with Sop.; Vn. II with Alto| Va,
with Tenor; Fag. with Basa. Vn. T; )
Ich ruf • xu dir, Horr Je- su Christ,
I cry to Thee, my dea-rest Lord,
Ich bltt', er-hor' mein Kla- gen,
0 hear my aup- pll- ca- tion,
Ter-leih' ndr Gnad' lu die- gar Friat,
be- stow Thy Grace for life* a brief span
laas iLich doch nicht ver-xa- gen;
to ease my tri- bu- la-tion;
den rech-ten Weg, 0 Herr, ich main*,
for I would fol- low in the path
den wol- leat du mir ge- ben,
of rigi.t-eoua-neae Thou show-est,
dir zu le- ben
ev- er lo-vinp;
cein'B Nach-sten nutx xu aein
my neigh-bor as my-aelf,
dein T/crt xu hal-ten e- ben,
o- bey-ing Thy com-mand-mente.
Cantata 186
(1723)
Franc k
VII Trinity
Epietle, Romans VI, 19-23. The wages of sin
is death, but the gift of God is eternal life
through Jesue Christ.
Goapel, St. Uark VIII, 1-9. 4000 fed with
the louvea and fishea.
(2 Ob., Oboe da caccia, Taille, Fag., and Str. )
Part I
1. Chorue V^ (g)
(Ob. I, Vn. I; Ob. II, Vn. II; Taille, Va.;
Fagotto.)
Xrg*- re dich, (0 See- le) nicht,
Fret thee not, thou mor-tal aoul.
Sop. bars 18-19,29-31,36-37: Mto, 16, 29-31.
Ten. 30-31. Bass 35-36, 48-49j
Xrg'- re dlch nicht
Fret thy- self not
Sop. bars 19-20,44-45,48-49. /Qto 15-16, 17-18,
18-19, 21-22,38-39,48-49. Ten. 21-22,32-33,
34-35,35-36,48-49. Baas 19-20, 21-22, 30-31, 36-37i
Arg'- re dich nicht,
Fret not thy- self
dase daa al- ler-hoch-ste Licbt,
at thy mean and hum-ble role.
Got- tea Glanx und E- ben-bild,
all that lives doth God per-vade,
sich (in Knechts-ge-stalt ver-hullt.)
in His im- age thou art made,
art in His im- age made.
2. Recitativo Baaa
Die Knechta-ge-steuLt, die Not,
Our hum- bla role, our need.
der Uan- gel
prt- va-tiona,
al-lein,
a-lone,
trifft Chri-sti Glie-der nicht
are not en-dured by us
es will ihr Haupt selbst arm und e-lend
but to our Lord Him- self were al-so
seln.
known.
l)nd ist nicht Reich-turn,
And are not rlch-es.
ist nicht t)-ber-flufls
is not o-pu- lenoe.
351.
Cantata 186
des Sa-tare An- gel so man mit Sorg-
but Sa-tan*8 pit-fell, which man must shun
-fait mei-den muss?
with di- li-gence?
Wird dir im Ge-gen-teil die Last lu viel
When trou-bles come a- new, whose bur-don seems
zu tra-gen,
past beai^lngt
wenn Ax- mut dich be-schwert,
idien want is pres-aing sore,
wenn Hun-ger dich Tcr-xehrt,
with hun-ger at the door,
und willst 80-gleich Ter- la- gen,
in- stead of rain des-pair-ing,
• o denkst du nicht an Je-sun:, aji dein Heil.
be-think you then that Je-cus died for you.
Hast du, wie Je- nes Volk, nicht bald zu
TThen you, like those of old, have naught to
es- sen,
feed you,
■o aeuf-zeet dut
do not then cryi
Arioso
"Ach J'err, wie Ian- ge, wie lan-ge,
"Ah Lord, for-got-ter, for-sa-ken,
wie Ian- ge willst du main ver-ges- sen?"
how long wilt Thou not deign to heed me?"
3. /jia Bass 3/4 (B^)
Bist du, der mir hsl- fen soil.
Thou who al-«uya help me so,
(eilst du nicht) (mir bei-zu- ste- hen)?
haste Thee now to my sal-Ta- tion.
Uain Ge- nut (let xwel- fels-voll),
I am filled with doubt and woe,
du Ter- wlrfst Tiel-leicht mein Fle-hen.
hear Thou this my aup- pli- ca-tion|
doch, 0 See- le, ( iweif-le nicht),
leave, 0 soul, thy doubt be-hlnd,
lass Ver-nunft dich nicht be- etri-ckem
let not rea- eon thus be-witch thee,
dai- nen t{el- fer, Ja- kobs Lioht,
• Mirch the Scrlp-tio-o, there to find
Cantata 186
kannst du in der Schrift er-bli- cken.
how thy God will soon en-rich thee.
4, Recitatjyo Tenor
Ach, dass ein Christ so sehr
Ahl Chri-stians too much heed
fur (t;. )
vor sei-nen Kor-per sorgtj
our mor-tal bo-dy'a needi i
Was ist er mehr? Ein Bau von Dr-den,
'Shat is it then? A linnp of dirt,
J
der wie- der muss zur Er- de ver-den,
which back to earth must soon re-vert;
ein Kleid,
et- tire.
so nur ge-borgt,
we have on hire.
Er konn- te ja das be- ste Teil er-wah- ler
Our 80-journ here is but the pre-pa-ra- tior
80 sei- ne Hoff- nung nie be-trugt:
for hopes in which we firm a-bide,
das Heil der See- len, so in
our sure sal-va- tion, gained when
Je- Eu liegt.
Je-su3 died.
0 se- ligl wer ihn in der Schrift er-bliekt;
0 bles-sed, they who ve- ri- ly be-lieve
wie er durch sei- ne Leh- ren
Thy Ho- ly Word and Teach-ing,
auf Al-le die ihn ho- ren,
the Uan-na which, be-seech-ing,
ein geist-lich Wan- na schicktj
our spi- rits shall re- ceive.
Arioso
DVuq, wenn der Kum- mer gleich
So, tho' mis-f or-tunes fall,
das Her-ze nagt und frisst
and eat a-way the heart,
80 schmeckt und se- het doch,
we will re- mem-bor, all,
(wie freund-lich) Je- sus ist,
how lo- ving-kind Thou art.
5. Aria Tenor V'* (d) (Oboe da onccla, )
Ueln Msi-lnnd lasst slcli ner- ken
Uy Sa-viour oft ap- pear-eth
3b£.
Cantata 186
Cantata 186
In aei-nen Gna- dan-ver- ken,
in mer-cy that en-dear-eth.
da er sich kraT-tig velst.
His Grace will make me whole,
den schwa-chen Geist xu leh- ren,
my fee- ble bo- dy nour-iah,
dan mat-ten Leib zu nah- ren,
tbat I may grow and flou-rlsh,
diet aat-tigt Leib und Gslat.
and sa- tia- fy my aoul.
6. Chorale extended (Ob. I 4 II, Str, )
Ob sich'e an-liees', als wollt er nicht,
Tho' God ap- pear at timea ae-vere,
laas dich ea nlcht er-achre-oken)
let not your hearta be trou- bled,
denn wo er iat ajs be-aten mit,
for grace con-cealed will be re-vealod
da will er'a nicht ent- de-cken,
and blea-ainga be re-doub-led.
Sein ^ort laaa dir ge- wia- aer aein,
Hla "Vord will be your guide and atay,
und ob dein Herz aprach lau>ter Nein^
and tho* your heaxta would aay you "nay",
ao laaa doch dir (nlcht grau- en.)
hold atead-faat, and com- plain not.
Alto:
ao laaa dir docfa nicht grau-en^nicht
hold atead-faat. atead-faat, nev-er com-
grau- en ,
-plain-ing.
Part II
7, RecitatJYO Baaa (Strings.)
Ea iat die Welt die gro-aae Wu-st»- nel,
The world of nan is but a wil-der-neas,
der Him-mel wlrd lu En,
tha Hea-Tena seem like droas,
Lwwiticus XXVI, 14, 19.
die Er- da wird lu Ei- sen,
the earth ap-peare but bra-ien,
wenn Chrl-aten duroh dan Glau-ben wal- sen*
to them who do not hold tha Serip-tures
dasa Chri- sti Wort Ihr groae-ter Reloh-tum aei|
the great-eat rich-ee mor-tala can poa-aeaa;
der Nah-runga-eo-gen schelnt
our po- yer- ty ap- pears
Ton ih-nen fast «u file- hen,
to be our lot and por- tion,
ain ste- tor Uan-gel wird be- weint,
aind want to be our con-atant trial,
da- mit sie nur der Velt
whloh God im-peurts to us
sioh da- ato mehr ent-zie- hem
to turn our thoughta to- ward Him.
da fin-det erat dee Hei-landa TTort,
No oth-er ri-ches can com- pare
der hoch-ate SohatS; in ih-ran Her-san Plati.
or take the place of Je-aua' aa-ying Grace.
Ja, jam-mert ihn dee Vol- kea dort,
Yea, Hia com- paa-aion, rich and rare,
so muaa auch hier aein Her- ze bre-chen
will reach ua here, to give ua cou-rage
und u- ber aie den Se- gen apre-chan.
and fill our hearta with hope and con-fort.
8. Aria' Soprano V* (g) (Vn. I * II, uniaon, )
Die At- men will der Herr um- ar- men.
The Lord will help the poor and nee-dy,
mit Gna-den hier und dort;
their mor-tal bur-dena lift;
er Bchen-kot ih-nen aua Er- bar- men
and for e- ter-ni-ty will grant them
dan hoch-aten Schatz, (daa Le- bens- wort.)
the Word of Life, moat pre-cioua gift.
9. RecitatiTO Alto
Nun mag die "^elt mit ih- rer Lust
The world and ita de-lighta I hold
ver-ge- hem
for no-thingi
353.
Cantata 186
Cantata 186
brioht gleleb der Uan-gal eln,
tho* po- Ter-ty im-pend,
doch kann die Sae- le freu-dig aein.
ny soul for-aaes a joy-ous end.
Wird durch dies Jam- mer- tal
If thru this vale of tears
vann du (von Ban- den (des Lei- baa
waits thee when life's wea- ry jour- ney
life's Jour-ney
BUD frai).
is thru.
der Gang su schwer,
oar way is hard
zu
and
lang,
long,
in Je- 8u Wort liegt Heil und Sa- gen.
in Je-sus' Word is hope and bleas-ing.
Es
•Tis
ist
a
ih-res rnas-ee Laueh-ta und eln Lioht
lamp un-to my feet and ie a. light
auf ih-ren We- gen.
un- to my path-way.
Psalm CXIX, 105i
"Thy word is a lamp unto my feet and a
light unto my path."
Wer glau-big durch die Wu-ste reist,
The Falth-ful Ones by it are led
1, 3.
Cantata 187
(1732)
4, 5 in (x Uass
VII Trinity
Epistle, Romans VI, 19-23. The wages of sin
is death, but the gift of God is eternal life
through Jesus Christ our SaTiour.
Gospel, St. Mark VIII, 1-9. 4000 fed with
the loaves and fishes.
(2 Ob., and Strings.)
wird durch dies Wort ge- trankt, ge-speiat;
thru da- sert waste; are clothed and fed; i, chorig (Instr. as above.)
dar Hei-land off-net selbst, nach die- sem
The Sa-Tiour o- pens, by this Word, for
Wor- te,
fflor-tals
ihm einst des Pa- ra- die- ses Pfor- te,
the way one day thru Hea-Ten*s por-tals;
und nach voll-brach-tsB Lauf
BO at the jour-ney's end,
aettt er dan Glau- bi- gen die Kro-ne auf,
a- round the Throne the Faith-ful may at-tend.
10. Duet Soprano-Alto 3/8 (c)
(Ob. I * II, Taille, and Strings.)
Lass, See-le, kein Lei- den
Tho' suf-fer-ing smart thee,
Ton Ja- su dich schei- dan,
from Je-aus ne'er part tbea»
•ai, (Saa- le, ge- treu* )
ba stead-fast and truei
Dir blei-bet die Kro- n9
At thy li- ba- ra-tion,
aua Gna- dan ( tu Loh- ne, )
tba Crown of Sal-Ta-tion
Psalm CIV, 27,28:
"These wait all upon thee; that thou mayeat
give them their meat in due season (beasts and
fishes).
"That thou giveat them they gather; thou
openeat thine hand, they are filled with good."
(Es war-tet (Al- lea)) auf dich,
They all are wai-ting on Thee
daas du ih- nen (Spai-se ge-best zu sei-
that Thou may-est in due sea-son give them
-ner Zeit.)
their meat.
Sop.; bars 47-49. S 4 A 116-118, TAB 117-119t
daaa du ih- nen Spei- se ge-best zu sei-
that in Thy good time Thou give un- to them
-ner Zeit.
their meat;
Wenn du ih- nen gi-best,
and all that Thou giv-ast.
(so sam-Beln sia);
they ga-ther in;
wenn du (dei-ne Hand) auf-tust,
when Thou o- pe-nest Thy Hand
(so wer- dan sia) mit Cu- te (ga- sat-
Thy crea-tures all with good things are sa-
Alto bar 80i plen- ty
-11- get.)
•tis-fled.
354.
Outata 107
2. R»citatlTO 5a«B
V&s Cr»-«* tu- ran halt das gro-eae
What ma-ti-t-jlM of cr«a-tirea fill tfali
der Yelt:
roiaad vorldl
Schau' doch die 3«r- ge an.
Look to tb« ■ouD-talD-aide,
da sie bei tat>- send ge- h«a;
vhere eouzrt-less thou-saads vaa-^lsrl
■m&M xao- get aieht dl« riut?
and aboala of fish- •■ gild*
la via- Bala 5tr« uud Sa- an;
in lakaa and ri» rara yoa-der;
dar Vo- gal gro- aaea Hear
tba birds ia fiald and air
xiafat direh dia Luft su raid.
ara fly- lag ar'-ry-where.
Var aah- rat aol- eba Zahl*
n» tbac could faad tUa bort?
md weT Ter- aag ihr vohl dia Not-aurft
Ah vfao but Ulgh-ty Ood vould ar- er
ab- lu- g»- baa?
dara at^taapt it?
Cans ir- gaai- ain Uo>aarch
Tould a- sy priaca or king
J
aaeb aol-ebar Eb- ra stre-banf
•B- say so rast a thing?
•o much am ar- er dreazt it?
Zahlt al- ler £r- da ?old
Thy, all tba gold oa aartb
ihr vchl ain aia- ig Mahl?
vould buy oaa aaal at aostl
3. Aria Alto ^B (Bb)
((Ob. I, Ta. I.) Ta. n, Ta. )
Rtmd
graat
Da Barr
Tke«« Lord,
(du krout) al- laia))i
alll erevB tba yaar»
Wra 32, 36, 46^ 137t
Da Barr da kroaat al- lain
Lerl Thov «ilt eroin tba yaar
4mm Jahr alt dal- aaa Sat.
vitb be.a>-ty rich sad rara,
bar* 35, 53, 140t
tea Jahr sit dai- aaa Zvt ,
•!•■! it with bo«»-ty rara
Cantata IBT
as trau-felt 7att uad Sa- gae.
with plen-ty wilt su^^-ply us,
bar 102 1
as trau-felt Tett uad Sa- gen
plan-ty wilt Tbou siq^-ply us,
auf dai- nas Tu- sses Ve* gan,
that aaat shall aot cona nigh ua,
bar i05t
auf dei- aae fu- asas Ta- gen,
na- Ter shall want coea nigh uai
vaid dai- aa Gaa- da ist's,
of grace a good-ly ahara
bar lOei
md dei-ne Gna- de let's,
grace in a good-ly sfaarei
die (al-les) Gu- tee tot.
nor an-y bless-ing spar*.
Part II
4. Aria Baaa V* (g) (▼»• I 4 n in uniaoa.
Da- r\M sollt ihr nicht ecr-gen
Be-thiak ya not nor wor-ry,
Boeh aa- gent Tas ver- dan wir ee- sec, waa
ncr ask yet "Of ^iat ax I aat-iag, of
wer- den wir trin- kea,
what as I drlnk-ing,
wo- Kit wer- daa wir una klai» dan?
and whara- witb-all shall I clothe c«?~
St. Matthew VI, 31-32t
'Therefore take no thought, aayingt That
aball *a eat? or, what sball we drink? or*
wherewithal shall we be clothed?
*^For after these things do the Gantilaa
•eek{ ) for your he&Tenly Father knoweth that
ya hare nead of all these things.'
traeh-tae dia
fol- low the
Haeh aol-chaa al- lar
For af-ter tbasa things,
Hei- den.
Gen-tiles.
bars 64-691
Oan (9}f^r tiAsai li-acber Ya- tar waias,)
For your Haa-vaa-ly T^-tbar knows
bar* T3, 81i
Dami au- ar faisK-li-adiar Ta- tar waias
for wall yota* Haa-woo- ly fla-t bar ksowa
daaa itar dies al- laa ba-dur- fat.
that tbasa things all will >a naad-ful.
3&5
CMtata 187
Cantata 187
bar 8St
daBB
kcov*
lan sai- ne Not- durft ninsnt]
are vont to mourn our lot?
der e-»ig rei- che Gott
The e-ver boun-teous God
5. Aria Soprano (Oboe solo.)
Cott Ter-Bor- get al- lee Le- ben,
Ccd pre-eer-Teth all that li-veth,
vaB hle-ni*- den 0- dem hegt.
•r'-ry crea-ture draw-ing breath,
Sollt' er mir al-leln nlcbt ge- ben,
So to me He Bure- ly gi-veth
(was) er al- len xu- ge-eagt?
what to all He pro-Bii-Beth,
2/8
Welcht, ihr Sor-gen, sei-ne Treu- e
Sor- rowB Tan-ieh, His com-paB-Bion
iBt auch mei- ner ain- ge-denk
vill not fail my vante to heed,
und vird ob mir tag-lich neu- a
will pro-vide my dai- ly ra-tion,
durcb manch Va-ter-Liebe-ge-schenk,
Ba- tiB- fy my ev'- ry need.
hat Bich die Sor- gen aus-er-ko- ren,
aa-Bumed to bear oiir tri-bu-la-tionej
80 weiaa ich, dass er mir auch mei- nen
I know that all we need He givee, with
Teil be-Btimrat,
naight for- got.
6. RecitatJTo Soprano (Stringe,)
Halt' ich nur feet an ihm mit kind- li- chem
I fal-ter not, in alm-ple child-like faith
Ver-trau- en
a- bi- ding,
uzkd nehm' mit Dank- bar-keit,
and ren- der thanka to God
waa er nSr lu- ge-dacht,
for all He doea for me,
ao werd' ich mich nia oh- ne Hil-fe achau- en,
in Hia pro-tect-ion truat-ing-ly con-fi- ding.
und wie er auch fur mich
My raok-on-ing ia paid,
die Recb-nung hab* ge-macht.
what- ev- er it may ba.
Daa Gra- nen nut-xet nicht,
What boota It to be- wail
die Ku- ha let Tor-lo- ran«
io fu-tlle la- nen-ta-tlonay
die daa Tor-uig-te Harx
with which we tl-ild aoula
7. Chorale S/* (g)
(Ob. I 4 II, Vn. I with Sop.{ Vn. II with
Alto; Va, with Tenor.)
Gott hat die Er- de xu- ge-richt't,
God has pro-Ti-ded for ub all,
lasBte an Nah- rung man- geln nicht;
food for erea-tiree, great and small;
Berg und Tal, die macht er nass,
grass He grows on hill and dale,
dass dem Vieh auch wachst sein Gras;
lest the food for cat- tie fail;
aus der Er- den Wein und Brot
gives to mor-tals bread and wins,
schaf-fet Gott und gibt's uns satt,
rain for flo- wer, tree and rine,
dass der ^nsch sein Le- ben hat.
made for man by God's de-sign.
2.
Wir dan-ken sehr und bit- ten ihn,
Thank-ful to Thee with hope we pray,
dass er uns geb' des Gei-stee Sinn,
"Send Thou Thy Spi-rit here to- day,
daes wir sol-ches recht ver-steh'n,
make us right-ly un- der-stand
stets in eein'n Ge- bo- ten geh'n,
how to fol- low Thy com-mand."
Bei- nen Na- men ma- ohen gross
True to Thee thru all our days,
in Chri- ato ohn' Uh- ter-lnesj
to Thy Name with Joy we raiae
BO Bing'n wir das Gra- ti- as,
Toi-oea filled with end-laaa praiae.
3b6.
Cantata 188
(1731)
Ploamder
XXI Trinity
Epistle, Epheai&ns VI, 10-17. Put on the lAiola
anaor of God; describing it.
Gospel, St. John TV, 46-^-a The nobleman's son
healed of a fever.
(Oboe, Violoncello, Organ, and Strings.)
1. Aria Tenor 3/4 (F)
(Oboe, Strings. )
bars 21-23, 54-56i
Ich ha- be nei- ne Zu- ver-sicht,
In God the Lord I put ay trust
bare 15-16, 43-44i
ich ha- be mei- ne Zu-ver-sicht
God the Lord will I er-er trust
bare 2?-25t
auf den ge-treu-en Gott ge- richt't,
for He is true and kind and Just;
bars 17-19, 45-46i
auf den go- treu-en Gott ge-richt't,
kind-ly and true is He emd juat;
da ru- het mai- ne Hoff-nung fe- ate.
I know that He will ne-ver fail me,
bars 47-52i
I know He will not fail me
52-54i He will ne-Tor fall me,
Wenn al- lee bricht, wenn al- lea fallt,
Tho* moun-talns burst, and earth de- day,
wenn nie- mand Treu* und Glau-ben halt,
and feiltb-less friends their trust be-tray,
so let denn Gott der al- ler- be- ate.
Al-adgh-ty God will still a- Tail me.
2. RecitatiTo Bass
Cantata 188
■o hoff ' ich dooh auf ihn,
His name I glo- ri- fy.
Denn sein er-turn- tee An- ge-sicht
When an-ger clouds His stor-my brow,
ist VI- ders nlcht
it will not last, |
als ei- no 'Vol- ke tru-be,
but soon be gone and past,
sie hln- dart nur den Son-nen-scheln,
as dark'-ning clouds bring wel-come rain,
da- mlt durch ei- nen aanf-ten Re- gen
the mild and gen-tle 3\m- mer sho-wers,
der Him- mele-se- gen
which feed the flo-wers,
um so viel rei-cher mo- ge sein.
and fill the fer- tile fields with grain.
Dsr Herr ver- wan-delt sich in el- nen
The Lord as-aumes at times an as-pect
grau-sa-men,
ter-ri-ble,
Lsn dea- to troat-li- oher zu achei-nen;
but this must not the least a-lann us,
er will, er kann's nicht bo- ae mei- nen,
we know that He will ne-ver harm us.
6/8
Irrum lass* ich ihn nlcht,
I'l] not let Thee free
er seg- ne mich denn.
'til Thou hast bleat me,
bars 28-29i
er seg- ne mich denn.
ex-cept Thou bless me.
Genesis XXXII, 26t
"....I will not let thee go, except thou
bless me."
Cott maint es gut mlt je- der-mann,
Al- migh- ty God for-gets us not,
aucb in den eJ.-ler-groa8-ten No- ten,
not ev-an in our worst af-f lict-ipn.
Ver- bir-get er gleich sei-ne Liu-be
Tho' it may seerc that He for-got,
so denkt sein Herz doch beim-lich aran
yet from Hie deep ajvl in- most heart
das kann er nie-n»ls nicht ent-xieh'n;
Hie love for ue will not de- R'^rt;
und woll-te mich der Herr auch to-ten,
if God de-cide that I ir.ust die
3. Aria Alto V^ (E)
(Violoncello. Organ obligate.)
Un- er-forech-lich
All un- char-ted
ist die Wei- sa
is the coun-try
wie (der Herr fdie Sei- nen) fuhrt ) ,
where the Lord will take His folk,
15, 26, 58, 69i will take tnem
sel-ber fun- ser Kreui und Peln)
ev- on sor-row, care and pain
33-35t ev-en care
357.
Cutata 188
Buas lu un~ sera Be-sten eeln
in the end will be our gain,
tad ( xu sei-nee Na- cena Frei-ee.)
and ex-alt Thy Name and Glo-ry.
4. RecitatiTo Soprano (Strlnge.)
Die Uacht der Welt rer-lie- ret eich.
The might of man a- rail-eth not,
Ter kann auT Stand und Ho- heit bau- en?
nor eeo^h-ly rich-e«, goode or trea-Burei
Cott a- ber blei-bet e- wig-lich;
He who with God haa cast his lot,
vohl al- len ) die atif ihn rer-trau- en.
gains con-fort uore than man can mea-sure.
Cantata 189
1. Aria Tenor V* (Bv)
(Flauto, Oboe, Violin.)
(Uei- ne See- le, ) ruhmt und preist
Come, my spi->rit, raise thy voice,
(Got- tea Huld) imd rei-ohe Gu- te.
praise thy God for all His bles-sing}
lAid mein Geist,
Heart said soul.
Hers und Sinn
praise and thanks
und gam Ge- mu- te
and love ex-pres-sing;
ist in mei-nem Gott er-freut,
in His Tisr-cy loud re-joice,
der (mein Hell und Hel-fer) heisst.
He hath thy sal-va-tion wrought.
S. Chorale
Auf mei-nen lie- ben Gott,
Be- lo- ved God will heed
trau ich in Angst und Not|
■y cry to His in need.
•r kann mich edl-ieit ret- ten
■y hope and my sal- va- tion
aus Trub- sal, Anget und Ko- ten,
from trial and tri- bu- la-tion;
eeic Un-gluck kann er wen- den
from ev- il He pro-tects me,
■teht all's in sei- nen Han- den.
in all my ways di-rects u.e.
Cantata 189
(1707-10)
(Uagnificat)
Visitation
Epistle, Isaiah XI, 1-5. Prediction of the
iCesslah.
Gospel, 3t. Luke I, 39-50. Uary'e visit to
KliMb«th| the UaKnlficat.
(riauto. Oboe, and Violin.)
2. Recitativo Tenor
Denn seh' ich mich und auch mein Le- ben ant
When here on earth my hap- py lot I see
BO muss mein Uund in die- se T?or- te
my voice in praise and thanks I lift to
brech-ent
Thee I
(Gott J) was hast du doch (an mlr) ge-tan!
God, how boun-te-ou9 art Thou to r.e.
to Jie
Es ist mlt tau-send Zun- gen
Had I a thou-sand tongues
nicht ein- mal aus- xu- spre-chen,
they would not serve for tell-ing
wie gut du bist,
how good Thou art,
wie freund-lich dei- ne Treu',
how gen- tie, kind and true,
wie reich dein' Lie-be sei.
how lo- ving is Thy heart |
So ssi dir denn Lob, Ehr' und Preis
and so with thanks my song of praise
ge- sun- goni
is ewell-lng.
358.
Cantata 189
3. Aria Tenor V* (g)
Gott hat aich (hoch ge-set- zet)
On High where God a- bi-deth
bar 8i high in Hea- ven
und sieht auf das,
He aeea us all
(was nied-rlg) iet.
be- lo* Him here.
Ge- eetit. dasB mich die V.'elt
The world may hold me maun.
ge- ring und e- lend halt,
yet I re- luain oe- rene^
doeh bin ich hoch ge-schat-set,
no oat-ter who de- ri- deth-
bar 23i
W0il Gott mieh nicht
I know that God,
bars 23-24:
well Gott micb nicht, micb nicht Ter-glsst,
I know that God for-gets me not,
bfo-i 25-26, and 27-281
weil Gott mich nicht ver-giost.
my God for-gets me not.
bar 26-27 1
nich nicht,
my God,
Cantata 189
Er hat mir Leib und Le-ben,
Uy life to Him is o«-ing,
er hat mir auch das Recht lur Se- llg-keit,
my hope of fu- ture blee-sed-ness se-cure,
und was mich hier und dort er-freut.
He pro- mi- ses sal- va-tion sure
auB lau-ter Huld ge- ge- ben.
and mer-oy o- ver-flow-ing.
5, Aria Tenor 3/4 (Bb)
(Flauto, Oboe, Violin.)
Dei-ne Gu- te, fdein Er- bar-cen)
Thy com-pas-sion, Thy sal-Ta-tion,
wah- ret, Gott, (zu al-ler Zeit).
lasts, 0 God, for-ev-er- more.
Du er- zeigst (Barm-her-zig-keit )
Thou wilt save and not ig-nore
bar 63i wilt not ig-nore
de-nen dir er-geb'-nen Ar- men.
ev-en those of hum- bio sta-tion.
4. RecitatiTO Tenor
ftir (W. )
0 was Tor gro- sse Din- ge
0 what stu-pen-dous won-ders
treff ' ich an al- len Or- ten an,
I see a-round me er'-ry-where,
die Gott an mir ge- tan,
on earth, in sea and air.
fur (W.)
wo- Tor Ich
that God has ^
brin- ge.
thank Himi
Er tut es,
what is it
ihm
roMght,
mein Herz iixn Op- fer
for which we hare to
des-sen Uacht
but His might
den Him-cel kann um- achran-ken,
that set the Hea-Tens' ceil- ing,
an des- sen Ma-mens Pracht
where 'aid His glo- ry bright
die Se-ra-phim in De- mut nur ge- den- ken.
the Se-ra-phia to Hisi are hi«-ble kneel-ing?
Cantata 190
(1725)
Plcander
Epistle, Galatians III, 23-29. Faith siqjer-
ceded the law; we are all one when baptised in
Christ.
Gospel, St. Luke II, 21. His name was called
Jesus.
(3 Tr., Timpani, 3 Ob., Ob. d'amore, Strings.)
1. Chorus
(Instr. as above except Ob. d'amore. )
Psalm CXLIX, It
"...Sing unto the Lord a new song, and
hia praise in the congregation of saints."
Psadm CL, 4, 6i
"...Praise him with the timbrel and dancei
praise him with stringed instruments and organs.
"Let everything that hath breath praise
the Lord."
((sin- get) dem Herm) ein neu- ea Lied J
Sing to the Lord a new-made song!
Sing ye
359.
Cantata 190
Cantata 190
Die G«- nei- ne der Hel-li- gen (eoll ihn
Let the whol* con-gre-ga-tion of BsdctB sing
aing His
lo- ben)J
pral-eesi
Lo- bet ihn mit Pau- ken und Rei-gen,
Praise ye Him with tim-brels and dan-ces;
lo- bet ihn nit Sal- ten und Pfei-feni
praise ye Him with pipes and with yi- olsl
Chorale
Herr Gott, dich lo- ben wir.
Lord, God, Thy praise we sing.
M- les was 0- dem hat.
All things that live and breathe,
lo- be den HormI Al-la-lu-Jah,
praise ye the Lordi Al-le-lu-jahi
Chorale
Herr Gott, wir dan- kea dir,*
Lord God, our thanks we bring!
Herr Gott, dich lo- ben wlri
Lord God, Thy praise we singi
Recitativo Alto
Denn dei-ne Va- ter- treu' hat noch kein Sn- de
Thy lo-ving-kind-nees knows no li- mi- ta-tio
sie wird bei uns noch al- le Uor-gen neu.
Thy love and grace each day new joy af-ford,
Drun fal-ten wir, barm-herz'-ger Gott, da- fuT)
And 80 we bow our heads to Thee our Lord^
in De- mut un-sre Han- de
in hum-ble a-do- ra-tion,
und sa-gen le- bens-lang
and ev-er thank-ful raise
mit Uund und Her-zen, Lob und Dank.
our hearts and voic-es in Thy praise.
Herr Gott, wir dan- ken diri
Lord God, our thanks we bring J
2. Chorale i RecitatJTO B-T-A
(3 Tr. unison, 3 Gh, unison, Tinq)., Str.)
Herr Gott, dich lo- ben wiri
Lord God, Thy predse we sing!
ReeitatiTO Bass
daas du oiit die- sem neu- en Jahr
that at the dawn of this new year,
uns neu-es Gluck und neu- en Se- gen
new hap-pi-nese and bles-slng Thou be-
schen-kest
-stow ua^
und noch in Gna- den an uns den- kest.
new lore and grace and mer-oy show us,
Herr Gott, wir dan- ken diri
Lord Ood, our thanks we brlngi
ReoitatlTQ Tenor
das* dei-ne Gu- tig- kelt
for Thy cooj-pas-sion rest,
in der Ter-gang-nen Zeit
that In the year now passed
das gan- te Land
hast kept our town
▼or Teu*-rt«ig,
froei ft- Bine,
Lnd un- sre wer-te Stadt
and our be- lor-ed land
Pes-tl- lenz und Krieg
pee-tl-lerioe and war.
3. Aria Alto 3/4 (A) (Strings.)
Lo- be Zl-on del- nen Gott lo- be
Praise thou Zi-on^praise the Lord^praise thy
del- nen Gott mit Freu-den.
God with loud re-joi-cing,
Auf! er- sah- le des- sen Ruhm,
Vp^ and tell His migh-ty deeds,
der in sei-nem Hei- lig- tun
He wiio to the sheep-fold leads
fer-ner- hin dich als dein Hirt
us in plea-sant pas-tures feeds
will auf gru- ner Au- e wei- den.
us, in green and plea-sant pas-tures.
b*-hv»- tet
kj Thy ooa>
hat.
4. ReeitatiTO Bass
Es wun- sohe sich die Welt,
The world, since time be-gan,
was rieisch und Blu- te wohl-ge-falltf
has longed for what is deeir to man;
nur elns, sins bitt ioh Ton dem Herm,
one thing a- lone I ask my Lord
dies si-ne hiitt ich gsmi
ae my su-preme re-ward i
dass Je-sus, mel-ne Freu-de
that Je-sus, as my Uas-ter,
360.
Cantata 190
Cantata 190
nein trau- er Hirt,
nj Shap-'hord trua,
main Trost und Hell
and corn-fort sure,
und mai-ner Sea-le be-atei Tail
will er-er keep my soul sa- cure,
Biob ala aln Sobaf-leln eel- ner Wei- da
will lead ma as a sheep to pas-tura,
auch dla- see Jahr ndt sel- nem Schutt
ajod thru this year in aafe-ty will
IB- fas-ae
pro-tact ma
und nis-aer-mehr
nor let me fear
aufl sei-nen Ar-men las- sa.
that e- Ter He ne-gleot me.
Sain gv^ter Ceist) der mlr den Weg xun
His spi-rit guides my er-rlng foot-ateps
La- ben waist,
lest I stray,
Andante (Chorale in acoonpaniment)
re- gier' und fub-re mioh auf eb*-ner Bahnt
and keeps ae walk-ing in the er-en way.
•o fang* leh die-ses Jahr
And so shall I ao-clalm
in Je- su Na- nan an.
the new year with Hia Name.
5. Duet Tanor-Bass (Oboe d'amora.)
Ja-sus (soil main Al- lea sein),
Ja-sua is my all in all,
Je-sus soil meln An- fang blel-ben,
my be-gin- nlng and my end- ing,
Je-sus Ist (main Freu-den-schain, )
Ja-sus is my Joy and light;
Ja-sus will ioh (mich Ter-schrai-ben).
Ja-sus halts 8dl ills im- pend- ing.
Je-sua hllft mlr (durch sein Blut))
J^sus thru His sac- ri- fice
Ja- sua macht meln En- de gut.
paid for Be the ran-som price,
paid my soul's re- daup-tion price.
6. RacltatlTo Tenor (Strings.)
auob sein Ge- salb- ter la- ba{
our well-lored Prince shall flou-rish,
er sag- ne bel- des, Stamm und Zwei- ga^
both stem and bran-ohea bless and nou-rlsh,
auf dass Ihr Cluck bis an die 'Tol- ken
that they may rise be-yond the cloud*., of
stei-ge.
Hea-Ten,
Es seg- ne Je- nvm Kirch* und Sohul*
Bless Thou our Chri-stian Church and Schools,
er seg- na al- la trei>-en Lah- rer,
and bleas Thou all our wor-thy tea-ohers,
er seg-ne sei- nes Wor- tee Ho- rerj
and all who hear Thy Word and keep it,
er aeg-ne Rat und Rich-ter-stuhl)
bless him who sarres and him who rules;
er glass' auch u- bar Je-des Haus
let there gush forth in ar'-ry place,
in un-srer Stadt die Sa- gena-quel-le
in eT*-ry home, a wall-spring of Thy
aus*;
grace I
er ga- ba, dass auf's nau*
and grant this bles-sing too,
aich Fried* und Treu*
this year, a- new,
in im-aani Oran- sen kua- sen mo- gen.
that wa hare peace, that none da-calTa us.
So la- ban wlr dies gan- ta Jahr in
that truth and right-aous-neas shall ne-rar
Sa- gan.
leave us.
Nun,
Now,
Je-sua ge- be ,
Je-sua grauTt Thou,
dass mlt deo neu- en
that thru the ooffl-iz^
7. Chorale (Instr. as in let movement.)
Lass uns das Jahr voll-brin- gen
Our New Year greet -ing bring-ing
su Lob dem Na- men dein,
with grate-ful hearta we come,
dass wir den-ael-ben ain- gen
Thy praise and glo-ry slng-ing
in der Chri-sten- ge-mein;
thru-out all Christ-en- dom.
wollst una daa La-ban fri-sten
Our lives In mer-cy spare ua.
Jahr
yew
361.
Cantata 190
Cantata 191
dtirch deln* all-naeh- tig Hand,
Thy faith-f ul Chris-tian Band,
} )
•r*halt dein li»-be Chrl-aten
let no mie-he^ im-palr us
und un- ser Va- ter-land.
and blesB our Fa-tber-Land.
Dain'n Se- gen tu une wen-de,
Qu«ll war and vain dis-or-dere,
gib' Fried' an al- laai En- de|
»ith- in our coun-try'e bor-derej
gib* un- Ter-falflcht la Lan-de
let truth and aim- pie can-dor
dein se-lig-ffla-cbend Wort,
to ho-nor be re-stored,
Die Ueuch-ler mach' xu-schan- de hier und an
by- po- cri- sy and slan-der be ev'-ry-
al- lea Ort,
-vfaere ab-horred,
die Heuob-ler nacb* zu-scban- de hier und an
hy- po- cri- sy and slan-der be ev'-ry-
al- lem Ort,
-where ab-horred.
2. Duet Soprano -Tenor
(Fl. tr. I ft II, unison. Strings.)
Glo-ri-a Pat-ri, et Fi-li^o,
0t Spl-ri-tu San-cto.
"Glory be to the Father sind to the Son and
to the Holy Ghost."
3. Chorus (Instr. as in 1st movement.)
Si-cut e-rat in prin-ci-pi-o
et nunc et sem-per
in sae-cu-la sae-cu-lo-rum
A-men.
"As it was in the beginning, is now and ever
shall be, world without end, A-men."
I
Cantata 191
(1740 Uasa 1733)
Epistle, Titus TI, 11-14. God's Grace brings
salvation.
or Isaiah IX, 2-7. The people have seen a
great light; for unto us a child was born.
Gospel, St. Luke II, 1-14. The Nativity.
(3 Tr., Tiinp., 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., Strings.)
1. Chorus (Instr. as above)
Clo-ri-a (in ex-cel-eis) De-o,
et in ter-m (pax) ho-mi-ni-bus
bo-nae vo-lun-ta-tie.
St. Luke II, 14i
"Glory to God in the highest, and on earth
pence, good will toward men."
Cantata 192
(1732)
Reformation Festival
Cruger
Epistle, Revelation XIV, 6-8.
(2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., Strings.)
1. Chorus 3/4 (G)
(instr. as above.)
Nun dan- ket Al- le Gott,
Now thank we all our God
Al- le, Al- le ,
thank wa all our
mit Her- ten, Uund, und Han-den,
with hearte and hands, and voi-ces.
Tenor and Base bare 53-54i
mit Her- xen,
we thank Him,
der gro-eae. Din- ge tut
In all His migh-ty works.
S62!.
Cantata 192
Cantata 192
Alto 85-87, Ten. 86-88, 93-94, Basa 85-881
der gro-ese, gro-Bse Din- ge tut,
in all Hla migh-ty^ migh-ty works,
Baae 92-94, Alto 94-96i
der gro-aee Din- ge, gro- ose Din- ge tut
in all Ills migh-ty vorke, Kie mlgh-ty works
an una und (al- len) En- den,
for-er-er man re- Jci- cesf
Base bare 96-97i
an uns und al- len^
man-kind re-joi-cee
Ten. 83-86i
an uns und al- len, al- len» al- len En- den,
for-ev-er man re- joi-ces, man re- jci-ces.
2. Duet Soprano-BasB
(Fl. tr. I, Ob. I, Vn. I unison; Vn. II, Va.)
Der e- wig, a- wig rei-ohe Cott
liay God, may God all-boun-tl-f ul
woll' uns bei un-serm Le- ben
a- bide for-er- er near us,
ein iiE- mer froh-llch Herz
with peace re-joice our hearts,
und (ed- len Frio-den) ge- ben
to com-fort us, to
coQ-fort us and cheer U8|
und une in eei-ner Gnad*
up- hold US by His Grace,
Ten. and Bass 94-96i
an 8d.-lenj em al- len En- den,
for-eT-er man-kind re- joi-cee -Tenor
for-eT-er man re- j'^i-ces -bass
der une von L'ut- ter- lalb
who from our mo-ther's arms
imd Kin-des-bei- nen an)
His boun-ty doth be- stov|
Alto bars 130-132t
der uns von Uut-ter-leib und Kin- dee- bein'
fror child-hood on thru life, His bles-sings flow
Alto bars 145-1491
der une von iiut- ter- leib und Kin- des-bei-
who from our mo-ther's arms^who from our mo-
-nen, von liut-ter- leib und Kin-des-
-ther's, our mo-ther's arma-His boun-ty
-bei- nen an
doth be-stow,
un- ijih- lig viel zu - gut
from child-hood on thru life^
imd noch jetx- und ge- tan.
His count- less bles-singa flow.
Tenor 133-135i
xu gut und noch Jetz- und ge- tan
His bles-sings flow^ His bles-sings flow
Alto 122-123, Ten. 152-154, Baes 129-130t
und noch jett- und
His bles-sings flow
er- hal- ten fort und fort
our fai.l-ing strength re-store{
und uns (aua al- ler Not)
our Rock and Fort-ress be,
our Fort-ress be
er- lo- sen (hier und dort.)
hence-forth for- ev- er more.
3. Chorus (Instr. as in Ist movement.)
(Lob, Ehr' und Preis) sei Gott,
All glo- ry be to God,
(dem Va- ter) (und den Sob- ne)
the Fa-ther of Cre- a-tion|
und dem, (der bei-den gleich)
all ho- nor to the Son,
and to the Son
in ho- hen Him-mels-thro- ne,
the Hope of our sal- va-tionj
dem drei- ein- ig- ea Gott,
the Three en-throned on high
als der ( ur-sprung-lich war)
all Heav'n and earth a-dore
yea all a-dore,
imd irt und blei-ben wird
for so it was and is
Alto 119-121, 123-124. Bass 118-121i
und noch jetx-und ge- tan
thru life His bles-sings flow
Tenor bars 120-121i
xu gut ge- tan
His bles-sings flow
Jetx-und und im-mar-dar.
and shall be er-er-more.
363.
Cantata 193
(1740)
Inauguration of Council
(2 Ob., and Strings.)
1. Chorus V* (D)
(inatr. as above.)
Ihr To-re (W, )
Ihr Pfor-ten tu Zi-on j
Ye por-tals of Zi-on
ihr Woh- nun- gen Ja-kob6,(freu- et) euch!)
ye dwell-ioge of Ja-cob, joy- ful sing.
Bate 18, 83t Joy-ous
Gott iet un-sere Her-tens Freu-de,
God our Joy and our Pro- toct-or,
wir eind Vol- ker eei-ner Wei- de
God our Guide and our Di-rect- or,
•• wig iet eein Ko-nig-reieb.
God tor-erf er is our King.
2. RecitatJTO Soprano
Der Hu- ter Is- ra- ela ent-schlaft
The God of Is^rael slian-bers not
noeh schluD-Diert nioht|
nor doth He sleepi
•s ist an-noch sein An-ge-sicht
our Keep-er will He "▼xfir be,
der Schat-ten un-erer rech- ten Hand;
the shade up-on our right hand)
und das ge- sam- te Land
thru-out our fer-tile land
Cantata 193
3. Aria Soprano 2/6 (E)
(Ob. I, Strings.)
Gott, wir dan- ken dei-ner Gu- te,
God, we thank Thee, Thy pro-tect-ion,
denn dein Ta-ter-lich Ge- mu- te
lo- ving, Fa-ther-ly af-fect-ion,
wah- ret e- wig fur und fur.
last to all e- ter-ni- ty;
Du Tor- gibst das tJ- ber- tre- ten,
hear our prayers and our con-f ess-ions,
du er- ho-rest, wenn wir be- ten,
peir-don Thou us our trans-gress-ions,
drun. konnt (al- les Fleisch) zu dir.
that we all may cone to Thee.
4. RecitatJTO Alto
0 Leip-ii-ger Je- ru- sa- lem,
0 best be-lo-Ted land of ours,
Ter»gnu-ge dieh an dei- nem Fe- ete!
how hap-py we, where none mo-lest us J
Der Fried' ist noeh in dei- nen Uau-ern,
For peace with- in our walls has blest us,
68 stehn an- noeh die Stuh-le zum Ge-rieht
with up- right Judg-es on the judg-ment seat
und die Ge- rech-tig- keit be-woh-net die
and right-eous o- ver-lords se-cu- ri- ty
Pa- la- ste.
as-sur-ing.
hat sein Ge- wachs in D- ber-fl. use ge- ge-ben.
our crops and herds in rich a- bun- dance grow. ^1-
Ach, bit" te, dass dein Ruhm und Licht
Ahl our good for-tme is eom-plete,
so be- stan-dig mo>ge dau-em.
Wer kann dlch, Herr, ge- nug da- fur er- he-ben
What oay «e do our gra-ti-tude to show?
PsalB CXXI, 4-5i
"Behold, he that keepeth Israel shall
neither eluBtjer nor sleep.
"The Lord is thy keepen the Lord is thy
■hade upon thy right hand."
raint. Lord, that it may be en-dur-ing.
5. Aria Alto V* (O) (Oboe l)
Sen- de)(Herr), den Se- gen ein,
Bleee us Lord, by word and deed,
lass die waoh-sen una er^ hal- ten,
let our leg-is- la-tors flour-ish,
die fiir dich daa Reoht Ter-wal- ten
teach them that tbey help and nou-rish
364.
Cant&ta 193
Cantata 194
und ein Schuts der Ar-men eain.
those In po- Ter-ty and need.
Wir *ei- hen un- are Bruet dir of-fen- bar
Our hearts we come to de- di-oate to Thee
Cantata 194
(1723)
Probably Bach
Trinity Sunday
Epistle, Romans XI, 33-36. Who can know the
riches of the wisdom and judgments of God,
Gospel, St. John III, 1-15. Christ, and Nic-
odemus coming to Him in the night,
(3 Ob., Fag., and Strings,)
zim Dank-aJ.- tar,
hero 0- pen-ly.
Du,
Thou,
den kein Haua,
un- oon-fined
kein Ten- pel fasst,
by time or space,
noch Gren-ien hast,
a- bi-ding place.
da du kein Ziel
who hast no one
I Kifigs VTII, 27; II Chron. VI, 18.
lass dir dies Haus ge-fal-lig sein,
grant that this House of God may be
es sei dein An- ge- siclit
a dwell-ing-place for Thee
ein wah- ror Gna- den-stunl, ein Preu-den-licht.
in which Thy Light Di- vine may Joy-ous shine.
Part I
1. Chorus V* (Bh)
(Instr, as above.)
Hochst-( er-wiinsch-tes Freu-den-f est, )
Wei- come joy- ous fea-tal day
das der Herr zu sei-nem Ruh- me
to Thy Glo-ry ce-le- bra-ted,
Im er- bau-ten Hei-lig-tu- me
in Thy Tam-ple con-se- cra-ted.
uns Ter-gnugt be- ge- hen lasat,
by Thy peo-ple, glad and gay.
3. Aria Bass 1^8 (Bt)
Was des Hoch-sten Glanz er- f ullt ,
God's e- ter- nal shi- ning light
drives a- way the shades of night. -34,36,
wird in kei- ne Macht ver- hullt ,
drives a- way the shades of night.
God's e- ter-nal shi- ning light, -32,
was des Hoch-sten heil'-ges We- sen
He Him-self the dark dis-pell-eth
sich (zur Woh-nung aus- er- le- sen),
where His Ho-ly Pres-ence dwell-eth.
Z» Recitative Bass
Un-end-lich gro-sser Gott, ach wen- de dich
E- ter-r^l mlgh-ty God, In-cline Thine ear
zu uns ;
to us
zu dem er- wah-le- ten Ge-schle-chte
Thy cho-sen peo-ple here as-aainb- led;
und zum Ge- be- to dei-ner Knech- te.
and hear the pray 're of us Thy ser-vants.
.^ch, lasa vor dich durch ein in-brun-atig
In heart-felt a- do- ra-tion are we
Sin- gen
slng-ing
der Lip-pen Op- fer brin- gen,
our voi-ces tri-bute brlng-ing.
4. Recitativo Soprano
77ie konn- te dir, du hoch-stes An- ge-eicht.
How, then, to Thee, whose clear un-err-ing sight,
da dein un-end-lich hel-les Licht
whose glo-ri-ous, e- ter-nal Light
bis in ver-borg'-ne Grun-de sie-het,
can pierce the dark ajid sec-ret pla-ces,
ein Haus ge- fal- lig sein?
can this place bring de-light?
all-hie (TT. )
Es schlsicht sich Ei- tel-koit all-hier
For ev'- ry- thing which here we see
an eil- len Kn-den ein,
is filled with va- ni- ty.
Wo dei- ne Herr-lich-kelt ein- zie- het.
But where Thy Glo-ry glows re-splen-dent.
."^65.
Cantata 194
Cantata 194
da muss die Woh" nung rein
there must Thy dwell-ing be,
tmd disuses Ga- stes ww- dig sein.
a wor-thy place to quar-ter Thee.
Hier wirkt nichts lien-echen- kraft.
The might of man is naught,
I
drm lass dein Au-ge of-fen ste-hen
if Thou shouldst ev-er halt or wa-Ter
und gna-dlg auf una ge-hen;
in Thy re-gard and fa-vor.
■o le-gen wlr in heil'-ger Freu-de dir
So at Thy throne in hum- ble Joy we lay
die Far- ren und die Op- fer un-srer Lie-der
our palms and songs as gifts in a- do- ra-tion,
Tor dei-nem Thro-ne nie- der
that ve by this do-na- tion,
und tra-gen dir den Wunsch in An- dacht fur.
our re-ye-rent de- vo- tion may con- vey.
5. Aria Soprajio V* (E5) (Strings.)
Hllf, Gott, dass es uns ge-lingt,
Lord our souls with zeal in-spire,
und (dein Fei>- er in uns dringt).
kin- die in our hearts Thy fire,
en- kin-die there
der Be-trub-ten Trost und Freud' J
er- er bless-ed Three in One.'
Al- len Glau-ben, den ich find'.
Faith and hope and oha- ri- ty
hast du in mir an- gs-zund't,
Thou hast kin-died bright in me;
u- ber mir in Gna- den wal- te,
help Thou me in high en-dea-vor,
fer-. ner dei-ne Gnad' er- hal-te.
watch Thou o-ver me for-ev- er.
2.
Sei- ne Hil- fe zu mir sen- de.
Send Thy help so oft en-treat-ed,
0 du ed- ler Her-zens- gastj
no-ble guest, Thou, of my heart;
Und das gu- te Werk voll- en- de,
see Thy work, be-gun, coir-plet-ed,
das du an- ge- fan- gen hast,
nor from this. Thy home de- port.
Bias in mir das Funk-lein auf.
Fan the flame of faith to fire,
bis dass nach Toll-brach-tem Lauf
that to Hea-ven I as- pire,
ich den Aus- er-wahl-ten glei-che
gain the goal so long ex-pect- ed,
und des Glau-bens Ziel er-rei-che.
There with Thee and Thine E-lect-ed.
Dass es auch in die- ser Stun-de
Ho- ly fire iq)-hold and stay us.
See Isaiah VI, 6-7.
wie in E- sa- i- ae Uun-de
as of old Thou didst I-s{ii-as|
• el- ner Tfir-kung Kraft er- halt
give us po-wer thru Thy might,
und uns hei-llg vor dich stellt.
Bake us ho-ly in Thy sight.
6. Chorale V4 (Bb)
(Ob. I, II, 111, and Strings.)
Heil'-ger Geitt ins Him- mels Thro-ne,
Ho- ly Ghost en-throned in )lea-ven,
glei-cher Gott von E- wlg-kelt
with the Fa-ther and the Son,
■it dcffl Va- ler uni den Soh- ne,
hope and Joy to those nf-flict-ed.
Part II
7, Recitativo Tenor
Ihr Hei-li- gen, er-freu- et euch,
Ye Ho-ly Ones re-Joice and sing
J
eilt, ei- let, eu-ren Gott zu lo- ben;
come, has-ten to your God with praise,
das Her- ze eel er- ho- ben
your hearts and Toi-ces raise
zu Cot- tes Eh- ron-reich,
to God your migh-ty King,
von dan- nen er auf dich
Who throned in Mea-ven "igh
du hell- ge '.Voh-nung, ole- het
re-g'irds our nnrth-ly sta-tion
und ein ne- rel-ni(?t florz
that He may pu- ri- fy
366.
Cantata 194
Cantata 194
tu eich Yon die- aer eit- len Er-
our l\eart8 from thoughts of earth and vain
-de zie-het.
tenip-ta-tion,
Eln Stand, so bll- lig se-llg heisst,
Our hope of Heav'n la ma- ni- feat,
■an schaut hier Va-ter, Sohn und Gelet.
by all the Ho-ly Three thus blest.
Wohl-an, ihr gott- er-full-te See-lenl
Ar-lse, ye soula by God a-noln-tedj
Ihr *er- dot nun das be-ste Tell ei^irah-
And chooae the courae of lif^ by Him ap-poin-
die Welt kann euch kein Lab- oal ge-ben,
the world has naught of worth to give,
Ihr konnt in Gott al- lein
thru God a«lone may we
Ter-gnugt und se- lig ie-ben.
in bleat con-tent-ment live.
Soprano
Gott fuh- ret eelbat und starkt dea Glau-bena
Have faith and God Him- aelf will fail you
Vor-aati (";.)
Handj den Fur-sat i lu er-rei-ohen.
not, to furth-er your en-doa-vor.
Baae
r'le a- ber . wenn dea Flei-schea ochwnch-heit
But will not, then, our fee-ble flesh yet
woll-te wei-chen?
fall U8 ov-er?
len; Soprano
ted| Dea Hoch-aten Kraft wird raach-tig in
Tho' we be weak the Lord will strength
den Schwa-chen.
pro-vide ua.
Basa
Die ':Velt wird aie vor-la- chen.
The rab-ble will de-ride ua.
Soprano
'Ver Got-tea Huld be- sitit, ver-ach- tet
Him who en- joys God's Grace no scan-dal
8. Aria Tenor V* (g)
Des Hoch-oten Ge- gen-wart al- lein.
From God do all our bleaa-ings flow
(kann un- erer Freu- den) Ur- sprung sein.
to Him our glad-neaa all we owe|
Ver-ge- he ■ (Welt) v mit dei- ner Pracht,
so per-iah world of ahov and pride.
in Gott iat, was
in God doth joy
una gluck-lich macht,
and hope a- bide.
eol-chen Spott,
can de- base.
Baas J
Was wird ihr au- seer die-aen feh-len?
TThat more be- eidea might we de-sire?
Soprano
Ihr einz'-ger 'Wunsch,
Our God a- lone
ihr al- lea iat in Gott.
Is all that we re-quire,
Baas J
Gott ist un-sicht-bar und ent-fer-ncti
Uh- seen la He and far a- way,
9. Recitativo, Duet Soprano-Baaa
zu Gott im Him-mel
as-cend to God on
Bass
Kann wohl ein Uensch
How can a man
stei-gen?
high?
Soprano
Der Glau-be kann den Schop-fer lu Ihn
But keep the Faith and you will find Hdm
nei-gen,
nigh.
Er ist oft ein zu schwa-chea Band.
V* Bor-tals are a sor- ry lot.
Soprano ^'
Wohl uns , dass un- eer Glau- be ler-net,
yet we, who, falth-ful, watch and pray
im Gei- ste sei-nen Gott zu echau-en.
will find His Ho-ly Spl-rlt near us.
Bass
Ihr Leib halt sie ge-fan- gen.
Our bo- dies here en-chain us.
Soprano
Dee Hoch-aten Huld
The Grace of God
-Ian- gen,
gain us.
denn er er- baut den Ort >
for He has built this Palnce
da can ihm herr-lich schaut.
where man rray see His face.
be- for-dert ihr Ver-
bur fond-est wish will
367.
Cantata 194
SopraTiO-BaBB
Da er den Glau-ben nun be- lohnt
To hare wit>i-in our hearts the Lord
und bei uns wohnt,
is our re-*ard;
bei unB alp sei-ner. f:ir.-dern,
Kls child-ren are we ev-er,
BO kann die 7?elt und Sterb-iich-keit
nor can this cere mor- ta- li- ty
die Freu-de nicht yer-hin-dern.
our hope of HeE- ver ee-ver.
10. Duet Soprano-basB 3/4 (F)
(Oboe I 4 II.)
0 wie wohl iet uns ge-ocheh'n,
God hae bleat us by His Grace,
daaa eich Gott (eir. Haua er- seh'n.)
Blade our hearta Hie dwell-ing-place.
(Schceckt und se- het) doch lu gleich,
Close »e aee Kim at our Bide,
Gott aei freund-lich, eei freund-lich ge-
He our friend, He our friend what-e'er
-gen euch,
be- tide.
Schut-tet eu- re Her- zen aus
Let UB then our eonge in-tone,
hler Tor Oct- tea Thron und Haua.
here Ke makee Hie Hone and Throne.
11. Pecitativo fcaea
TTohl-an den>-nach, du hei-li-ge Ge-mei-ne,
Be- btlr ye then, ye ho-ly ooE-pa-ny,
be- rel- te dich zur hell '-gen Luetl
your joy will aoon be ma- nl- foatl
'^ott »o>.nt nicht nur in el- ner Je-den Brust,
for God not on-ly en-tero er'-ry breast
•r baut alch hier eln Haua.
but bullda hit dwell-lnt; there.
"Sfohl- an
eo ru- etrt euch mlt Geiat
-ta-e then with zeal your hearta pre-pare
und Ga- ben sua,
ua gifts to Hlrr.,
Cantata 194
dass ihn so- wohl dein Herz
that He nay icake in them
als auch dies Haus ge-fal- le.
His cho- sen ha- bi- ta-tion.
ho- ly
12, Chorale
(Oboe I, II, ITI, and Strings.)
1.
Sprich Ja zu mei- nen Ta- ten,
Ei- rect Thou, Lord, my ac-tione
hilf eelbet das Be- ste ra- ten;
fore-fend all rain dis-tract-icns,
den ta- fang, liitt'l und En- de
and keep me ev- er stri-ving
ach, Herr, zum be- sten wen- de.
till at my goal ar- ri-ving.
2.
tlit Se- gen mich be-schut- te.
Thy sa-ving Grace pro- vi- ding,
mein Herz sei dei- ne Hut- te,
with- in my heart a- bi-ding,
dein Wort eei ciei-ne Spei-se,
with lore and mer-cy feed me,
bis ich gen Him-tnel rei- se.
and safe to Hea-ven lead me.
Cantata 195
(1726)
(Bach ?)
Wedding
(3 Tr., Timpani, 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., 2 Ob. d'amor*
and Strings, 2 Cor.)
1. Double Chorus V^ (D) (in ripieno.)
(3 Tr., Tinip., 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., Str.)
Psalm XCVII, 11, 12i
"Light la Bown for the rif^hteoua, and
gladneas for the upright In heart.
"Rejoice in the Lord, ye rlghteousi and
glTs thanks at the remsir.brance of his holinesB*"
368.
Cantata 195
Cantata 195
(Dem Ge- rech- ten)
For the Right-eoue
muB8 das Licht
light is sown,
ic- mer wie- dor (auf- ge- hen)
light and glad-ness are scat-tered
dem Ge- rech- ten, ( und ( Freu- de)
; f or the up- right, and gl-d-nese
den From-iuen Her- zeni
for then who fear Thee.
Ihr Ge-rech- ten, (freu-et euch) fdeo Herrn)
All ye Right-ecus, joy-ful praise the Lord
joy-ful- ly
und (dan- ket ihm)
and thank ye Him
Hei-lig-keit.)
ho- li-ness.
und prei-set feei- ne
and wor-ship ye Hii«
praise
4. Aria Baas 2/4 (G)
(Ob. (d'amore) I 4 II, Strings.)
Ruh- net (Got-tes Gut* und Treu' )
Praise God for His Grace to you,
riih- net ihn mit re- ger Freu- de,
sing His praise with blithe re-joi-cing,
prei- set Gott, Ver-lob-ten bei- de
praise ye God, you hap-py cou-ple.
Denn eu'r heu-ti-ges Ver-bin-den
Here to- day in love u- ni- ted,
laset euch lau- ter Se- gen fin- den,
may your path by faith be light-ed,
Licht und Freu-de wer- den neu,
hope and joy to find a- new.
2. Pecitativo Bass
Dem Freu- den- licht
Each right-sous soul
ge- rech- ter From-men
adds light and lus- tre
BUSS stets ein neu- er Zu- W!:<chs kon.- ir.en,
and ne* de-light to all the Faith-ful;
der Wohl
aug-centa
und Gluck bei
their wel-fare
ih- nen mehrt,
ev'-ry- where.
(Den: grei-sen Si- me- on.)
Auch die- sec neu- en Paar
This new-ly wed-ded pair,
an dem ir&n so Ge- rech-tig-keit
dis-tin-guished both for rect- i- tude
als Tu- gend ehrt,
and gra-cicus-ness,
ist heut '
give joy
ein Freu-
to all
-den-licht be- reit ,
as- set- bled here,
dus stel-let neu- es V.'ohl-sein dar.
who bid to both the best of cheer,
Oi ein er-wunscht Ver-bin-denJ
Oh; how by fate u- ni- ted-
So kon- nen zwei ihr Gluck,
are these two fav-ored ones,
eins
each
an dem an-dern fin- den.
to the oth-er plieht-edt
4. Recitativo Soprano (Fl. tr. I * II, Ob.d'am.
T * II.)
Wohl- an so kn'up-fet denn ein Band,
Then come, and tie for them the knot
dae 80 Tiel 'Vohl-sein pro-phe- i.ei-et,
which au-gurs so nn ch hap- pi-ness.
Des Prie-sters Hand
The Pas- tor's handf
wird jetzt den Se-gen
ie on your head,
auf eu- ren E- he- stand
so pligh-ted there you stand
auf eu- re Schei-tel le-gen.
where you will now be wed.
Und wenn des Se- gens Kraft hin- fort an euch
And when this bless-ing makes your love to grow
ge- dei- het,
and flou-rish,
so ruhmt des Hoch-sten Va-ter-hand.
then praise the Hand of God a-bove.
Er kniQjf-te selbst eu'r Lie- bee-band
Him-self He ties your bonds of love;
und liess das, *as er an- ge-fan-gen,
what- ev- er God hes thus be-gun
J
auch ein er-wunsch-tes End' er- 1 n-gen,
by Hin will be coc-plete-ly done.
369.
Cantata 195
5. ChoruB 2/4 (D)
(3 Tr., Tia^),, 2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob., and Str. )
Wir kom- men, (dei- ne Hei-lig-keit),
We cocfi to praiae Thy Ho-li- ness.
Here
(un-end-lich gro- sser Gott), lu prel-sen,
e- ter-nal Lord and God Al-migh-ty,
Der An- fang riihrt von dei- nen Han-den,
Thy Hand it wae that wroMght Cre- a-tion,
durch All- macht kannet du es voll-en- den
Thy Uight will gain for us sal-ra-tion,
und (dei- nen Se-gen (kraf-tig) wei-sen.
Thy bles-sing free-ly ehcw-er on ue*
Sop. bars 105-110:
una dei- nen Se-gen kraf-tig, kraf-tig wei-sen.
Thy BlesB-ing free-ly show-er Thou up-on us.
Tenor, bars 105-110:
und dei- nen Se-gen kraf-tig, dei-nen Se-gen
Thy Bles-sing free-ly show-er, free-ly show-er
kraf-tig wei-sen.
Thou up-on us.
Cantata 195
injd gro-sse Din- ge tut,
smd ev-er-last-ing King.
6. Chorale Zmbelliahed
(Cor. I, II, Timp., Fl. tr. I, II. Ob. I, Vn.
I with Sop.j Ob. II, Vn. II with Uto; Va.
«lth Tenor. )
I.'un dan- ket all' und brin- get Shr',
Kow thank ycur God in songs of love,
ihr Uen-scnen in der ".'elt,
ye cor-tals here be-low}
dez dee- sen Lob der En- gel Heer
and like the An-gel Choir a- hove
la Hin»- mel stets ver-meld't,
your praise and hom-age show,
iia ':im- rel stets ver-reld't.
your praiae and hom- cge show.
Er-oun-tert euch und singt nit Schall
Tn cho-run loud and lus- ti- ly
Soil, un-eonr. hoch-gti>n Gut,
to God Al-migh-ty sing,
der eei- ne "Vun-der u-b«r-all
our Lord t»;ru all e-ter-ni-ty,
\mi r,ro-««» Din- ge tut,
and rr-er-laat-ing King,
Cantata 196
(1708)
Wedding
Psalm CXV, 12-15.
(Violoncello, Organ and Strings.)
1. Sinfonia ^Instr. as above) V* fC)
2. Chorus (Str., Organ.) V* (C)
PsaliD CXV, 12:
"The Lord hath been mindful of ust he will
bless us; he will bless the house of Israel; he
will bless the house of Aaron."
(Der lierr den-ket) an uns und seg- net uni
The Lord car-eth for us and blee-seth us
er den-ket an una-,
He car-eth for us
(er seg- net) das Haus Is-ra-el,
»111 bless the House of Is-ra-el,
will bless it,
er seg- net (das Haus Aa-ron. )
will bless the House of Aa-ron.
3. Aria Soprano (Vns. in unison. Org.) A/A (k)
Fsalm CXV, 13:
"He will bless them that fear the lord,
both siTiall and great,"
Er seg- net, die den lierrn furch-ten.
He bles-ceth them who fear their God,
bei- de, Klei-ne, bei-de Klei-ne und
both the migh-ty and the low-ly, the
Gro-Bse, und Gro-sse.
mip;h-ty and low-ly.
!i73.
Cantata 196
4. Duet Tenor-bass (Org. * String-a.)
Fsolm CXV, 14j
"The Lord shall increase you mori^ and
more, you end your children."
Der Herr seg- ne euch je nehr und mehr;
Lord God pros-per you, yea more and more,
eiich vmd eu- re Kir.- der,
you and your des-cen-dHnta,
5. Chorus (Org. end ^Jtringa. )
Pselm CXV, 15i
"Ye are the blessed of the Lord which cade
J leaver and Farth."
Ihr eeid die Ge- seg-ne- ten dee Merrn,
For ye are the bles-sed ones of God,
bar 9-11:
der '-im-mel und Er- de
of liea-ven the L'a-ker
Sop. 11-13, Alt. 11-1-, Ten. 11-13:
(ge-nacht hat), der fiin- tLel und Er- de
the Ua- ker of earth and of Hea-ven
Base 11-13:
ge-macht hat ; der !Iim-Eel, der Hin- r.el
the L'a- ker, the L'a-ker of earth and
und Er- ae >
of Hea-ven
Sop, Ten., Bass, Alto, bars 1?-15:
der (Hin-nel) und Er- de ge-macht hat,
the L'a.-ker of earth and of Kea- ven
Alto bars 12-13:
Hic-cel und Er- de,
Lla-ker of Hea-ven
A-men.
A-men.
Cantata 197
Gott ist (un- are 2u- ver-slcht,)
Rest thy faith on God the Lord,
Rest thy faith on God,
wir (ver-trau-en) (sei-nen Han- den.)
trust His mer-cy all pre-vail-irg,
'Vie er un- sre V,'e-ge fuhrt,
He will lead us on our way,
wle er un- ser Ilerz re-giert,
guide our foot-stepa lest we stray,
(da ist (Se- gen) al-ler- en- den.
give His bless-ing ne-ver-fail-ing.
2. Recitative Bass ,
Gott ist und bleibt der be-ste Sor-ger,
Our God pro-vides with o-pen hand
er halt an; be-sten Ilaus.
for each who is His guest.
Er fuh- ret un- ser Tun zu-wei- len
At tiiT.es His way with us is hard to
wun-der- lich,
un-der-stand
je- den-noch froh-lich aus.
but eJ.-ways for the best.
Wo-hin der Vor-satz nicht ge-dacht.
We may not fath-om His in-tent,
was die Ver-nunft un- mog-lich macht,
but see da- vel- op each e- vent
das fii-get sich.
as He has planned.
Er hat das Gluck der Kin-der, die
His child-ren's hap- pi-nesa is His
ihn lie-ben,
en-dea-vor,
(von Ju- gend an) in eei- ne Hand
from child-hood on His care will fail
ge- Bchrie-ben.
them ne- ver.
Cantata 197
(1737)
(Bach ?)
Wedding
(3 Tr., Timp,, 2 Ob., Ob. d'amore, Fag., Str. )
1. Chorus fi (D)
(3 Tr., Ticp., 2 Ob., Strings.)
3. Aria Alto 3/4 (A)
(Ob. d'amore. Strings.)
Schla-fert (al- l«n Sor- gen-kim-mer)
Slum- ber all ye care and sor-row
in den Schltro-mer
•till the mor- row.
371.
Cantata 197
kind-li-chen Ver- trau-ens ein,
like "a child from vor-ry free-
Got-tes Au-gen ) wel- che wa-chen
God is ev-er watch-ing o'er us,
und (die { un- ser Leit-stern sein)),
He our guid-ing star ifill be,
(wer-den (Al-les) sel-ber raa-chen),
go-ing ev-er on be-fore us.
6. Aria Bass
(Ob. I, Vn. I * IT, Fag, obligate.)
0 du an- ge- neh- mee Paar
0 you sweet de-light-ful pair,
Hap-py
•)
dir wird ei- tel Heil be-geg- nen,
hope and jcy thru life at -tend you^
Gott witd dich aus Zi- on seg- nen
may the Lord His bles-sing send you,
und dich lei-ten im-mer- dar.
guide you safe-ly ev-ry -where.
4. Pecitativo Bass (Strings.) i
Drum fol-get Gott und sei- nee Trie-be.
Let God in-spire and rule your life.
Das ist die rech-te Eahn.
o- bey you His con-r^ndj
Die fuh- ret durch Ge- fehr
se-cure fror. nor-tal strife
auch end- lich in das Ka- na- an
He leads you to the Pro-cised Land;
und durch von ihm ge- prilf-te Lie-be
be- fore His al-tar side by side,
auch an sein hei- li- ges Al- tar
your pro-ven love is pur- i-fied,
und bin- det Herz und Herz zu - sam- men.
with heart to heart to-geth-er plight-ed«
Herri sei du selbst mit die- sen Flam-c.en.
Lord, keep you ev- er thus u- ni- ted.
5. Choriile
Du 8U- see Lieb*, schenk' uns dei-ne Gunst,
0 sweet-est love, help us two to feel
these
lass uns eitp-fin- den der Lie- be Brunst,
Thy fire Di-vinei fill our hearts with zeal,
their
daes wir uns von Her-zen ein- an- der lie-ben
lo-ving one an-oth-er with love un- dy-ing,
und In Fried' auf ei- nem Sin- ne blei-ben.
love ikidch God this day is sanc-ti- fy- ing.
7, Recitativo Soprano
So wie es Gott mit dir ge-treu
As God has watched and cared for you
und va- ter- lich von Kin- des- bei- nen
from child-hood on, ani been your Fa-ther
an ge- meint,
kind and true,
80 will er fur und ftir dein al- ler- be- sten
so will He to the end re-main your faith-ful
Freund,
friend,
bis an das En- de blei-ben.
your most be-loved com-pan- ion.
Und al-so kannst du si- cher glau-ben.
Nor if you trust Him will He fail you,
er wird dir nie, bei doi- ner Han- de
your la- bor will re-quite, your hearts and
Schweiss
hands
und Huh, kein Gu- tes las-sen feh-len.
u- nite. By hap-pi-neas sur-rourd-ed,
(Wohl dir)! dein Gluck ist nicht zu zah-len,
in-deed ) your wel-fare is un-bound-ed.
?/ohl dir
Good luck,
wohl dir:
to you.
Ky-rie e-leiei
Ky-rie e-leie:
8, Irla Soprano 6/8 (G)
(Violin solo. Ob. (d'ara. ) I * IT)
Ver- gnu- gen und Lust Ge- dei-hen und
Tood for-tune and wealth, well-be-ing and
Hell
health,
372.
Cantata 197
(wird wach- sen und star-ken) und la- ben,
are yours in a- bun-dance in-creas-ing.
Das Au- go, die Brust (wird e- wig sein Teil
In Joy and de-light, your hearts will u- nite,
an su- sser Zu- frie-den-heit ha- ben.
In peace and con-tent-ment un-ceas-ing.
Cantata 198
The "Trauerode" was cotopoeed 1727 by Bach
for the memorieLl service of ';;ueen Christiane
Eberhsirdine of Saxony. The present worde a-
)dapted by Wilhelm Rust for general use. The
music was probably adapted by Bach to a lost
St. Uark's Passion.
(2 Fl. tr., 2 Ob. d'am., Va. da g. 2 Liuto, Str.)
1. Chorus 4/4 (b)
(Instr. as above.)
9. Recitativo Bass (Ob. I 1 II, Strings.)
Und die- ser fro- he Le-bene-lauf
Your peace of mind will be se- cure
wird bis in spa- te Jah- re wah-ren.
as life*! last stage is draw-ing nigh.
Denn Got- tea Gu- te hat kein Ziel,
Of kind-nass from His boun-teous store
die schenkt dir vial,
He gives us more
ja mehr als selbst das Her- ze kann
by far than a- ny heart nay well
be- geh-ren.
de-sire,
Ver-las- ee dich ge-wiss ge-wiss. ver-las-
Of this you may be sure, be sure, of this
-se dich ge-wiss da-rauf.
you may be ev- er sure.
Lass, Hoch-ster, lass der Hoff-nung Strahl
Send, Fa- ther, send Thy Ho-ly Light
aus Him-mels-ho- hen aich er- gie-0sen,
from high-est Hea-ven bright-ly gleam-ing,
und fsieh), wie bit-tre Tra-nen flie-ssAti
0 see our tears of sor-row stream-ing,
an uns'-rer To- ten Trau-er- mal.
and pi- ty Thou our bit-ter plight.
2. Recitativo Spprano (Strings.)
Ach we- hei weh' uns Wen-schen al- len.
Ah mor-tals« we may not es-cape it,
er-starrt sinkt Je- der einst zur Gruftj
we all, each one of us, must die;
Die Lie-be weint, die Kla- ge ruft:
That tho'' we wail, in an-guish cryi
Q her- bes Lo«, dem wir ver-fal-leni
"A-las, un- hap- py man am U"
10. Chorale
So wan-delt froh auf Got- tea '7e- gen.
So hap-py walk where God sl-all lead you,
und was ihr tut, das tut ge- treuj
and do your part with pur-pose true I
Es kennt der Tod kein tou- res Band,
Our dear- est ones it bears a- way,
J
er rafft da- bin, was Fleisch ge- bo-rent
no mor-tal flesh its course may stay;
Llit A- dar.s Fall ging auch ver-lo-ren,
its sum-mons we must each o-bey,
die Se-llg- keit, das Hei- mat- land,
for A-dam's feill has doomed us all.
Ver- die- net eu- res Got- tes Se- gen.
Thus will you gain God's grace and bles-sing.
denn der ist al- le ;ior-gen neu;
each mor-ning gi-ven you a- new;
denn wel-cher sei-ne 2u- ver-sicht
who- so on God his faith has set
auf Gott setzt, den ver-lasst er nicht.
him ne- ver will his God for- get.
3. Aria Soprano (Strings)
(Hin-weg), ent-flohn ist E- dens
A- way and gone is sweet oon-
Frie- del
-tent-ment.
Das Le- ben beut nur Kampf und Not,
and life is naught but toil and woe,
for -bars 2B-29.
nach u'uh' und Sor- ge schliesst der Tod,
nor aMght but sor-row here be-low.
372.
Cantata 198
0 Schner-z ens-wort J die Au-gen mu- de.
un- hap- py lot irtiieh we must suf-f«»ri
4. Chorale V* (G)
(Instr. con voce.)
Der er- aten Un-achuld rei-nes Gluck,
Our first un- sul-lied in-no- cence,
wo- bin bist du ge-schie- den?
ah, with-er hast thou van-ished?
Du flohst und keh- rest nicht zu- ruck,
Our sweet con-tent, de- par-ted hence,
mit dei-nem su- ssen Frie- den.
from Pa- ra-dise is van-ishedi
Dein E- dens-gar- ten bluht nicht mehr.
No more does E- den's gar- den bloom,
ver- welkt durch Sun-den- hauch ist er,
the breath of sin has wrought its doom,
durch IZen-schen-schuld ver- lo-ren.
ajad with-ered ell its beau-ty.
5. Recitative Alto finstr. as in No. 1)
Von hoch her- ab durch-bebt und-hallt
From heights a-bove T hear its tones,
der Trau- er- glo-cken Klang die Luf-te;
the dole-ful clang of toll-ing bell; i
Toll Schre-cken sind dee To- des Gruf-te,
a fear- some sound, a grue-some knell,
es geht durch JJark und Bein so kalti
to freeze the mar-row in loy bonesj
0, moch- te doch dies ban-ge Klin-gen,
0, would this grim re- ver-be- ra-tion,
das u- ber Gra-ber tag- lich gellt,
which makes the ve-ry dead to quake,
all-macht'-ger Schop-fer die-oer 'Velt,
re- Bound- ing thus may pi-ty wake
dir Zeng- nis uns'-res Jam-mers brin- geni
In Thee, the Fa-ther of Cre- a- tion.
6, Chortdc V4 (b)
(instr, con voce)
Ich ar- rrjtr lit-nsch. ich ar- mer Sun-der
A fee-ble ooul, a foe-ble sin-ner,
Cantata 198
steh' hier vor Got- tes An-ge-sicht;
I stand be-fore God's ma-je- sty,
Ach, Gott, ach, Gott, ver- fahr' ge- lin- der
Ah God, ah God, deal gen-tly with me,
und geh' nicht mit mirs • ins Ge-richtJ
con-demn me not by Thy de- cree.
Er- bar-me dich, er- bar-me dich,
Ah, pi-ty me, ah, pi-ty me,
Gott, mein Er-bar-mer, u-ber michj
Oh God of mer-cy, pi-ty mei
7. Aria Alto 1^8 (d)
(Va. da gamba I & II, Liuto I & II with cont,
Ge- trostj Er- bar- men kam (von Gott).
Take heart J our api-rits live a- gain,
YI±e mach- tig hat aein Christ ge-run-gen,
By Je- sus' death and de- gra-da-tion
da er des To- des Arm be-zwun-gen,
He con-quered death and brought sal-va-tion.
( zu til-) gen Ed- ler Sun-den Not.
to man from sin and mor-tal pain.
8. Recitative Tenor (Oboe (d'am. ) I * IT)
Im Le- ben fromm, ge- treu im Ster-ben
Live stead-fast, die with faith un-daun-te
soil feat der Christ zu Chri-sto stehn;
and hold to Christ for- ev- er true;
dann wird dem Tod' in's Aug' er sehn,
so death will ne- ver frigh-ten you,
die Furcht kann ihn nicht mehr ent-far- ben.
nor by its fear will you be haun-ted,
Ja se- lig, der in Chri- sti Geist
Ah bles-sed is the Chris-tian soul
aich u-ber die Na-tur er- he- bet,
who ri-ses strong a-bove teup-ta-tion,
vor Gruft und Sar- gen niclit er-be- bet,
for him the grave is li- be-rR-tion
wenn ihn sein Schop-fer schei-den heisst,
when his Cre- a- tor calls him hence.
374,
Cantata 198
Cantata 198
9. Chorus ft. (b)
(Instr. Bame as in No, 1)
Von dir, du Vor- bild al- ler From-men
Thru Thee, the Lord of all Ore- a-tion,
von dir, (er-hab'-ner Sot-tes-sohn),
thru Thee, ex- al- ted Son of God,
dir,
0 Lamm im Him- mels-thron
thru Thee, who paths of earth haa trod,
ist ew*-gea Le-ban wie- der kom-men,
we gain for-ev-er-more aal-va-tion.
Acn, sollt' ihr ae-hen, wie mir's geht.
Ah, could you un-der-stand and see
und vde mlch der so hoch er-hoht,
hov/ God has high ex- al-ted me
der selbst so hoch er-ho- ben;
be- side the Lord Su-per-nal,
ich weiss, ihr wur- det an-ders tun,
I know your tongues would ne-ver cease
und mei-ner See-len ■u-sses Ruhn
to glo-ry in my spi-rit's peace,
mit eu- rem Mun- de lo- ben.
with Him for life e- ter-nal.
10. Chorale V* (b)
(inatr. con voce)
Soil ich denn auch des To- des '.Veg
When I shall go the way from which
und fin-stre Stras-een rei- sen,
no tra-vel- er re-tur-neth,
Wobl- eini so tret' ich Bahn und Steg,
I hope to find the Heav'n-ly home,
den mir dein' Au- gen wei- sen.
for which my spi-rit year-neth,
Du bist mein Hirt, der Al- les wird
Thou art my guide, what-e'er be-tide,
2u sol-chem En- de keh- ren,
what-ev- er may be-fall me,
daaa ich ein-mal in dei-nem Saal
un- til the day when far a- way
dich e- wig mo- ge eh- ren,
to Hea-ven Thou wilt call me.
Part II
12. Aria Tenor 3/4 (e)
(Fl. tr., Ob. (d'am.) Vn. I & II, Va, da
gamba I & II, Liuto I 4 II with continue,)
Des ew'-gen Got- tea Va- ter-haus
Al-migh-ty God's di-vine a-bode
zieht, Freun- de, die ge- hob'- nen
up- lifts our thOMghts to heav'n-ly
Bli- eke
trea-sures,
von ird'-scher Kied-ri- keit zu- r'u- eke
a- way from base-neas and from pleas-ures.
und til- get Gram und Kum-mer aus,
which sick-en, poi-son and cor-rode,
Es strahlt im heh- ren Glemz der Son- nen.
Its glo- ry shines on high re-splen-dent.
ver-scheucht die
has ba- nished
der gro-sse Tsig
its ra-diance bright
Nacht,
night ,
Der Geist, er spricht: es ist voll-bracht.
The Spi- rit speaks: It will be done.
11, Chorale \/ ^ (g)
Mein her-zer Va- ter, weint ihr noch,
Uy fa-ther, dear, mourn not to-day,
und ihr, die mich ge- bo- ren?
nor mo-ther, thou who bore me.
Was gramt ihr euch, was macht ihr doch?
for God has borne my soul a- way
ich bin ja un- ver- lo- ren,
and will to life re-store me.
was Lie- be wob, was Gnad' ge-spon-nen,
what Love has spun, what Grace has wo-ven.
13. Chorale
(Instr, con voce)
0 wie se-lig seid ihr doch, ihr From- men,
Bles-sed ye who live in Faith un-swer-ving,
die ihr durch den Tod zu Gott ge-kom- men;
ye the crown of life from God de-ser-ving*
575.
Cantata 198
Cantata 198
ihr seid ent- gein- gen
Thru Hea-ven*8 por-tala
al- ler Not, die uns noch halt ge-fan- gen,
you es-cape the chains that bind us mor-tals.
dann komnrt dee "^ie- der- ae- hens Freu-de.
be- yond death's vale of dark-ness yon-der
!
14, Recitativo and Arioso Bass
0 gro-88« Lieb*! Es halt uns wert
0 pre-cioua lovei The King of earth
der Ko-nig Him-mels und der Er- de;
the Eigh-ty Lord of all Ore- a-tion
er will, dasa uns das Heil auch wer- de,
de-sires for us the same sal-va- tion,
das un- s're To- ten schon ver-klart,
as those whom death has brought new birth.
Dort stehn sie vor des Lam-mes Thro-ne,
A- way from va-ni- ty and strife,
ent-ruckt der Er- den Ei- tel- keit;
be- fore the Throne on Hea-ven's height
im per- len-rei- nen Un-schulds-kleid
they stand, in robes of pear- ly white,
emp-fin- gen sie des Le- bens Kro-ne.
re- cei-ving There the Crown of Life.
16. Chorus (instr. as in No, 1)
0 Uen-Bchen-kind, (du stir-best nicht),
0 child of man, thou di- est not,
Du weisst, dass dein Er-lo-ser le- bet,
Thou know- est thy Re-dee-mer li-veth,
der dich er- weckt und hoch er- he- bet,
and faith and hope to mor-tals gi-veth,
ob die- ser Welt-bau auch zer-bricht,
tho' worlds shall fall and be for- got.
Herr Je- su Christ,* Nach dei- nem 'Vor- te
Lord Je-8U8 Christ! Thy word to raor-tals,
ist dein das Reich und dein die Kraft,
has wrought Thy King- dom and Thy Might,
die Le- ben wirkt, die Wei- ten schafftt
put down the wrong, up-held the right,
er-schliess' auch uns des Him-mels Pfor- tei
and 0- pens for us Hea-ven's por-talsi
Arioso
So-weit der Him- mel apannt sein Zelt,
Ab far as Hea-ven's skies ex-tend,
das Meer das Er- den- rund um-flie-aaet,
and seas a-round the earth are flow- ing,
so-weit die Sonn' ihr Licht er-gie-sset,
as far as light of suns is giow-ing,
preiat ae- lig (sie) die gan- ze "Velt,
Thy prstise will reach Cre- a-tion' a end.
preist se- lig sie die '7elt, sie die
Thy praise will reach the end, reach the
Welt, preist se- lig sie die 'Velt,
end, will reach Cre- a-tion' a and.
17, Chorale
(Instr, con voce)
Auf, mein HerzJ dea Her-ren Tag
Up, my heart, this glo-rious day
hat die Nacht der Furcht ver-trie-benj
gloom-y fear from man has dri-venj
Chri- stus, der be- gra- ben lag,
Christ, the Lord, who life-lesa lay,
ist im To- de nicht ge-blie-ben,
haa from death to- day a- ri- sen,
.. )
Nun-mehr bin ich recht ge-trost}
Com-fort sure in this I find:
Je-auB hat die Welt er- loat,
Je-sue has re-deemed man-kind.
15. Recitativo Baaa (Fl. tr. I * IT, Ob. I 4 II)
Doch wlr, wir gehn im Pil-ger-klei-de
And 80, as Pil-griins here we wan-der,
noch ei- ne Zeit nach Oot- tea Tahl,
'til '^od Al-migh- ty ahall or- dain
und WBLTi-deln hier im dun- keln Tal|
that wa Bhall aee our loved a- gain.
376.
Cantata 199
(1714)
XT Trinity
Epistle, I Corinthians XV, 1-10. C Christ's
death and resurrection.
Gospel, St. Luke XVIII, 9-14. Parable of the
hypocritical Pharisee and the humble Publican.
(Fagotto, Oboe and Strings.)
1, Recitativo Soprano V^ (c)
(Fag., Str., Vn. with continuo.)
Uein Her- ze schwlujnt im Blut,
Uy heart is deep dis-tressed,
wail mich der Sun- den Brut
by brood-ing sins op-pressed,
in Got- tes hell '-gen Au- gen
which make ray God be-lieve me
sum Un- ge- heu-er macht,
a mon-ster man- i- fest.
Und mein Ge- wis-sen fuh- let Pein
Uy con-science ne-ver gives me peace,
well mir die Sun- den nichts
but like the fiends of Hell
ala Hol-len- hen- ker soin.
from tor-ment will not cease.
Ver^hftss-te Las- ter-nachtj
0 ha-ted load of einl
Du, du al- lein hast raich in sol- che
•Twas A-dam's fall with which our trou-bles
Not ge-bracht;
did be- gin,
und du, du bo- ser A- dams-Ba-men,
and thou, thou tain-ted eeed of A-dam,
raubst mei-ner See- le al- le Ruh
hast robbed my eoul of all re-pose,
und schlie-saest ihr den Him- mel zuj
and caused the door of Heav'n to olosel
Ach] un-er- hor-ter Schmera.'
AhJ ne-Ter-end-ing griefj
un-ex- aap-led
mein aua- ge- dorr-tes Herz
i hope for no re- lief,
will fer- ner mehr kein Trost be- feuch- ten,
cy heart is com- fort-less and with- ered;
und ich cues mich vor dem ver-ste-cken
how can T seek those ho-ly pla-ces
Cantata 199
vor dem die En- gel selbst
where dwells the Lord to Whom
ihr An-ge- sicht ver- de-cken.
the An-gels veil their fa-ces?
2. Aria Soprano V* (c)
(Vn. with continuo.)
Stum- me Seuf-zer, stil- le JTla- gen.
Si- lent sigh-ing, sound-less griev-lng,
ihr inogt mei- ne Schmer-zen sa- gen,
speak the pain my heart, per-ceiv-ing,
well der Ifund ge-schloe-sen ist.
can- not by my lips ex-press.
Und ihr nas- sen Tra- nen- quel-len
Streams of tears in tor-rents flow-ing
konnt ein sich-res Zeug- nis stel-len,
tell the fail-ings which, well knowing,
wie (mein sund-lich Herz ge- b'usst).
I in pen- i- tence con-fess.
Recitativo
Kein Herz
I'y heart
ist jetzt ein Tra- nen-brunn,
is but a well of tears,
die Au- gen
my tired eyes
h^i-sse Ouel-len.
hot with weep-ing.
Ach Gott;
Ah God:
wer wird dich doch zu-frie- den
would they a- gain in peace were
stel-len.
3leep-ing.
3. Recitativo Soprano (Instr. as in No. 1)
Doch Gott muss mir ge- na-dig sein.
But God in-deed must pi-ty me,
weil ich das Haupt mlt A-sche,
my head is heaped with ash-es,
das An- ge-eicht mit Tra- nen wa- eoh«f
and tears be- dim my droop-lng lash- es,
mein Herz in Reu und Leid zer-schla-ge
my heart re-pent-ent at my fol- ly
und vol- ler Teh-mut sa- gei
is filled with mel- an-cho-ly.
Gott eei mir Sun-der gna-digl
God pl-ty me a sin-cerJ
377.
Cantata 199
Ach i&l
It must
sein Her- ze bricht,
His wrath al- lay
imd mei- ne See- le sprichtt
to hear my spi-rit say:
4, Aria Soprano 3/4 (E^,)
(Instr. as in No. 1.)
(Tief ge- huckt) (und vol-ler Reu- e)
"Bowed with grief deep-ly re- pen-tent^
bar 39, 59t
imd vol- len Reu- e
in deep re-pen-tence^
(lies' ich),(lieb-8ter Go**)* ^°r ^^^*
come I, Dear-est God, to Thee,
Ich be- ken-ne mei-ne Schuld,
Sin-ful-ly am I in-clined,
a- bar (ha- be dooh (Ge-duld))
there-fore pet-ient be and kind
be kind
mit mir.
to me."
5. Recitativo Soprano
(Vn. with Cont.. Va. in Chorale)
Auf die- se Schmer-zens- reu
In grief and pen- i- tence
fallt mir als-dann dies Trost-wort beii
I Tolce my faith and con- fi- dencei
Chorale
Ich, dein be- trub- tee Kind,
Thy griev-ing child-ren, we
werf al- le mei-ne Sund',
•ur- ren-der all to Thee,
BO Tiel ihr in mir ate- cken
our ma- ny grare trana-gress-ions,
und mlch ao hef-tig schre-cken,
our faults and in-dia-cret- ionsi
in doi- nc tie-fen 7/un-den,
for thru Thy tri-bu- la-tion
da ich stets Hell ge- fun- den.
ia come our sure obI-te- tion.
Cantata 199
6. Recitatjyo Soprano (Inetr, as in No. 1)
Ich le- ge mich in die-se V7un-den
Thy sac-r^-fice ia my re-li-ance,
ale in den rech-ten Fel- sen-stein;
my rock no po- wer can de-stroy,
die sol- len mei-ne Ruh-statt sein.
my com- fort and my eon-stant joy.
In die- se will ich mich im Glau-ben
To this I hold, with faith de-vout-ly
schwin-gen
cling-ing,
und drauf ver-gnugt und froh-lich sin- gent
in sweet oon-tent and joy-ful sing-ing:
7. Aria Soprano
(Ob., Fag., Str., Vn. with continuo.)
(7/ie freu-dig) ist mein Herz,
Kow hap-py is my heart,
(da Gott) ver-soh- net) ist
for God has par-doned me,
und mir nach Reu und Leid
my sins have I con-fessed,
nicht mehr die Se- lig- keit
80 pe- ni-tent and blest
noch auch sein Herz ver-schliesst.
for- e- ver I will be.
(>'
^78.
Date Due
FEB 2 0
' 7 1 ^- ■> .
^
-^Wf^Q^
971
nlUV 19
r975
Library Bureau Cat. no. 1137
WELLESLEY COLLEGE LIBRARY
3 5002 03072 3337
ML 410 . B13
D7 2
Bach, Johann
Seba
s-ti
an.
1
1685
-1750.
Texts of the
choral
vor
ks
ol
Johann Seba
E-tian
Ba
ch
in
♦"A
<?^ <>''
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11